Like some horror movie, the second hand on the clock ticks over

in slow motion to the next mark

.eslintrc

@@ -1,249 +0,0 @@
-{
-  'plugins': [
-    '@babel',
-    'promise',
-    'jsdoc'
-  ],
-  'extends': [
-    'eslint:recommended',
-    'plugin:promise/recommended'
-  ],
-  'env': {
-    'browser': true,
-    // Enable ES6+ features by default.
-    // See http://eslint.org/docs/user-guide/configuring#specifying-environments
-    // Note: The YUI override must exactly match this when disabling the ES6+ version because those features are not supported by Shifter.
-    'es2020': true,
-    'amd': true
-  },
-  'globals': {
-    'M': true,
-    'Y': true
-  },
-  // Warn about unused eslint-disable statements.
-  'reportUnusedDisableDirectives': true,
-  'rules': {
-    // See http://eslint.org/docs/rules/ for all rules and explanations of all
-    // rules.
-
-    // === Possible Errors ===
-    'comma-dangle': 'off',
-    'no-console': 'error',
-    'no-empty': 'warn',
-    'no-extra-parens': 'off',
-    'no-prototype-builtins': 'off',
-    'no-unreachable': 'warn',
-
-    // === Best Practices ===
-    // (these mostly match our jshint config)
-    'array-callback-return': 'warn',
-    'block-scoped-var': 'warn',
-    'complexity': 'warn',
-    'consistent-return': 'warn',
-    'curly': 'error',
-    'dot-notation': 'warn',
-    'no-alert': 'warn',
-    'no-caller': 'error',
-    'no-div-regex': 'error',
-    'no-empty-function': 'warn',
-    'no-eq-null': 'error',
-    'no-eval': 'error',
-    'no-extend-native': 'error',
-    'no-extra-bind': 'warn',
-    'no-floating-decimal': 'warn',
-    'no-global-assign': 'warn',
-    'no-implied-eval': 'error',
-    'no-invalid-this': 'error',
-    'no-iterator': 'error',
-    'no-labels': 'error',
-    'no-loop-func': 'error',
-    'no-multi-spaces': 'warn',
-    'no-multi-str': 'error',
-    'no-new-func': 'error',
-    'no-new-wrappers': 'error',
-    'no-octal-escape': 'error',
-    'no-proto': 'error',
-    'no-redeclare': 'warn',
-    'no-restricted-globals': ['error', { 'name': 'Notification' }],
-    'no-return-assign': 'error',
-    'no-script-url': 'error',
-    'no-self-compare': 'error',
-    'no-sequences': 'warn',
-    'no-throw-literal': 'warn',
-    'no-unmodified-loop-condition': 'error',
-    'no-unused-expressions': 'error',
-    'no-useless-call': 'warn',
-    'no-useless-escape': 'warn',
-    'wrap-iife': ['error', 'any'],
-
-    // === Variables ===
-    'no-undef-init': 'error',
-    'no-unused-vars': ['error', { 'caughtErrors': 'none' }],
-
-    // === Stylistic Issues ===
-    'array-bracket-spacing': 'warn',
-    'block-spacing': 'warn',
-    'brace-style': ['warn', '1tbs'],
-    'camelcase': 'warn',
-    'capitalized-comments': ['warn', 'always', { 'ignoreConsecutiveComments': true }],
-    'comma-spacing': ['warn', { 'before': false, 'after': true }],
-    'comma-style': ['warn', 'last'],
-    'computed-property-spacing': 'error',
-    'consistent-this': 'off',
-    'eol-last': 'off',
-    'func-call-spacing': ['warn', 'never'],
-    'func-names': 'off',
-    'func-style': 'off',
-    // indent currently not doing well with our wrapping style, so disabled.
-    'indent': ['off', 4, { 'SwitchCase': 1 }],
-    'key-spacing': ['warn', { 'beforeColon': false, 'afterColon': true, 'mode': minimum }],
-    'keyword-spacing': 'warn',
-    'linebreak-style': ['error', 'unix'],
-    'lines-around-comment': 'off',
-    'max-len': ['error', 132],
-    'max-lines': 'off',
-    'max-depth': 'warn',
-    'max-nested-callbacks': ['warn', 5],
-    'max-params': 'off',
-    'max-statements': 'off',
-    'max-statements-per-line': ['warn', { max: 2 }],
-    'new-cap': ['warn', { 'properties': false }],
-    'new-parens': 'warn',
-    'newline-per-chained-call': 'off',
-    'no-array-constructor': 'off',
-    'no-bitwise': 'error',
-    'no-continue': 'off',
-    'no-inline-comments': 'off',
-    'no-lonely-if': 'off',
-    'no-mixed-operators': 'off',
-    'no-multiple-empty-lines': 'warn',
-    'no-negated-condition': 'off',
-    'no-nested-ternary': 'warn',
-    'no-new-object': 'off',
-    'no-plusplus': 'off',
-    'no-tabs': 'error',
-    'no-ternary': 'off',
-    'no-trailing-spaces': 'error',
-    'no-underscore-dangle': 'off',
-    'no-unneeded-ternary': 'off',
-    'no-whitespace-before-property': 'warn',
-    'object-curly-newline': 'off',
-    'object-curly-spacing': 'warn',
-    'object-property-newline': 'off',
-    'one-var': 'off',
-    'one-var-declaration-per-line': ['warn', 'initializations'],
-    'operator-assignment': 'off',
-    'operator-linebreak': 'off',
-    'padded-blocks': 'off',
-    'quote-props': ['warn', 'as-needed', {'unnecessary': false, 'keywords': true, 'numbers': true}],
-    'quotes': 'off',
-    'semi': 'error',
-    'semi-spacing': ['warn', {'before': false, 'after': true}],
-    'sort-vars': 'off',
-    'space-before-blocks': 'warn',
-    'space-before-function-paren': ['warn', 'never'],
-    'space-in-parens': 'warn',
-    'space-infix-ops': 'warn',
-    'space-unary-ops': 'warn',
-    'spaced-comment': 'warn',
-    'unicode-bom': 'error',
-    'wrap-regex': 'off',
-
-    // === Promises (override plugin:promise/recommended) ===
-    'promise/always-return': 'warn',
-    'promise/no-return-wrap': 'warn',
-    'promise/param-names': 'warn',
-    'promise/catch-or-return': ['warn', {terminationMethod: ['catch', 'fail', 'always'], allowFinally: true}],
-    'promise/no-native': 'warn',
-    'promise/avoid-new': 'warn',
-
-    // === Deprecations ===
-    "no-restricted-properties": ['warn', {
-        'object': 'M',
-        'property': 'str',
-        'message': 'Use "core/str" module or M.util.get_string()'
-    }],
-  },
-  overrides: [
-    {
-      files: ["**/yui/src/**/*.js"],
-      'env': {
-        // Disable ES6+ for YUI files.
-        'es2020': false,
-      },
-      // Disable some rules which we can't safely define for YUI rollups.
-      rules: {
-        'no-undef': 'off',
-        'no-unused-vars': 'off',
-        'no-unused-expressions': 'off',
-
-        // === JSDocs ===
-        "jsdoc/check-access": 'off',
-        "jsdoc/check-alignment": 'off',
-        "jsdoc/check-param-names": 'off',
-        "jsdoc/check-property-names": 'off',
-        "jsdoc/empty-tags": 'off',
-        "jsdoc/implements-on-classes": 'off',
-        "jsdoc/multiline-blocks": 'off',
-        "jsdoc/require-jsdoc": 'off',
-        "jsdoc/require-param": 'off',
-        "jsdoc/require-param-name": 'off',
-        "jsdoc/require-param-type": 'off',
-        "jsdoc/require-property": 'off',
-        "jsdoc/require-property-name": 'off',
-        "jsdoc/require-property-type": 'off',
-      }
-    },
-    {
-      files: ["**/amd/src/*.js", "**/amd/src/**/*.js", "Gruntfile.js", ".grunt/*.js", ".grunt/tasks/*.js", "jsdoc.conf.js"],
-      // We're using babel transpiling so use their parser
-      // for linting.
-      parser: '@babel/eslint-parser',
-      // Check AMD with some slightly stricter rules.
-      rules: {
-        'no-implicit-globals': 'error',
-        // Disable all of the rules that have babel versions.
-        'new-cap': 'off',
-        // Not using this rule for the time being because it isn't
-        // compatible with jQuery and ES6.
-        'no-invalid-this': 'off',
-        'object-curly-spacing': 'off',
-        'quotes': 'off',
-        'semi': 'off',
-        'no-unused-expressions': 'off',
-        // Enable all of the babel version of these rules.
-        '@babel/new-cap': ['warn', { 'properties': false }],
-        // Not using this rule for the time being because it isn't
-        // compatible with jQuery and ES6.
-        '@babel/no-invalid-this': 'off',
-        '@babel/object-curly-spacing': 'warn',
-        '@babel/semi': 'error',
-        '@babel/no-unused-expressions': 'error',
-        // === Promises ===
-        // We have Promise now that we're using ES6.
-        'promise/no-native': 'off',
-        'promise/avoid-new': 'off',
-
-        // === JSDocs ===
-        'jsdoc/check-access': 'error',
-        'jsdoc/check-alignment': 1, // Recommended.
-        'jsdoc/check-param-names': 'error',
-        'jsdoc/check-property-names': 'error',
-        'jsdoc/empty-tags': 'error',
-        'jsdoc/implements-on-classes': 'error',
-        'jsdoc/multiline-blocks': 'error',
-        'jsdoc/require-jsdoc': 'error',
-        'jsdoc/require-param': 'error',
-        'jsdoc/require-param-name': 'error',
-        'jsdoc/require-param-type': 'error',
-        'jsdoc/require-property': 'error',
-        'jsdoc/require-property-name': 'error',
-        'jsdoc/require-property-type': 'error'
-      },
-      parserOptions: {
-        'sourceType': 'module',
-        'requireConfigFile': false
-      }
-    }
-  ]
-}

.gherkin-lintrc

@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
-{
-  "indentation": ["on",{
-    "Feature": 0,
-    "Background": 2,
-    "Scenario": 2,
-    "Examples": 4,
-    "example": 6,
-    "Step": 4,
-    "given": 4,
-    "and": 4
-  }],
-  "no-dupe-feature-names": "on",
-  "no-dupe-scenario-names": "off",
-  "no-empty-file": "on",
-  "no-files-without-scenarios": "on",
-  "no-multiple-empty-lines": "on",
-  "no-partially-commented-tag-lines": "on",
-  "no-trailing-spaces": "on",
-  "no-unnamed-features": "on",
-  "no-unnamed-scenarios": "on",
-  "no-scenario-outlines-without-examples": "on",
-  "no-examples-in-scenarios": "on",
-  "new-line-at-eof": ["on", "yes"]
-}

.gitattributes

@@ -1,5 +0,0 @@
-**/yui/build/** -diff
-**/amd/build/** -diff
-**.js.map -diff
-**-min.js -diff
-**.min.js -diff

.github/FUNDING.yml

@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-# Primary donations pages.
-custom: ["https://moodle.com/donations/", "https://fund.moodle.org"]

.github/PULL_REQUEST_TEMPLATE.txt

@@ -1,7 +0,0 @@
-*** PLEASE DO NOT OPEN PULL REQUESTS VIA GITHUB ***
-
-The moodle.git repository at Github is just a mirror of the official repository. We do not accept pull requests at Github.
-
-See CONTRIBUTING.md guidelines for how to contribute patches for Moodle. Thank you.
-
---

.github/SECURITY.md

@@ -1,6 +0,0 @@
-> [!IMPORTANT]
-> PLEASE DO NOT PUBLISH SECURITY FINDINGS PUBLICLY.
-
-If you discover a potential security issue, please report it via our [Security Submission Form](https://moodle.org/security/report).
-
-For more information about our security processes and responsible disclosure policy, see the [Security Procedures documentation](https://moodledev.io/general/development/process/security).

.github/moodlelogo.svg

@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-<svg id="Layer_1" data-name="Layer 1" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" viewBox="0 0 1231.24 314.44" preserveAspectRatio="xMinYMid meet"><defs><style>.cls-1{fill:#f48020;}.cls-2,.cls-3{fill:#383738;stroke:#4a4a4c;}.cls-2{stroke-width:2.37px;}.cls-3{stroke-width:2.38px;}.cls-4{fill:#585858;}</style></defs><title>Moodle_Logo_UseonBlack_RGB</title><path class="cls-1" d="M1086.3,235.34a53.42,53.42,0,0,0,16.71,29q13.26,12.27,29.48,12.27,11.29,0,24.56-5.89,16.23-6.88,16.22-16.22l58-.49q-12.29,29-41.76,45.2-27.52,15.23-60.43,15.24-42.25,0-70-26.29t-27.75-68.54q0-43.73,27.75-69.51t72-25.8q48.15,0,75.17,31.94,25.07,29.47,25.06,79.1Zm89.91-33.91q-3.43-17.69-14.73-29-12.8-12.28-29.49-12.29-17.21,0-28.74,11.79t-15.47,29.48Z"/><path class="cls-1" d="M965.45,308.54V0h55V308.54Z"/><path class="cls-1" d="M892.69,308.54V290.36q-7.38,9.83-25.06,15.72a92.31,92.31,0,0,1-30,5.41q-39.31,0-63.13-27T750.7,217.65q0-39.3,23.34-65.84t62.15-26.53q43.71,0,56.5,23.58V0h53.55V308.54Zm0-102.68q0-14.75-14-28.26t-28.74-13.51q-21.12,0-33.41,17.2-10.8,15.24-10.8,37.33,0,21.63,10.8,36.85,12.29,17.71,33.41,17.69,12.78,0,27.76-12t15-24.81Z"/><path class="cls-1" d="M647,313.45q-41.77,0-69-26.53t-27.27-68.3q0-41.73,27.27-68.28t69-26.53q41.75,0,69.27,26.53t27.52,68.28q0,41.79-27.52,68.3T647,313.45ZM647,168q-19.89,0-30.58,15.07t-10.68,35.79q0,20.73,9.94,35.05,11.43,16.31,31.32,16.28t31.32-16.28q10.44-14.31,10.44-35.05t-9.94-35Q667.42,168,647,168Z"/><path class="cls-1" d="M448.07,313.45q-41.76,0-69-26.53t-27.27-68.3q0-41.73,27.27-68.28t69-26.53q41.74,0,69.28,26.53t27.5,68.28q0,41.79-27.5,68.3T448.07,313.45Zm0-145.43q-19.89,0-30.59,15.07t-10.69,35.79q0,20.73,9.94,35.05,11.43,16.31,31.34,16.28t31.32-16.28q10.42-14.31,10.44-35.05t-9.94-35Q468.45,168,448.07,168Z"/><path class="cls-1" d="M288.89,309.11V201q0-33.9-28-33.9t-28,33.9V309.11h-55V201q0-33.9-27.52-33.9-28,0-28,33.9V309.11h-55V194.65q0-35.37,24.56-53.54,21.61-16.22,58.46-16.22,37.35,0,55,19.16,15.23-19.16,55.51-19.16,36.86,0,58.45,16.22,24.57,18.16,24.57,53.54V309.11Z"/><path class="cls-2" d="M.76,145.76"/><path class="cls-3" d="M1.73,145.32"/><path class="cls-4" d="M173.86,116.85l55.08-40.1-.7-2.44C135,83.92,80.42,96.44,0,144.13l.73,2.38,21-.67c15.17.52,30.85,1.26,46,1.32-1,24.09.83,32.65.83,32.65,51.92,17.58,101.22,1.53,127.14-43.9A248.72,248.72,0,0,0,173.86,116.85Z"/><path class="cls-4" d="M113.78,110c-.3-1.08-2.23-1.48-4.28-.9a4.73,4.73,0,0,0-3.14,2.19c-18.53,5-49.16,13.72-70.73,21l-1.33.45c-16.68,5.61-24.73,8.49-25.22,12.55-2.29,18.44-.87,42.18-.86,42.48l.19,6.4c-9.74,27.56.06,49.6,8.38,69.77.06-24.92,1.07-45.22-6-71-.2-3.82-1.49-30.36.61-47.34.34-2.75,11.65-6.56,23.63-10.59l1.33-.44c22-7.42,53.57-16.39,71.9-21.29a6.75,6.75,0,0,0,2.29-.25C112.64,112.43,114.08,111.09,113.78,110Z"/></svg>

.github/workflows/close-pull-requests.yml

@@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
-name: 'Close Pull Requests'
-
-on:
-  pull_request_target:
-    types: opened
-  workflow_dispatch:
-
-jobs:
-  close:
-    # Avoid forks to run this job
-    if: github.repository_owner == 'moodle'
-    name: Close Pull Requests
-    runs-on: ubuntu-latest
-    steps:
-      - uses: dessant/repo-lockdown@v4
-        with:
-          process-only: prs
-          close-pr: true
-          skip-closed-pr-comment: true
-          pr-comment: >
-             **Please, don't open pull requests via GitHub.**
-
-
-             This repository (moodle.git) at GitHub is just a mirror of the official Moodle repository.
-
-
-             For how to contribute patches for Moodle see
-             [CONTRIBUTING.md](https://github.com/moodle/moodle/blob/main/CONTRIBUTING.md).
-
-
-             Closing this pull request.

.github/workflows/config-template.php

@@ -1,71 +0,0 @@
-<?php
-// This file is part of Moodle - http://moodle.org/
-//
-// Moodle is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-// (at your option) any later version.
-//
-// Moodle is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-// GNU General Public License for more details.
-//
-// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-// along with Moodle.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-
-/**
- * Template configuraton file for github actions CI/CD.
- *
- * @package    core
- * @copyright  2020 onwards Eloy Lafuente (stronk7) {@link https://stronk7.com}
- * @license    https://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
- */
-
-// This cannot be used out from a github actions workflow, so just exit.
-getenv('GITHUB_WORKFLOW') || die; // phpcs:ignore moodle.Files.MoodleInternal.MoodleInternalGlobalState
-
-unset($CFG);
-global $CFG;
-$CFG = new stdClass();
-
-$CFG->dbtype    = getenv('dbtype');
-$CFG->dblibrary = 'native';
-$CFG->dbhost    = '127.0.0.1';
-$CFG->dbname    = 'test';
-$CFG->dbuser    = 'test';
-$CFG->dbpass    = 'test';
-$CFG->prefix    = 'm_';
-$CFG->dboptions = ['dbcollation' => 'utf8mb4_bin'];
-
-$host = 'localhost';
-$CFG->wwwroot   = "http://{$host}";
-$CFG->dataroot  = realpath(dirname(__DIR__)) . '/moodledata';
-$CFG->admin     = 'admin';
-$CFG->directorypermissions = 0777;
-
-// Debug options - possible to be controlled by flag in future.
-$CFG->debug = (E_ALL); // DEBUG_DEVELOPER.
-$CFG->debugdisplay = 1;
-$CFG->debugstringids = 1; // Add strings=1 to url to get string ids.
-$CFG->perfdebug = 15;
-$CFG->debugpageinfo = 1;
-$CFG->allowthemechangeonurl = 1;
-$CFG->passwordpolicy = 0;
-$CFG->cronclionly = 0;
-$CFG->pathtophp = getenv('pathtophp');
-
-$CFG->phpunit_dataroot  = realpath(dirname(__DIR__)) . '/phpunitdata';
-$CFG->phpunit_prefix = 't_';
-
-define('TEST_EXTERNAL_FILES_HTTP_URL', 'http://localhost:8080');
-define('TEST_EXTERNAL_FILES_HTTPS_URL', 'http://localhost:8080');
-
-define('TEST_SESSION_REDIS_HOST', 'localhost');
-define('TEST_CACHESTORE_REDIS_TESTSERVERS', 'localhost');
-
-// TODO: add others (solr, mongodb, memcached, ldap...).
-
-// Too much for now: define('PHPUNIT_LONGTEST', true); // Only leaves a few tests out and they are run later by CI.
-
-require_once(__DIR__ . '/lib/setup.php');

.github/workflows/onebyone.yml

@@ -1,143 +0,0 @@
-name: One by One Testing
-# Run all the individual unit tests one by one, with
-# fully independent PHPUnit executions. Useful to
-# detect issues with some tests that are using stuff
-# that has been made available by others, but is not
-# available when running individually.
-#
-# Note that we aren't using PHPUnit's own isolation
-# here but completely separated runs, one for each
-# test.
-#
-# The workflow will fail reporting all the tests
-# that have failed (and will pass if no failure is
-# detected, of course).
-#
-# It's only executed via workflow dispatch (automated
-# or manual), not by push/tag. And acceptd configuration
-# of phpunit, specially useful to run it with PHPUnit's
-# own isolation or any other option.
-
-on:
-  workflow_dispatch:
-    inputs:
-      phpunit_extra_options:
-        description: Additional options to apply to PHPUnit
-        required: false
-        default: ''
-
-env:
-  chunks: 7
-
-jobs:
-  collect:
-    name: Collect individual unit tests
-    runs-on: ubuntu-latest
-    outputs:
-      matrix: ${{steps.individual-tests.outputs.matrix }}
-
-    steps:
-      - name: Checking out code
-        uses: actions/checkout@v4
-
-      - name: Looking for all individual tests
-        id: individual-tests
-        run: |
-          count=0  # Number of individual tests found.
-          while read -r testfile; do # For each test file.
-              while read -r testname; do # For each unit test in a file.
-                  count=$((count + 1))
-                  # Sent it to the correct chunk file.
-                  chunk=$(((($count % $chunks)) + 1))
-                  echo "$testname $testfile" >> ./chunk_$chunk.txt
-              done < <(grep "function test_" "${testfile}" | sed -r "s/^.*function (test_[a-zA-Z0-9_]+).*/\1/")
-          done < <(find . -name "*_test.php")
-          # Generate the matrix to run tests.
-          echo "matrix=$(ls -1 chunk_*.txt | jq -R -s -c 'split("\n")[:-1]')" >> $GITHUB_OUTPUT
-          echo "$count individual tests collected in $chunks files"
-
-      - name: Upload individual tests files
-        uses: actions/upload-artifact@v4
-        with:
-          name: individual_tests
-          path: chunk_*.txt
-          retention-days: 1
-
-  test:
-    name: Run tests
-    needs: collect
-    runs-on: ubuntu-latest
-    services:
-      exttests:
-        image: moodlehq/moodle-exttests
-        ports:
-          - 8080:80
-      redis:
-        image: redis
-        ports:
-          - 6379:6379
-    strategy:
-      fail-fast: false
-      matrix:
-        file: ${{ fromJson(needs.collect.outputs.matrix) }}
-
-    steps:
-      - name: Setting up DB pgsql
-        uses: m4nu56/postgresql-action@v1
-        with:
-          postgresql version: 14
-          postgresql db: test
-          postgresql user: test
-          postgresql password: test
-
-      - name: Setting up PHP
-        uses: shivammathur/setup-php@v2
-        with:
-          php-version: 8.4
-          ini-values: max_input_vars=5000
-          coverage: none
-
-      - name: Checking out code
-        uses: actions/checkout@v4
-
-      - name: Download individual test files
-        uses: actions/download-artifact@v4
-        with:
-          name: individual_tests # Make all the chunk files available for the next steps.
-
-      - name: Setting up PHPUnit
-        env:
-          dbtype: pgsql
-        run: |
-          echo "pathtophp=$(which php)" >> $GITHUB_ENV
-          cp .github/workflows/config-template.php config.php
-          mkdir ../moodledata
-          sudo locale-gen en_AU.UTF-8
-          php public/admin/tool/phpunit/cli/init.php --no-composer-self-update
-
-      - name: Run PHPUnit test (one by one)
-        env:
-          dbtype: pgsql
-        run: |
-          status=0
-          count=0
-          while read -r line; do # For each line in the chunk file
-              count=$((count + 1))
-              filter="${line% *}"
-              file="${line#* }"
-              # Run the individual unit test and report problems if needed to.
-              if ! php vendor/bin/phpunit \
-                      --fail-on-empty-test-suite \
-                      --fail-on-warning \
-                      --fail-on-risky \
-                      --filter "$filter" ${{ inputs.phpunit_extra_options }} \
-                      "$file" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
-                  if [ $status -eq 0 ]; then
-                      echo "Problems found, list of PHPUnit commands failing:"
-                  fi
-                  echo "vendor/bin/phpunit --filter '${filter}' ${{ inputs.phpunit_extra_options }} $file"
-                  status=$((status + 1))
-              fi
-          done < ${{ matrix.file }}
-          echo "Finished: $count individual tests executed, $status tests failed"
-          exit $status

.github/workflows/push.yml

@@ -1,127 +0,0 @@
-name: Core
-
-on:
-  push:
-    branches-ignore:
-      - main
-      - MOODLE_[0-9]+_STABLE
-    tags-ignore:
-      - v[0-9]+.[0-9]+.[0-9]+*
-  workflow_dispatch:
-    inputs:
-      phpunit_extra_options:
-        description: Additional options to apply to PHPUnit
-        required: false
-        default: ''
-
-env:
-  php: 8.4
-
-jobs:
-  Grunt:
-    runs-on: ubuntu-24.04
-
-    steps:
-      - name: Checking out code
-        uses: actions/checkout@v4
-
-      - name: Configuring node & npm
-        uses: actions/setup-node@v4
-        with:
-          node-version-file: '.nvmrc'
-
-      - name: Installing node stuff
-        run: npm install
-
-      - name: Running grunt
-        run: npx grunt
-
-      - name: Looking for uncommitted changes
-        # Add all files to the git index and then run diff --cached to see all changes.
-        # This ensures that we get the status of all files, including new files.
-        # We ignore npm-shrinkwrap.json to make the tasks immune to npm changes.
-        run: |
-          git add .
-          git reset -- npm-shrinkwrap.json
-          git diff --cached --exit-code
-
-  PHPUnit:
-    runs-on: ${{ matrix.os }}
-    services:
-      exttests:
-        image: moodlehq/moodle-exttests
-        ports:
-          - 8080:80
-      redis:
-        image: redis
-        ports:
-          - 6379:6379
-    strategy:
-      fail-fast: false
-      matrix:
-        include:
-          # MySQL builds always run with the lowest PHP supported version.
-          - os: ubuntu-24.04
-            php: 8.2
-            extensions:
-            db: mysqli
-          # PostgreSQL builds always run with the highest PHP supported version.
-          - os: ubuntu-24.04
-            php: 8.4
-            db: pgsql
-
-    steps:
-      - name: Setting up DB mysql
-        if: ${{ matrix.db == 'mysqli' }}
-        uses: moodlehq/mysql-action@v1
-        with:
-          collation server: utf8mb4_bin
-          mysql version: 8.4
-          mysql database: test
-          mysql user: test
-          mysql password: test
-          use tmpfs: true
-          tmpfs size: '1024M'
-          extra conf: --skip-log-bin
-
-      - name: Setting up DB pgsql
-        if: ${{ matrix.db == 'pgsql' }}
-        uses: m4nu56/postgresql-action@v1
-        with:
-          postgresql version: 15
-          postgresql db: test
-          postgresql user: test
-          postgresql password: test
-
-      - name: Configuring git vars
-        uses: rlespinasse/github-slug-action@v4
-
-      - name: Setting up PHP ${{ matrix.php }}
-        uses: shivammathur/setup-php@v2
-        with:
-          php-version: ${{ matrix.php }}
-          extensions: ${{ matrix.extensions }}
-          ini-values: max_input_vars=5000
-          coverage: none
-
-      - name: Checking out code from ${{ env.GITHUB_REF_SLUG }}
-        uses: actions/checkout@v4
-
-      - name: Setting up PHPUnit
-        env:
-          dbtype: ${{ matrix.db }}
-        run: |
-          echo "pathtophp=$(which php)" >> $GITHUB_ENV # Inject installed pathtophp to env. The template config needs it.
-          cp .github/workflows/config-template.php config.php
-          mkdir ../moodledata
-          sudo locale-gen en_AU.UTF-8
-          php public/admin/tool/phpunit/cli/init.php --no-composer-self-update
-
-      - name: Running PHPUnit tests
-        env:
-          dbtype: ${{ matrix.db }}
-          phpunit_options: ${{ secrets.phpunit_options }}
-        run: vendor/bin/phpunit $phpunit_options ${{ inputs.phpunit_extra_options }}
-
-      - name: Git status
-        run: git status

.github/workflows/web-installer-test.yml

@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
-name: Web Installer Testing
-
-on:
-  workflow_dispatch:
-
-jobs:
-  InstallationTest:
-    runs-on: ${{ matrix.os }}
-    strategy:
-      fail-fast: false
-      matrix:
-        os: [ubuntu-latest]
-        php: [8.2, 8.4]
-    steps:
-      - name: Construct repository URL
-        run: echo "REPOSITORY_URL=${GITHUB_SERVER_URL}/${GITHUB_REPOSITORY}" >> $GITHUB_ENV
-        shell: bash
-
-      - uses: moodlehq/moodle-webinstaller-test@main
-        with:
-          repository: ${{ env.REPOSITORY_URL }}
-          branch: ${{ github.ref_name }}
-          php: ${{ matrix.php }}

.github/workflows/windows.yml

@@ -1,149 +0,0 @@
-name: Windows Testing
-
-on:
-  workflow_dispatch:
-    inputs:
-      phpunit_extra_options:
-        description: Additional options to apply to PHPUnit
-        required: false
-        default: ''
-env:
-  php: 8.4
-
-jobs:
-  Grunt:
-    runs-on: windows-latest
-
-    steps:
-      - name: Set git to use LF
-        run: |
-          git config --global core.autocrlf false
-          git config --global core.eol lf
-
-      - name: Checking out code
-        uses: actions/checkout@v4
-
-      - name: Configuring node & npm
-        uses: actions/setup-node@v4
-        with:
-          node-version-file: '.nvmrc'
-
-      - name: Installing node stuff
-        run: npm ci
-
-      - name: Running grunt
-        run: npx grunt
-
-      - name: Looking for uncommitted changes
-        # Add all files to the git index and then run diff --cached to see all changes.
-        # This ensures that we get the status of all files, including new files.
-        # We ignore npm-shrinkwrap.json to make the tasks immune to npm changes.
-        run: |
-          git add .
-          git reset -- npm-shrinkwrap.json
-          git diff --cached --exit-code
-
-  PHPUnit:
-    runs-on: ${{ matrix.os }}
-
-    strategy:
-      fail-fast: false
-      matrix:
-        include:
-          - os: windows-latest
-            php: 8.4
-            # Ideally we should use mysql/mariadb, but they are 4x slower without tweaks and configuration
-            # so let's run only postgres (1.5h vs 6h) only, If some day we want to improve the mysql runs,
-            # this is the place to enable them.
-            # db: mysqli
-            db: pgsql
-            extensions: exif, fileinfo, gd, intl, pgsql, mysql, redis, soap, sodium, zip
-          - os: windows-latest
-            php: 8.2
-            db: pgsql
-            extensions: exif, fileinfo, gd, intl, pgsql, mysql, redis, soap, sodium, zip
-
-    steps:
-      - name: Setting up DB mysql
-        if: ${{ matrix.db == 'mysqli' }}
-        uses: shogo82148/actions-setup-mysql@v1
-        with:
-          mysql-version: 8.4
-          user: test
-          password: test
-
-      - name: Creating DB mysql
-        if: ${{ matrix.db == 'mysqli' }}
-        run: mysql --host 127.0.0.1 -utest -ptest -e 'CREATE DATABASE IF NOT EXISTS test COLLATE = utf8mb4_bin;';
-
-      - name: Setting up DB pgsql
-        if: ${{ matrix.db == 'pgsql' }}
-        run: |
-          # TODO: Remove these conf. modifications when php74 or php80 are lowest.
-          # Change to old md5 auth, because php73 does not support it.
-          # #password_encryption = scram-sha-256
-          (Get-Content "$env:PGDATA\postgresql.conf"). `
-              replace('#password_encryption = scram-sha-256', 'password_encryption = md5') | `
-              Set-Content "$env:PGDATA\postgresql.conf"
-          (Get-Content "$env:PGDATA\pg_hba.conf"). `
-              replace('scram-sha-256', 'md5') | `
-              Set-Content "$env:PGDATA\pg_hba.conf"
-          $pgService = Get-Service -Name postgresql*
-          Set-Service -InputObject $pgService -Status running -StartupType automatic
-          Start-Process -FilePath "$env:PGBIN\pg_isready" -Wait -PassThru
-          & $env:PGBIN\psql --command="CREATE USER test PASSWORD 'test'" --command="\du"
-
-      - name: Creating DB pgsql
-        if: ${{ matrix.db == 'pgsql' }}
-        run: |
-          & $env:PGBIN\createdb --owner=test test
-          $env:PGPASSWORD = 'test'
-          & $env:PGBIN\psql --username=test --host=localhost --list test
-
-      - name: Configuring git vars
-        uses: rlespinasse/github-slug-action@v4
-
-      - name: Setting up PHP ${{ matrix.php }}
-        uses: shivammathur/setup-php@v2
-        with:
-          php-version: ${{ matrix.php }}
-          extensions: ${{ matrix.extensions }}
-          ini-values: max_input_vars=5000
-          coverage: none
-
-      - name: Set git to use LF
-        run: |
-          git config --global core.autocrlf false
-          git config --global core.eol lf
-
-      - name: Checking out code from ${{ env.GITHUB_REF_SLUG }}
-        uses: actions/checkout@v4
-
-      # Needs to be done after php is available, git configured and Moodle checkout has happened.
-      - name: Setting up moodle-exttests service
-        run: |
-          git clone https://github.com/moodlehq/moodle-exttests.git
-          nssm install php-built-in C:\tools\php\php.exe -S localhost:8080 -t D:\a\moodle\moodle\moodle-exttests
-          nssm start php-built-in
-
-      - name: Setting up redis service
-        run: |
-          choco install redis --version 5.0.7 --no-progress
-          nssm install redis redis-server
-          nssm start redis
-
-      - name: Setting up PHPUnit
-        env:
-          dbtype: ${{ matrix.db }}
-        shell: bash
-        run: |
-          echo "pathtophp=$(which php)" >> $GITHUB_ENV # Inject installed pathtophp to env. The template config needs it.
-          cp .github/workflows/config-template.php config.php
-          mkdir ../moodledata
-          php public/admin/tool/phpunit/cli/init.php --no-composer-self-update
-
-      - name: Running PHPUnit tests
-        env:
-          dbtype: ${{ matrix.db }}
-          phpunit_options: ${{ secrets.phpunit_options }}
-        run: vendor/bin/phpunit $phpunit_options ${{ inputs.phpunit_extra_options }}

.gitignore

@@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
-# This file specifies intentionally untracked files that all Moodle git
-# repositories should ignore. It is recommended not to modify this file in your
-# local clone. Instead, use .git/info/exclude and add new records there as
-# needed.
-#
-# Example: if you deploy a contributed plugin mod/foobar into your site, put
-# the following line into .git/info/exclude file in your Moodle clone:
-# /mod/foobar/
-#
-# See gitignore(5) man page for more details
-#
-
-# Swap files (vim)
-[._]*.s[a-v][a-z]
-[._]*.sw[a-p]
-[._]s[a-rt-v][a-z]
-[._]ss[a-gi-z]
-[._]sw[a-p]
-# Temporary files including undo
-*~
-#
-/config.php
-/tags
-/TAGS
-/cscope.*
-/.patches/
-/.idea/
-.phpstorm.*
-!/.phpstorm.meta.php/
-/.phpstorm.meta.php/*
-!/.phpstorm.meta.php/di.php
-/nbproject/
-CVS
-.DS_Store
-/.settings/
-/.project
-/.buildpath
-/.cache
-.phpunit.result.cache
-phpunit.xml
-# Composer support. Do not ignore composer.json, or composer.lock. These should be shipped by us.
-composer.phar
-/vendor/
-/behat.yml
-*/yui/build/*/*-coverage.js
-/public/lib/yuilib/*/build/*/*-coverage.js
-# lib/yuilib/version/module/module-coverage.js
-/public/lib/yuilib/*/*/*-coverage.js
-atlassian-ide-plugin.xml
-/node_modules/
-/.vscode/
-moodle-plugin-ci.phar
-.eslintignore
-.stylelintignore
-/jsdoc
-/public/admin/tool/componentlibrary/docs
-/public/admin/tool/componentlibrary/hugo/site/data/my-index.json
-.hugo_build.lock
-phpcs.xml
-jsconfig.json
-UPGRADING-CURRENT.md
-.phpunit.cache

.grunt/babel-plugin-add-module-to-define.js

@@ -1,169 +0,0 @@
-// This file is part of Moodle - http://moodle.org/
-//
-// Moodle is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-// (at your option) any later version.
-//
-// Moodle is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-// GNU General Public License for more details.
-//
-// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-// along with Moodle.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-
-/**
- * This is a babel plugin to add the Moodle module names to the AMD modules
- * as part of the transpiling process.
- *
- * In addition it will also add a return statement for the default export if the
- * module is using default exports. This is a highly specific Moodle thing because
- * we're transpiling to AMD and none of the existing Babel 7 plugins work correctly.
- *
- * This will fix the issue where an ES6 module using "export default Foo" will be
- * transpiled into an AMD module that returns {default: Foo}; Instead it will now
- * just simply return Foo.
- *
- * Note: This means all other named exports in that module are ignored and won't be
- * exported.
- *
- * @copyright  2018 Ryan Wyllie <ryan@moodle.com>
- * @license    http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
- */
-
-"use strict";
-/* eslint-env node */
-
-module.exports = ({template, types}) => {
-    const fs = require('fs');
-    const path = require('path');
-    const cwd = process.cwd();
-    const ComponentList = require(path.join(process.cwd(), '.grunt', 'components.js'));
-
-    /**
-     * Search the list of components that match the given file name
-     * and return the Moodle component for that file, if found.
-     *
-     * Throw an exception if no matching component is found.
-     *
-     * @throws {Error}
-     * @param {string} searchFileName The file name to look for.
-     * @return {string} Moodle component
-     */
-    function getModuleNameFromFileName(searchFileName) {
-        searchFileName = fs.realpathSync(searchFileName);
-        const relativeFileName = searchFileName.replace(`${cwd}${path.sep}`, '').replace(/\\/g, '/');
-        const [componentPath, file] = relativeFileName.split('/amd/src/');
-        const fileName = file.replace('.js', '');
-
-        // Check subsystems first which require an exact match.
-        const componentName = ComponentList.getComponentFromPath(componentPath);
-        if (componentName) {
-            return `${componentName}/${fileName}`;
-        }
-
-        // This matches the previous PHP behaviour that would throw an exception
-        // if it couldn't parse an AMD file.
-        throw new Error(`Unable to find module name for ${searchFileName} (${componentPath}::${file}}`);
-    }
-
-    /**
-     * This is heavily inspired by the babel-plugin-add-module-exports plugin.
-     * See: https://github.com/59naga/babel-plugin-add-module-exports
-     *
-     * This is used when we detect a module using "export default Foo;" to make
-     * sure the transpiled code just returns Foo directly rather than an object
-     * with the default property (i.e. {default: Foo}).
-     *
-     * Note: This means that we can't support modules that combine named exports
-     * with a default export.
-     *
-     * @param {String} path
-     * @param {String} exportObjectName
-     */
-    function addModuleExportsDefaults(path, exportObjectName) {
-        const rootPath = path.findParent(path => {
-            return path.key === 'body' || !path.parentPath;
-        });
-
-        // HACK: `path.node.body.push` instead of path.pushContainer(due doesn't work in Plugin.post).
-        // This is hardcoded to work specifically with AMD.
-        rootPath.node.body.push(template(`return ${exportObjectName}.default`)());
-    }
-
-    return {
-        pre() {
-            this.seenDefine = false;
-            this.addedReturnForDefaultExport = false;
-        },
-        visitor: {
-            // Plugin ordering is only respected if we visit the "Program" node.
-            // See: https://babeljs.io/docs/en/plugins.html#plugin-preset-ordering
-            //
-            // We require this to run after the other AMD module transformation so
-            // let's visit the "Program" node.
-            Program: {
-                exit(path) {
-                    path.traverse({
-                        CallExpression(path) {
-                            // If we find a "define" function call.
-                            if (!this.seenDefine && path.get('callee').isIdentifier({name: 'define'})) {
-                                // We only want to modify the first instance of define that we find.
-                                this.seenDefine = true;
-
-                                // Get the Moodle component for the file being processed.
-                                var moduleName = getModuleNameFromFileName(this.file.opts.filename);
-
-                                // The function signature of `define()` is:
-                                // define = function (name, deps, callback) {...}
-                                // Ensure that if the moduel supplied its own name that it is replaced.
-                                if (path.node.arguments.length > 0) {
-                                    // Ensure that there is only one name.
-                                    if (path.node.arguments[0].type === 'StringLiteral') {
-                                        // eslint-disable-next-line
-                                        console.log(`Replacing module name '${path.node.arguments[0].extra.rawValue}' with ${moduleName}`);
-                                        path.node.arguments.shift();
-                                    }
-                                }
-
-                                // Add the module name as the first argument to the define function.
-                                path.node.arguments.unshift(types.stringLiteral(moduleName));
-                                // Add a space after the define function in the built file so that previous versions
-                                // of Moodle will not try to add the module name to the file when it's being served
-                                // by PHP. This forces the regex in PHP to not match for this file.
-                                path.node.callee.name = 'define ';
-                            }
-
-                            // Check for any Object.defineProperty('exports', 'default') calls.
-                            if (!this.addedReturnForDefaultExport && path.get('callee').matchesPattern('Object.defineProperty')) {
-                                const [identifier, prop] = path.get('arguments');
-                                const objectName = identifier.get('name').node;
-                                const propertyName = prop.get('value').node;
-
-                                if ((objectName === 'exports' || objectName === '_exports') && propertyName === 'default') {
-                                    addModuleExportsDefaults(path, objectName);
-                                    this.addedReturnForDefaultExport = true;
-                                }
-                            }
-                        },
-                        AssignmentExpression(path) {
-                            // Check for an exports.default assignments.
-                            if (
-                                !this.addedReturnForDefaultExport &&
-                                (
-                                    path.get('left').matchesPattern('exports.default') ||
-                                    path.get('left').matchesPattern('_exports.default')
-                                )
-                            ) {
-                                const objectName = path.get('left.object.name').node;
-                                addModuleExportsDefaults(path, objectName);
-                                this.addedReturnForDefaultExport = true;
-                            }
-                        }
-                    }, this);
-                }
-            }
-        }
-    };
-};

.grunt/components.js

@@ -1,435 +0,0 @@
-// This file is part of Moodle - http://moodle.org/
-//
-// Moodle is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-// (at your option) any later version.
-//
-// Moodle is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-// GNU General Public License for more details.
-//
-// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-// along with Moodle.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-
-/**
- * Helper functions for working with Moodle component names, directories, and sources.
- *
- * @copyright  2019 Andrew Nicols <andrew@nicols.co.uk>
- * @license    http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
- */
-
-"use strict";
-/* eslint-env node */
-
-/** @var {Object} A list of subsystems in Moodle */
-const componentData = {};
-
-/**
- * Load details of all moodle modules.
- *
- * @returns {object}
- */
-const fetchComponentData = () => {
-    const fs = require('fs');
-    const path = require('path');
-    const glob = require('glob');
-    const gruntFilePath = process.cwd();
-
-    if (!Object.entries(componentData).length) {
-        componentData.subsystems = {};
-        componentData.pathList = [];
-        componentData.components = {};
-        componentData.standardComponents = {};
-
-        // Fetch the component definiitions from the distributed JSON file.
-        const components = JSON.parse(fs.readFileSync(`${gruntFilePath}/lib/components.json`));
-        const pluginData = JSON.parse(fs.readFileSync(`${gruntFilePath}/lib/plugins.json`));
-
-        componentData.pluginTypes = components.plugintypes
-
-        const standardPlugins = Object.entries(pluginData.standard).map(
-            ([pluginType, pluginNames]) => {
-                return pluginNames.map(pluginName => `${pluginType}_${pluginName}`);
-            }
-        ).reduce((acc, val) => acc.concat(val), []);
-
-        // Build the list of moodle subsystems.
-        componentData.subsystems['public/lib'] = 'core';
-        componentData.pathList.push(`${process.cwd()}/public/lib`);
-        for (const [component, thisPath] of Object.entries(components.subsystems)) {
-            if (thisPath) {
-                // Prefix "core_" to the front of the subsystems.
-                componentData.subsystems[thisPath] = `core_${component}`;
-                componentData.pathList.push(`${process.cwd()}/${thisPath}`);
-            }
-        }
-
-        // The list of components includes the list of subsystems.
-        componentData.components = Object.fromEntries(
-            Object.entries(componentData.subsystems)
-            .map(([path, name]) => ([path, name]))
-        );
-
-        const subpluginAdder = (subpluginType, subpluginTypePath) => {
-            glob.sync(`${subpluginTypePath}/*/version.php`).forEach(versionPath => {
-                const componentPath = fs.realpathSync(path.dirname(versionPath));
-                const componentName = path.basename(componentPath);
-                const frankenstyleName = `${subpluginType}_${componentName}`;
-
-                componentData.components[`${subpluginTypePath}/${componentName}`] = frankenstyleName;
-                componentData.pathList.push(componentPath);
-            });
-        };
-
-        // Go through each of the plugintypes.
-        Object.entries(components.plugintypes).forEach(([pluginType, pluginTypePath]) => {
-            // We don't allow any code in this place..?
-            glob.sync(`${pluginTypePath}/*/version.php`).forEach(versionPath => {
-                const componentPath = fs.realpathSync(path.dirname(versionPath));
-                const componentName = path.basename(componentPath);
-                const frankenstyleName = `${pluginType}_${componentName}`;
-                componentData.components[`${pluginTypePath}/${componentName}`] = frankenstyleName;
-                componentData.pathList.push(componentPath);
-
-                // Look for any subplugins.
-                const subPluginConfigurationFile = `${componentPath}/db/subplugins.json`;
-                if (fs.existsSync(subPluginConfigurationFile)) {
-                    const subpluginList = JSON.parse(fs.readFileSync(fs.realpathSync(subPluginConfigurationFile)));
-
-                    if (subpluginList.subplugintypes) {
-                        Object.entries(subpluginList.subplugintypes).forEach(([subpluginType, subpluginTypePath]) => {
-                            subpluginAdder(
-                                subpluginType,
-                                `${pluginTypePath}/${componentName}/${subpluginTypePath}`
-                            );
-                        });
-                    } else if (subpluginList.plugintypes) {
-                        Object.entries(subpluginList.plugintypes).forEach(([subpluginType, subpluginTypePath]) => {
-                            subpluginAdder(subpluginType, `public/${subpluginTypePath}`);
-                        });
-                    }
-                }
-            });
-        });
-
-
-        // Create a list of the standard subsystem and plugins.
-        componentData.standardComponents = Object.fromEntries(
-            Object.entries(componentData.components).filter(([, name]) => {
-                if (name === 'core' || name.startsWith('core_')) {
-                    return true;
-                }
-                return standardPlugins.indexOf(name) !== -1;
-            })
-        );
-
-        componentData.componentMapping = Object.fromEntries(
-            Object.entries(componentData.components).map(([path, name]) => [name, path])
-        );
-    }
-
-    return componentData;
-};
-
-/**
- * Get the list of component paths.
- *
- * @param   {string} relativeTo
- * @returns {array}
- */
-const getComponentPaths = (relativeTo = '') => fetchComponentData().pathList.map(componentPath => {
-    return componentPath.replace(relativeTo, '');
-});
-
-/**
- * Get the list of paths to build AMD sources.
- *
- * @returns {Array}
- */
-const getAmdSrcGlobList = () => {
-    const globList = [];
-    fetchComponentData().pathList.forEach(componentPath => {
-        globList.push(`${componentPath}/amd/src/*.js`);
-        globList.push(`${componentPath}/amd/src/**/*.js`);
-    });
-
-    return globList;
-};
-
-/**
- * Get the list of paths to build YUI sources.
- *
- * @param {String} relativeTo
- * @returns {Array}
- */
-const getYuiSrcGlobList = relativeTo => {
-    const globList = [];
-    fetchComponentData().pathList.forEach(componentPath => {
-        const relativeComponentPath = componentPath.replace(relativeTo, '');
-        globList.push(`${relativeComponentPath}/yui/src/**/*.js`);
-    });
-
-    return globList;
-};
-
-/**
- * Get the list of paths to thirdpartylibs.xml.
- *
- * @param {String} relativeTo
- * @returns {Array}
- */
-const getThirdPartyLibsList = relativeTo => {
-    const fs = require('fs');
-    const path = require('path');
-
-    return fetchComponentData().pathList
-        .map(componentPath => path.relative(relativeTo, componentPath) + '/thirdpartylibs.xml')
-        .map(componentPath => componentPath.replace(/\\/g, '/'))
-        .filter(path => fs.existsSync(path))
-        .sort();
-};
-
-/**
- * Get the list of thirdparty library paths.
- *
- * @returns {array}
- */
-const getThirdPartyPaths = () => {
-    const DOMParser = require('@xmldom/xmldom').DOMParser;
-    const fs = require('fs');
-    const path = require('path');
-    const xpath = require('xpath');
-
-    const thirdpartyfiles = getThirdPartyLibsList(fs.realpathSync('./'));
-    const libs = ['node_modules/', 'vendor/'];
-
-    const addLibToList = lib => {
-        if (!lib.match('\\*') && fs.statSync(lib).isDirectory()) {
-            // Ensure trailing slash on dirs.
-            lib = lib.replace(/\/?$/, '/');
-        }
-
-        // Look for duplicate paths before adding to array.
-        if (libs.indexOf(lib) === -1) {
-            libs.push(lib);
-        }
-    };
-
-    thirdpartyfiles.forEach(function(file) {
-        const dirname = path.dirname(file);
-
-        const xmlContent = fs.readFileSync(file, 'utf8');
-        const doc = new DOMParser().parseFromString(xmlContent);
-        const nodes = xpath.select("/libraries/library/location/text()", doc);
-
-        nodes.forEach(function(node) {
-            let lib = path.posix.join(dirname, node.toString());
-            addLibToList(lib);
-        });
-    });
-
-    return libs;
-
-};
-
-/**
- * Find the name of the component matching the specified path.
- *
- * @param {String} path
- * @returns {String|null} Name of matching component.
- */
-const getComponentFromPath = path => {
-    const componentList = fetchComponentData().components;
-
-    if (componentList.hasOwnProperty(path)) {
-        return componentList[path];
-    }
-
-    return null;
-};
-
-/**
- * Check whether the supplied path, relative to the Gruntfile.js, is in a known component.
- *
- * @param {String} checkPath The path to check. This can be with either Windows, or Linux directory separators.
- * @returns {String|null}
- */
-const getOwningComponentDirectory = checkPath => {
-    const path = require('path');
-
-    // Fetch all components into a reverse sorted array.
-    // This ensures that components which are within the directory of another component match first.
-    const pathList = Object.keys(fetchComponentData().components).sort().reverse();
-    for (const componentPath of pathList) {
-        // If the componentPath is the directory being checked, it will be empty.
-        // If the componentPath is a parent of the directory being checked, the relative directory will not start with ..
-        if (!path.relative(componentPath, checkPath).startsWith('..')) {
-            return componentPath;
-        }
-    }
-
-    return null;
-};
-
-/**
- * Get the latest tag in a remote GitHub repository.
- *
- * @param {string} url The remote repository.
- * @returns {Array}
- */
-const getRepositoryTags = async(url) => {
-    const gtr = require('git-tags-remote');
-    try {
-        const tags = await gtr.get(url);
-        if (tags !== undefined) {
-            return tags;
-        }
-    } catch (error) {
-        return [];
-    }
-    return [];
-};
-
-/**
- * Get the list of thirdparty libraries that could be upgraded.
- *
- * @returns {Array}
- */
-const getThirdPartyLibsUpgradable = async() => {
-    const libraries = getThirdPartyLibsData().filter((library) => !!library.repository);
-    const upgradableLibraries = [];
-    const versionCompare = (a, b) => {
-        if (a === b) {
-            return 0;
-        }
-
-        const aParts = a.split('.');
-        const bParts = b.split('.');
-
-        for (let i = 0; i < Math.min(aParts.length, bParts.length); i++) {
-            const aPart = parseInt(aParts[i], 10);
-            const bPart = parseInt(bParts[i], 10);
-            if (aPart > bPart) {
-                // 1.1.0 > 1.0.9
-                return 1;
-            } else if (aPart < bPart) {
-                // 1.0.9 < 1.1.0
-                return -1;
-            } else {
-                // Same version.
-                continue;
-            }
-        }
-
-        if (aParts.length > bParts.length) {
-            // 1.0.1 > 1.0
-            return 1;
-        }
-
-        // 1.0 < 1.0.1
-        return -1;
-    };
-
-    for (let library of libraries) {
-        upgradableLibraries.push(
-            getRepositoryTags(library.repository).then((tagMap) => {
-                library.version = library.version.replace(/^v/, '');
-                const currentVersion = library.version.replace(/moodle-/, '');
-                const currentMajorVersion = library.version.split('.')[0];
-                const tags = [...tagMap]
-                    .map((tagData) => tagData[0])
-                    .filter((tag) => !tag.match(/(alpha|beta|rc)/))
-                    .map((tag) => tag.replace(/^v/, ''))
-                    .sort((a, b) => versionCompare(b, a));
-                if (!tags.length) {
-                    library.warning = "Unable to find any comparable tags.";
-                    return library;
-                }
-
-                library.latestVersion = tags[0];
-                tags.some((tag) => {
-                    if (!tag) {
-                        return false;
-                    }
-
-                    // See if the version part matches.
-                    const majorVersion = tag.split('.')[0];
-                    if (majorVersion === currentMajorVersion) {
-                        library.latestSameMajorVersion = tag;
-                        return true;
-                    }
-                    return false;
-                });
-
-
-                if (versionCompare(currentVersion, library.latestVersion) > 0) {
-                    // Moodle somehow has a newer version than the latest version.
-                    library.warning = `Newer version found: ${currentVersion} > ${library.latestVersion} for ${library.name}`;
-                    return library;
-                }
-
-
-                if (library.version !== library.latestVersion) {
-                    // Delete version and add it again at the end of the array. That way, current and new will stay closer.
-                    delete library.version;
-                    library.version = currentVersion;
-                    return library;
-                }
-                return null;
-            })
-        );
-    }
-
-    return (await Promise.all(upgradableLibraries)).filter((library) => !!library);
-};
-
-/**
- * Get the list of thirdparty libraries.
- *
- * @returns {Array}
- */
-const getThirdPartyLibsData = () => {
-    const DOMParser = require('@xmldom/xmldom').DOMParser;
-    const fs = require('fs');
-    const xpath = require('xpath');
-    const path = require('path');
-
-    const libraryList = [];
-    const libraryFields = [
-        'location',
-        'name',
-        'version',
-        'repository',
-    ];
-
-    const thirdpartyfiles = getThirdPartyLibsList(fs.realpathSync('./'));
-    thirdpartyfiles.forEach(function(libraryPath) {
-        const xmlContent = fs.readFileSync(libraryPath, 'utf8');
-        const doc = new DOMParser().parseFromString(xmlContent);
-        const libraries = xpath.select("/libraries/library", doc);
-        for (const library of libraries) {
-            const libraryData = [];
-            for (const field of libraryFields) {
-                libraryData[field] = xpath.select(`${field}/text()`, library)?.toString();
-            }
-            libraryData.location = path.join(path.dirname(libraryPath), libraryData.location);
-            libraryList.push(libraryData);
-        }
-    });
-
-    return libraryList.sort((a, b) => a.location.localeCompare(b.location));
-};
-
-module.exports = {
-    fetchComponentData,
-    getAmdSrcGlobList,
-    getComponentFromPath,
-    getComponentPaths,
-    getOwningComponentDirectory,
-    getYuiSrcGlobList,
-    getThirdPartyLibsList,
-    getThirdPartyPaths,
-    getThirdPartyLibsUpgradable,
-};

.grunt/jsdoc/README.md

@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-# Moodle JavaScript Documentation
-
-```
-                                 .-..-.
-   _____                         | || |
-  /____/-.---_  .---.  .---.  .-.| || | .---.
-  | |  _   _  |/  _  \/  _  \/  _  || |/  __ \
-  * | | | | | || |_| || |_| || |_| || || |___/
-    |_| |_| |_|\_____/\_____/\_____||_|\_____)
-
-Moodle - the world's open source learning platform
-
-```
-
-## About
-This generated documentation includes API documentation for JavaScript written in the AMD and ES2015 module formats within Moodle.
-
-## Related information
-See [https://moodledev.io](https://moodledev.io) for other related Developer Documentation.

.grunt/jsdoc/jsdoc.conf.js

@@ -1,131 +0,0 @@
-// This file is part of Moodle - http://moodle.org/
-//
-// Moodle is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-// (at your option) any later version.
-//
-// Moodle is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-// GNU General Public License for more details.
-//
-// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-// along with Moodle.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-
-/**
- * Helper functions for working with Moodle component names, directories, and sources.
- *
- * @copyright  2019 Andrew Nicols <andrew@nicols.co.uk>
- * @license    http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
- */
-
-"use strict";
-/* eslint-env node */
-
-// Do not include any plugins as stanard.
-const plugins = [];
-
-plugins.push('plugins/markdown');
-
-/**
- * Get the source configuration.
- *
- * @return {Object}
- */
-const getSource = () => {
-    const glob = require('glob');
-    const path = require('path');
-    const ComponentList = require(path.resolve('.grunt/components.js'));
-    const thirdPartyPaths = ComponentList.getThirdPartyPaths();
-
-    const source = {
-        include: [],
-        includePattern: ".+\\.js$",
-    };
-
-    let includeList = [];
-
-    ComponentList.getAmdSrcGlobList().forEach(async pattern => {
-        includeList.push(...glob.sync(pattern));
-    });
-
-    const cwdLength = process.cwd().length + 1;
-    includeList.forEach(path => {
-        if (source.include.indexOf(path) !== -1) {
-            // Ensure no duplicates.
-            return;
-        }
-
-        const relPath = path.substring(cwdLength);
-        if (thirdPartyPaths.indexOf(relPath) !== -1) {
-            return;
-        }
-
-        source.include.push(path);
-    });
-
-    source.include.push('.grunt/jsdoc/README.md');
-    return source;
-};
-
-const tags = {
-    // Allow the use of unknown tags.
-    // We have a lot of legacy uses of these.
-    allowUnknownTags: true,
-
-    // We make use of jsdoc and closure dictionaries as standard.
-    dictionaries: [
-        'jsdoc',
-        'closure',
-    ],
-};
-
-// Template configuraiton.
-const templates = {
-    cleverLinks: false,
-    monospaceLinks: false,
-};
-
-module.exports = {
-    opts: {
-        destination: "./jsdoc/",
-        template: "node_modules/docdash",
-    },
-    plugins,
-    recurseDepth: 10,
-    source: getSource(),
-    sourceType: 'module',
-    tags,
-    templates,
-    docdash: {
-        collapse: true,
-        search: true,
-        sort: true,
-        sectionOrder: [
-            "Namespaces",
-            "Modules",
-            "Events",
-            "Classes",
-            "Externals",
-            "Mixins",
-            "Tutorials",
-            "Interfaces"
-        ],
-        "menu": {
-            "Developer Docs": {
-                href: "https://moodledev.io",
-                target: "_blank",
-                "class": "menu-item",
-                id: "devdocs"
-            },
-            "MDN Docs": {
-                href: "https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Web/JavaScript",
-                target: "_blank",
-                "class": "menu-item",
-                id: "mdndocs",
-            },
-        },
-        typedefs: true,
-    },
-};

.grunt/notes/src/components.mjs

@@ -1,138 +0,0 @@
-// This file is part of Moodle - http://moodle.org/
-//
-// Moodle is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-// (at your option) any later version.
-//
-// Moodle is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-// GNU General Public License for more details.
-//
-// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-// along with Moodle.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-
-import * as Components from '../../components.js';
-
-const componentData = Components.fetchComponentData();
-
-/**
- * The standard components shipped with core Moodle.
- *
- * @type {Object}
- */
-export const standardComponents = componentData.standardComponents;
-
-/**
- * All components of the current Moodle instance.
- *
- * @type {Object}
- */
-export const allComponents = componentData.components;
-
-/**
- * Get all components of the current Moodle instance.
- *
- * @returns {Array}
- */
-export const getAllComponents = () => {
-    let components = new Map(Object.entries(componentData.pluginTypes).map(([value, path]) => ([path,{
-        path,
-        value,
-        name: `${value} (plugin type)`,
-    }])));
-
-    Object
-        .entries(componentData.components)
-        .filter(([path, value]) => Object.values(componentData.standardComponents).includes(value))
-        .forEach(([path, value]) => {
-            const entry = {
-                path,
-                value,
-                name: value,
-            };
-            if (Object.values(componentData.subsystems).includes(value)) {
-                if (components.has(path)) {
-                    entry.name = `${value} (subsystem / plugintype)`;
-                } else {
-                    entry.name = `${value} (subsystem)`;
-                }
-            }
-
-            components.set(path, entry);
-        });
-
-        return Array.from(components.values());
-};
-
-/**
- * Whether the specified component is a standard component shipped with core Moodle.
- *
- * @param {string} componentName
- * @returns {boolean}
- */
-export const isStandardComponent = (componentName) => {
-    if (Object.values(componentData.standardComponents).includes(componentName)) {
-        return true;
-    }
-
-    if (Object.keys(componentData.pluginTypes).includes(componentName)) {
-        return true;
-    }
-
-    return false;
-};
-
-export const rewritePlugintypeAsSubsystem = (componentName) => {
-    if (Object.keys(componentData.pluginTypes).includes(componentName)) {
-        const pluginTypePath = componentData.pluginTypes[componentName];
-        if (Object.keys(componentData.subsystems).includes(pluginTypePath)) {
-            return true;
-        }
-    }
-
-    return false;
-};
-
-/**
- * Whether the specified component is a community component.
- *
- * @param {string} componentName
- * @returns {boolean}
- */
-export const isCommunityComponent = (componentName) => {
-    if (isStandardComponent(componentName)) {
-        return false;
-    }
-
-    return Object.values(componentData.components).indexOf(componentName) !== -1;
-};
-
-/**
- * Sort method for components.
- *
- * This method sorts components putting `core` first, followed by core subsystems, then everything else.
- *
- * @param {String} a
- * @param {String} b
- * @returns {Number}
- */
-export const sortComponents = (a, b) => {
-    // Always put 'core' first.
-    if (a === 'core') {
-        return -1;
-    } else if (b === 'core') {
-        return 1;
-    }
-
-    // Put core subsystems next.
-    if (a.startsWith('core_') && !b.startsWith('core_')) {
-        return -1;
-    } else if (b.startsWith('core_') && !a.startsWith('core_')) {
-        return 1;
-    }
-
-    // Sort alphabetically for everything else.
-    return a.localeCompare(b);
-};

.grunt/notes/src/create.mjs

@@ -1,85 +0,0 @@
-#!/usr/bin/env node
-// This file is part of Moodle - http://moodle.org/
-//
-// Moodle is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-// (at your option) any later version.
-//
-// Moodle is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-// GNU General Public License for more details.
-//
-// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-// along with Moodle.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-
-import inquirer from 'inquirer';
-import chalk from 'chalk';
-
-import { createNote } from './note.mjs';
-import { getInitialValues } from './helpers.mjs';
-import * as Prompts from './prompts.mjs';
-import logger from './logger.mjs';
-
-export default async (options) => {
-    // Processs the initial values.
-    const initialValues = getInitialValues(options);
-
-    // Fetch information.
-    const messages = [];
-    const { issueNumber } = await inquirer.prompt([
-        Prompts.getIssuePrompt(),
-    ], initialValues);
-
-    let selection = {};
-    let notePath;
-    do {
-        selection = {};
-        selection = await inquirer.prompt([
-            Prompts.getComponentsPrompt(),
-            Prompts.getTypePrompt(),
-            Prompts.getMessagePromptInput(),
-        ], initialValues);
-        if (selection.message === '') {
-            selection = Object.assign(
-                selection,
-                await inquirer.prompt([
-                    Prompts.getMessagePromptEditor(),
-                ]),
-            );
-        }
-
-            logger.info(`
-    Creating upgrade note with the following options:
-
-    - Issue:     ${chalk.bold(issueNumber)}
-    - Component: ${chalk.bold(selection.components)}
-    - Type:      ${chalk.bold(selection.type)}
-    - Message:
-    ${chalk.bold(selection.message)}
-`);
-
-        messages.push({
-            components: [selection.components],
-            type: selection.type,
-            message: selection.message,
-        });
-
-        // Save the note so far.
-        if (notePath) {
-            await createNote(issueNumber, messages, notePath);
-            logger.info(`Updated note at: ${chalk.underline(chalk.bold(notePath))}`);
-        } else {
-            notePath = await createNote(issueNumber, messages);
-            logger.info(`Note created at: ${chalk.underline(chalk.bold(notePath))}`);
-        }
-
-        selection = Object.assign(
-            selection,
-            await inquirer.prompt([
-                Prompts.getAddAnotherPrompt(),
-            ], initialValues),
-        );
-    } while (selection.addAnother);
-};

.grunt/notes/src/generate.mjs

@@ -1,357 +0,0 @@
-#!/usr/bin/env node
-// This file is part of Moodle - http://moodle.org/
-//
-// Moodle is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-// (at your option) any later version.
-//
-// Moodle is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-// GNU General Public License for more details.
-//
-// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-// along with Moodle.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-
-import chalk from 'chalk';
-import { getAllComponents } from './components.mjs';
-import { getCombinedNotesByComponent, deleteAllNotes } from './note.mjs';
-import { getNoteName } from './noteTypes.mjs';
-import { writeFile, readFile, unlink } from 'fs/promises';
-import { join as joinPath } from 'path';
-import logger from './logger.mjs';
-import { getCurrentVersion } from './helpers.mjs';
-
-/**
- * Helper to fetch the current notes from a file.
- *
- * @param {string} file
- * @returns {Promise<string>}
- */
-const getCurrentNotes = async (file) => {
-    try {
-        return await readFile(file, 'utf8');
-    } catch (error) {
-        return null;
-    }
-}
-
-/**
- * Update the UPGRADING.md file.
- *
- * @param {string} upgradeNotes
- * @param {Object} options
- * @param {boolean} options.deleteNotes
- * @returns {Promise<void>}
- */
-const updateUpgradeNotes = async (upgradeNotes, options) => {
-    const fileName = 'UPGRADING.md';
-    // Write the notes to a file.
-    logger.info(`Writing notes to ${chalk.underline(chalk.bold(fileName))}`);
-    // Prepend to the existing file.
-    const existingContent = await getCurrentNotes(fileName);
-    if (existingContent) {
-        await writeFile(fileName, getUpdatedNotes(existingContent, upgradeNotes));
-    } else {
-        // This should not normally happen.
-        await writeFile(fileName, upgradeNotes);
-    }
-
-    if (options.deleteNotes) {
-        logger.warn(`>>> Deleting all notes <<<`)
-        // Delete the notes.
-        deleteAllNotes();
-    }
-};
-
-/**
- * Create the current summary notes.
- *
- * @param {string} upgradeNotes
- * @returns {Promise<void>}
- */
-const createCurrentSummary = async (upgradeNotes) => {
-    const fileName = 'UPGRADING-CURRENT.md';
-    const notes = `# Moodle upgrade notes\n\n${upgradeNotes}`;
-    await writeFile(fileName, notes);
-
-    logger.info(`Running upgrade notes written to ${chalk.underline(chalk.bold(fileName))}`);
-};
-
-/**
- * Get the indexes of the lines that contain the version headings.
- *
- * @param {array<string>} lines
- * @returns {array<object>}
- */
-const getVersionLineIndexes = (lines) => {
-    const h2Indexes = [];
-    lines.forEach((line, index) => {
-        const matches = line.match(/^##\s(?<version>.*)$/);
-        if (matches) {
-            h2Indexes.push({
-                index,
-                line,
-                version: matches.groups.version,
-            });
-        }
-    });
-
-    return h2Indexes;
-};
-
-/**
- * Find the index of the Unreleased heading.
- *
- * @param {array<object>} versionHeadings
- * @returns {number}
- */
-const findUnreleasedHeadingIndex = (versionHeadings) => versionHeadings.findIndex((heading) => {
-    if (heading.version === 'Unreleased') {
-        // Used if version cannot be guessed.
-        return true;
-    }
-
-    if (heading.version.endsWith('+')) {
-        // Weekly release for a stable branch.
-        return true;
-    }
-
-    if (heading.version.match(/beta|rc\d/)) {
-        // Beta and RC rolls are treated as weeklies.
-        return true;
-    }
-
-    if (heading.version.endsWith('dev')) {
-        // Development version.
-        return true;
-    }
-
-    return false;
-});
-
-/**
- * Get the before and after content, to facilitate replacing any existing Unreleased notes.
- *
- * @param {array<string>} lines
- * @returns {Object} {beforeContent: string, afterContent: string}
- */
-const getBeforeAndAfterContent = (lines) => {
-    const existingLines = lines.split('\n');
-    const versionHeadings = getVersionLineIndexes(existingLines);
-
-    if (versionHeadings.length > 0) {
-        const unreleasedHeadingIndex = findUnreleasedHeadingIndex(versionHeadings);
-        if (unreleasedHeadingIndex !== -1) {
-            const beforeContent = existingLines.slice(0, versionHeadings[unreleasedHeadingIndex].index).join('\n');
-            if (versionHeadings.length > unreleasedHeadingIndex + 1) {
-                const afterContent = existingLines.slice(versionHeadings[unreleasedHeadingIndex + 1].index).join('\n');
-                return {
-                    beforeContent,
-                    afterContent,
-                };
-            }
-            return {
-                beforeContent,
-                afterContent: '',
-            };
-        }
-
-        return {
-            beforeContent: existingLines.slice(0, versionHeadings[0].index).join('\n'),
-            afterContent: existingLines.slice(versionHeadings[0].index).join('\n'),
-        };
-    }
-
-    return {
-        beforeContent: existingLines.join('\n'),
-        afterContent: '',
-    }
-};
-
-/**
- * Get the notes for the component.
- *
- * @param {string} types
- * @param {Number} headingLevel
- * @returns {string}
- */
-const getNotesForComponent = (types, headingLevel) => {
-    let upgradeNotes = '';
-    Object.entries(types).forEach(([type, notes]) => {
-        upgradeNotes += '#'.repeat(headingLevel);
-        upgradeNotes += ` ${getNoteName(type)}\n\n`;
-        notes.forEach(({ message, issueNumber }) => {
-            // Split the message into lines, removing empty lines.
-            const messageLines = message
-                .split('\n')
-                // Remove empty lines between tables, and list entries, but not after lists.
-                .filter((line, index, lines) => {
-                    if (line.trim().length === 0) {
-                        // This line is empty.
-
-                        // If it's the first line in the file, remove it.
-                        if (index === 0) {
-                            return false;
-                        }
-
-                        // This is the last line in the file, remove it.
-                        if (index === lines.length - 1) {
-                            return false;
-                        }
-
-                        // If the previous line relates to a table, remove this line.
-                        if (lines[index - 1].match(/^\s*\|/)) {
-                            return false;
-                        }
-
-                        // If the next line is also empty, do not remove this line.
-                        if (lines[index + 1].trim().length === 0) {
-                            return true;
-                        }
-
-                        // Do not remove the line if the previous line was a list item.
-                        if (lines[index - 1].match(/^\s*[-*]\s/)) {
-                            return true;
-                        }
-
-                        if (lines[index - 1].match(/^\s*\d+\.\s/)) {
-                            return true;
-                        }
-
-                        // Preserve all other empty lines by default.
-                        return true;
-                    }
-
-                    // Keep any line which has content.
-                    return true;
-                });
-
-
-            const firstLine = messageLines.shift().trim();
-            upgradeNotes += `- ${firstLine}\n`;
-
-            messageLines
-                .forEach((line) => {
-                    upgradeNotes += `  ${line}`.trimEnd() + `\n`;
-                });
-            upgradeNotes += `\n  For more information see [${issueNumber}](https://tracker.moodle.org/browse/${issueNumber})\n`;
-        });
-        upgradeNotes += '\n';
-    });
-
-    return upgradeNotes;
-};
-
-/**
- * Get the updated notes mixed with existing content.
- *
- * @param {string} existingContent
- * @param {string} upgradeNotes
- */
-const getUpdatedNotes = (existingContent, upgradeNotes) => {
-    const { beforeContent, afterContent } = getBeforeAndAfterContent(existingContent);
-    const newContent = `${beforeContent}\n${upgradeNotes}\n${afterContent}`
-        .split('\n')
-        .filter((line, index, lines) => {
-            if (line === '' && lines[index - 1] === '') {
-                // Remove multiple consecutive empty lines.
-                return false;
-            }
-            return true;
-        })
-        .join('\n');
-
-    return newContent;
-};
-
-/**
- * Update the notes for each component.
- */
-const updateComponentNotes = (
-    notes,
-    version,
-    notesFileName = 'UPGRADING.md',
-    removeEmpty = false,
-) => {
-    return getAllComponents().map(async (component) => {
-        logger.verbose(`Updating notes for ${component.name} into ${component.path}`);
-        const fileName = joinPath(component.path, notesFileName);
-
-        const existingContent = await getCurrentNotes(fileName);
-
-        if (!existingContent) {
-            if (!notes[component.value]) {
-                // No existing notes, and no new notes to add.
-                return;
-            }
-        } else {
-            if (!notes[component.value]) {
-                // There is existing content, but nothing to add.
-                if (removeEmpty) {
-                    logger.verbose(`Removing empty notes file ${fileName}`);
-                    await unlink(fileName);
-                }
-                return;
-            }
-        }
-
-        const componentNotes = notes[component.value];
-        let upgradeNotes = `## ${version}\n\n`;
-        upgradeNotes += getNotesForComponent(componentNotes, 3);
-
-        if (existingContent) {
-            await writeFile(fileName, getUpdatedNotes(existingContent, upgradeNotes));
-        } else {
-            await writeFile(
-                fileName,
-                `# ${component.name} Upgrade notes\n\n${upgradeNotes}`,
-            );
-        }
-    });
-}
-
-/**
- * Generate the upgrade notes for a new release.
- *
- * @param {string|undefined} version
- * @param {Object} options
- * @param {boolean} options.generateUpgradeNotes
- * @param {boolean} options.deleteNotes
- * @returns {Promise<void>}
- */
-export default async (version, options = {}) => {
-    const notes = await getCombinedNotesByComponent();
-
-    if (Object.keys(notes).length === 0) {
-        logger.warn('No notes to generate');
-        return;
-    }
-
-    if (!version) {
-        version = await getCurrentVersion();
-    }
-
-    // Generate the upgrade notes for this release.
-    // We have
-    // - a title with the release name
-    // - the change types
-    // - which contain the components
-    // - which document each change
-    let upgradeNotes = `## ${version}\n\n`;
-
-    Object.entries(notes).forEach(([component, types]) => {
-        upgradeNotes += `### ${component}\n\n`;
-        upgradeNotes += getNotesForComponent(types, 4);
-    });
-
-    await Promise.all([
-        createCurrentSummary(upgradeNotes),
-        ...updateComponentNotes(notes, version, 'UPGRADING-CURRENT.md', true),
-    ]);
-    if (options.generateUpgradeNotes) {
-        await Promise.all(updateComponentNotes(notes, version));
-        await updateUpgradeNotes(upgradeNotes, options);
-    }
-};

.grunt/notes/src/helpers.mjs

@@ -1,230 +0,0 @@
-// This file is part of Moodle - http://moodle.org/
-//
-// Moodle is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-// (at your option) any later version.
-//
-// Moodle is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-// GNU General Public License for more details.
-//
-// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-// along with Moodle.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-
-import chalk from 'chalk';
-import { isStandardComponent, isCommunityComponent, rewritePlugintypeAsSubsystem } from './components.mjs';
-import { isValidNoteName } from './noteTypes.mjs';
-import logger from './logger.mjs';
-import { readFile } from 'fs/promises';
-
-/**
- * Validate an issue number input
- *
- * @param {string} input
- * @returns {string|boolean}
- */
-export const validateIssueNumber = (input) => {
-    if (!input) {
-        return 'You must provide a tracker issue number';
-    }
-
-    if (input.match(/^[a-zA-Z]*-\d+$/)) {
-        return true;
-    }
-
-    if (input.match(/^\d+$/)) {
-        return true;
-    }
-
-    return 'The issue number was not recognised as a valid issue number';
-};
-
-/**
- * Format an issue number input.
- *
- * @param {string} input
- * @returns {string}
- */
-export const formatIssueNumber = (input) => {
-    if (input.match(/^[a-zA-Z]*-\d+$/)) {
-        return input;
-    }
-
-    if (input.match(/^\d+$/)) {
-        return `MDL-${input}`;
-    }
-
-    return input;
-};
-
-/**
- * Validate a component.
- *
- * @param {string} input
- * @returns {string|boolean}
- */
-export const validateComponent = (input) => {
-    if (isStandardComponent(input)) {
-        return true;
-    }
-
-    if (isCommunityComponent(input)) {
-        return 'Currently only core plugins are supported.';
-    }
-
-    return 'The component was not recognised as a standard component';
-};
-
-export const formatComponent = (input) => {
-    if (rewritePlugintypeAsSubsystem(input)) {
-        return `core_${input}`;
-    }
-    return input;
-}
-
-/**
- * Get the initial values from the options.
- *
- * @param {object} options
- * @returns {object}
- */
-export const getInitialValues = (options) => {
-    const initialValues = {};
-
-    const type = getInitialTypeValue(options);
-    if (type) {
-        initialValues.type = type;
-    }
-
-    const issueNumber = getInitialIssueValue(options);
-    if (issueNumber) {
-        initialValues.issueNumber = issueNumber;
-    }
-
-    const component = getInitialComponentValue(options);
-    if (component) {
-        initialValues.components = component;
-    }
-
-    const message = getInitialMessageValue(options);
-    if (message) {
-        initialValues.message = message
-        initialValues.addAnother = false;
-    }
-
-    return initialValues;
-};
-
-/**
- * Get the initial type value.
- *
- * @param {Object} options
- * @returns {string|undefined}
- */
-const getInitialTypeValue = (options) => {
-    if (!options.type) {
-        return;
-    }
-
-    options.type = options.type.trim().toLowerCase();
-
-    if (isValidNoteName(options.type)) {
-        return options.type;
-    }
-
-    logger.warn(`Note type "${chalk.underline(chalk.red(options.type))}" is not valid.`);
-};
-
-/**
- * Get the initial issue number value.
- *
- * @param {Object} options
- * @returns {string|undefined}
- */
-
-const getInitialIssueValue = (options) => {
-    if (!options.issue) {
-        return;
-    }
-    options.issue = options.issue.trim().toUpperCase();
-
-    const issueNumberValidated = validateIssueNumber(options.issue);
-    if (issueNumberValidated === true) {
-        const issueNumber = formatIssueNumber(options.issue);
-        if (issueNumber !== options.issue) {
-            logger.warn(
-                `Issue number "${chalk.underline(chalk.red(options.issue))}" was updated to ` +
-                `"${chalk.underline(chalk.green(issueNumber))}"`
-            );
-        }
-
-        return issueNumber;
-    } else {
-        logger.warn(`Issue number "${chalk.underline(chalk.red(options.issue))}" is not valid: ${issueNumberValidated}`);
-    }
-};
-
-/**
- * Get the initial component value.
- *
- * @param {Object} options
- * @returns {string|undefined}
- */
-const getInitialComponentValue = (options) => {
-    if (!options.component) {
-        return;
-    }
-
-    options.component = options.component.trim().toLowerCase();
-    const componentValidated = validateComponent(options.component);
-    if (componentValidated === true) {
-        const component = formatComponent(options.component);
-        if (component !== options.component) {
-            logger.warn(
-                `Component "${chalk.underline(chalk.red(options.component))}" was updated to ` +
-                `"${chalk.underline(chalk.green(component))}"`
-            );
-        }
-
-        return component;
-    } else {
-        logger.warn(`Component "${chalk.underline(chalk.red(options.component))}" is not valid: ${componentValidated}`);
-    }
-};
-
-/**
- * Get the initial message value.
- *
- * @param {Object} options
- * @returns {string|undefined}
- */
-
-const getInitialMessageValue = (options) => {
-    if (!options.message) {
-        return;
-    }
-
-    return options.message.trim();
-};
-
-/**
- * Get the current version from the project /version.php file.
- *
- * @returns {Promise<string>}
- */
-export const getCurrentVersion = async () => {
-    const versionRegex = new RegExp(/^ *\$release *= *['\"](?<release>[^ \+]+\+?) *\(Build:.*/m);
-    try {
-        const versionFile = await readFile('public/version.php', 'utf8');
-        const match = versionFile.match(versionRegex);
-        if (match) {
-            return match.groups.release;
-        }
-    } catch(error) {
-        logger.error('Unable to read the version file');
-    }
-
-    return "Unreleased";
-}

.grunt/notes/src/logger.mjs

@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-#!/usr/bin/env node
-// This file is part of Moodle - http://moodle.org/
-//
-// Moodle is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-// (at your option) any later version.
-//
-// Moodle is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-// GNU General Public License for more details.
-//
-// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-// along with Moodle.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-
-import winston from 'winston';
-
-const logger = winston.createLogger({
-    level: 'info',
-    format: winston.format.combine(
-        winston.format.colorize(),
-        winston.format.simple()
-    ),
-    transports: [
-        new winston.transports.Console(),
-    ],
-});
-
-export default logger;

.grunt/notes/src/note.mjs

@@ -1,194 +0,0 @@
-// This file is part of Moodle - http://moodle.org/
-//
-// Moodle is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-// (at your option) any later version.
-//
-// Moodle is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-// GNU General Public License for more details.
-//
-// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-// along with Moodle.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-
-import yaml from 'js-yaml';
-import path from 'path';
-import { writeFile, mkdir, readdir, readFile, unlink } from 'fs/promises';
-import { isValidNoteName, sortNoteTypes } from './noteTypes.mjs';
-import { sortComponents } from './components.mjs';
-
-const unreleasedPath = path.resolve('.upgradenotes');
-
-/**
- * Get the filename for the note.
- *
- * @param {string} issueNumnber The issue number
- * @returns {string}
- */
-const getFilename = (issueNumber) => {
-    const dateTimeFormat = new Intl.DateTimeFormat(undefined, {
-        year: 'numeric',
-        month: '2-digit',
-        day: '2-digit',
-        hour: '2-digit',
-        minute: '2-digit',
-        second: '2-digit',
-        fractionalSecondDigits: 2,
-        timeZone: 'UTC',
-    });
-
-    const date = Object.fromEntries(
-        dateTimeFormat.formatToParts(new Date())
-            .filter((p) => p.type !== 'literal')
-            .map((p) => ([p.type, p.value]))
-    );
-
-    const dateString = [
-        date.year,
-        date.month,
-        date.day,
-        date.hour,
-        date.minute,
-        date.second,
-        date.fractionalSecond,
-    ].join('');
-
-    return `${issueNumber}-${dateString}.yml`;
-};
-
-/**
- * Create a new note.
- *
- * @param {string} issueNumber
- * @param {[type: string]: {message: string}} messages
- * @returns {string} The path to the note on disk
- */
-export const createNote = async (
-    issueNumber,
-    messages,
-    notePath,
-) => {
-    const note = {
-        issueNumber,
-        notes: {},
-    };
-
-    messages.forEach(({components, type, message}) => {
-        note.notes[components] = note.notes[components] || [];
-        note.notes[components].push({message, type});
-    });
-
-    if (!notePath) {
-        notePath = path.resolve(unreleasedPath, getFilename(issueNumber));
-    }
-    const noteContent = yaml.dump(note);
-
-    await mkdir(unreleasedPath, {recursive: true});
-    await writeFile(notePath, noteContent);
-
-    return notePath;
-};
-
-/**
- * Get all unreleased notes.
- *
- * @returns {Promise<{issueNumber: string, components: string[], types: {[type: string]: {message: string}[]}}[]>
- */
-export const getAllNotes = async () => {
-    const files = await readdir(unreleasedPath);
-    const notes = files
-        .filter((file) => file.endsWith('.yml'))
-        .map(async (file) => {
-            const filePath = path.resolve(unreleasedPath, file);
-            const fileContent = await readFile(filePath, 'utf8');
-
-            return {
-                ...yaml.load(fileContent),
-                filePath,
-            };
-        });
-
-    return Promise.all(notes);
-};
-
-/**
- * Get the list of notes, grouped by note type, then component.
- *
- * @returns {Promise<{[type: string]: {[components: string]: {message: string, issueNumber: string}[]}}>}
- */
-export const getCombinedNotes = async () => {
-    const notes = await getAllNotes();
-    const combinedNotes = {};
-
-    notes.forEach((note) => {
-        Object.entries(note.notes).forEach(([components, data]) => {
-            data.forEach((entry) => {
-                if (!isValidNoteName(entry.type)) {
-                    throw new Error(`Invalid note type: "${entry.type}" in file ${note.filePath}`);
-                }
-                combinedNotes[entry.type] = combinedNotes[entry.type] || {};
-                combinedNotes[entry.type][components] = combinedNotes[entry.type][components] || [];
-                combinedNotes[entry.type][components].push({message: entry.message, issueNumber: note.issueNumber});
-            });
-        });
-    });
-
-    return combinedNotes;
-};
-
-/**
- * Get the list of notes, grouped by component, then by note type.
- *
- * @returns {Promise<{[component: string]: {[type: string]: {message: string, issueNumber: string}[]}}>}
- */
-export const getCombinedNotesByComponent = async () => {
-    const notes = await getAllNotes();
-    const combinedNotes = {};
-
-    notes.forEach((note) => {
-        Object.entries(note.notes).forEach(([component, data]) => {
-            combinedNotes[component] = combinedNotes[component] || {};
-            data.forEach((entry) => {
-                if (!isValidNoteName(entry.type)) {
-                    throw new Error(`Invalid note type: "${entry.type}" in file ${note.filePath}`);
-                }
-                combinedNotes[component][entry.type] = combinedNotes[component][entry.type] || [];
-                combinedNotes[component][entry.type].push({
-                    component,
-                    message: entry.message,
-                    issueNumber: note.issueNumber,
-                    type: entry.type,
-                });
-            });
-        });
-    });
-
-    // Sort notes by note type.
-    Object.entries(combinedNotes).forEach(([component, types]) => {
-        combinedNotes[component] = Object.fromEntries(
-            Object.entries(types).sort(([a], [b]) => sortNoteTypes(a, b))
-        );
-    });
-
-    // Sort components.
-    return Object.fromEntries(
-        Object.entries(combinedNotes).sort(([a], [b]) => sortComponents(a, b))
-    );
-};
-
-/**
- * Delete all unreleased notes.
- *
- * @returns {Promise<void>}
- */
-export const deleteAllNotes = async () => {
-    const files = await readdir(unreleasedPath);
-    return Promise.all(
-        files
-            .filter((item, index) => files.indexOf(item) === index)
-            .filter((file) => file.endsWith('.yml'))
-            .map((file) => unlink(`${unreleasedPath}/${file}`))
-    );
-};

.grunt/notes/src/noteTypes.mjs

@@ -1,80 +0,0 @@
-// This file is part of Moodle - http://moodle.org/
-//
-// Moodle is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-// (at your option) any later version.
-//
-// Moodle is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-// GNU General Public License for more details.
-//
-// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-// along with Moodle.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-
-/**
- * The note types.
- *
- * Matches the suggested order in https://keepachangelog.com/en/1.1.0/.
- * @type {Object<string, string>}
- */
-const noteTypes = {
-    'improved': 'Added',
-    'changed': 'Changed',
-    'deprecated': 'Deprecated',
-    'removed': 'Removed',
-    'fixed': 'Fixed',
-};
-
-/**
- * The preferred order of note types.
- *
- * @type {string[]}
- */
-const preferredOrder = Object.keys(noteTypes);
-
-/**
- * Comparison method to sort note types.
- *
- * @param {String} a
- * @param {String} b
- * @returns {Number}
- */
-export const sortNoteTypes = (a, b) => {
-    const aIndex = preferredOrder.indexOf(a);
-    const bIndex = preferredOrder.indexOf(b);
-
-    if (aIndex === -1) {
-        return 1;
-    }
-
-    if (bIndex === -1) {
-        return -1;
-    }
-
-    return aIndex - bIndex;
-};
-
-/**
- * Get the note names.
- *
- * @returns {string[]}
- */
-export const getNoteNames = () => Object.keys(noteTypes);
-
-/**
- * Get the human-readable note name.
- *
- * @param {string} type
- * @returns {string}
- */
-export const getNoteName = (type) => noteTypes[type];
-
-/**
- * Whether the note name is valid.
- *
- * @param {string} type
- * @returns {boolean}
- */
-export const isValidNoteName = (type) => noteTypes[type] !== undefined;

.grunt/notes/src/prompts.mjs

@@ -1,153 +0,0 @@
-// This file is part of Moodle - http://moodle.org/
-//
-// Moodle is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-// (at your option) any later version.
-//
-// Moodle is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-// GNU General Public License for more details.
-//
-// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-// along with Moodle.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-
-import inquirer from 'inquirer';
-import SearchList from 'inquirer-search-list';
-
-import { getNoteNames } from './noteTypes.mjs';
-import { getAllComponents } from './components.mjs';
-import {
-    formatComponent,
-    formatIssueNumber,
-    validateComponent,
-    validateIssueNumber,
- } from './helpers.mjs';
-
-/**
- * A Search List which accepts an initial value.
- */
-class SearchListWithInitialValue extends SearchList {
-    constructor(options, ...args) {
-        super(options, ...args);
-
-        if (options.default) {
-            const pointer = this.filterList.findIndex((item) => {
-                return item.value === options.default;
-            });
-            if (pointer > -1) {
-                this.pointer = pointer;
-            }
-        }
-    }
-}
-
-inquirer.registerPrompt('search-list', SearchListWithInitialValue);
-
-/**
- * Get the issue type prompt.
- *
- * @param {string} defaultData The initially selected value
- * @returns {Object}
- */
-export const getTypePrompt = (defaultData) => ({
-    default: defaultData,
-    type: 'search-list',
-    message: 'Type of change',
-    name: 'type',
-    choices: getNoteNames(),
-    validate: (selection) => {
-        if (selection.length < 1) {
-            return 'You must select at least one type of change';
-        }
-
-        return true;
-    },
-});
-
-/**
- * Get the component prompt.
- *
- * @param {string} [defaultValue='core'] The initally selected value.
- * @returns
- */
-export const getComponentsPrompt = (defaultValue) => {
-    if (!defaultValue ) {
-        defaultValue = 'core';
-    }
-
-    return {
-        choices: getAllComponents(),
-        default: defaultValue,
-        type: 'search-list',
-        message: 'Component',
-        name: 'components',
-        validate: validateComponent,
-        filter: formatComponent,
-    };
-};
-
-/**
- * Get the issue number prompt as an inline input.
- *
- * @param {string} defaultData
- * @returns {object}
- */
-export const getIssuePrompt = (defaultData) => ({
-    default: defaultData,
-    type: 'input',
-    message: 'Tracker issue number',
-    name: 'issueNumber',
-    validate: validateIssueNumber,
-    filter: formatIssueNumber,
-});
-
-/**
- * Get a message prompt.
- *
- * @param {string} defaultData
- * @returns
- */
-export const getMessagePromptEditor = (defaultData) => ({
-    default: defaultData,
-    type: process.stdin.isTTY ? 'editor' : 'input',
-    postfix: '.md',
-    message: 'Message',
-    name: 'message',
-    waitUserInput: false,
-    validate: (input) => {
-        if (!input) {
-            return 'You must provide a message';
-        }
-        return true;
-    },
-    // Remove any trailing whitespace.
-    filter: (input) => input.split('\n').map((line) => line.trimEnd()).join('\n'),
-});
-
-/**
- * Get a message prompt.
- *
- * @param {string} defaultData
- * @returns
- */
-export const getMessagePromptInput = (defaultData) => ({
-    default: defaultData,
-    type: 'input',
-    message: 'Message (leave empty to use editor)',
-    name: 'message',
-    filter: (input) => input.trim(),
-});
-
-/**
- * Get a prompt to ask the user if they wish to add another entry.
- *
- * @returns {Object}
- */
-export const getAddAnotherPrompt = () => ({
-    type: 'confirm',
-    message: 'Do you want to add another note?',
-    default: false,
-    name: 'addAnother',
-});

.grunt/notes/src/releasenotes.mjs

@@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
-#!/usr/bin/env node
-// This file is part of Moodle - http://moodle.org/
-//
-// Moodle is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-// (at your option) any later version.
-//
-// Moodle is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-// GNU General Public License for more details.
-//
-// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-// along with Moodle.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-
-import { getAllComponents } from './components.mjs';
-import { getCombinedNotesByComponent } from './note.mjs';
-import logger from './logger.mjs';
-import { existsSync } from 'fs';
-
-/**
- * Generate links to component-specific upgrade notes for each component.
- *
- * @param {string|undefined} tag The git tag to link to
- * @returns {Promise<void>}
- */
-export default async (tag) => {
-    const notes = await getCombinedNotesByComponent();
-
-    if (Object.keys(notes).length === 0) {
-        logger.warn('No notes to generate');
-        return;
-    }
-
-    if (!tag) {
-        logger.error('No tag provided');
-        return;
-    }
-
-    // Generate the links for the components which have upgrade notes in this release.
-    let upgradeNotes = `### Component API updates\n<!--cspell: disable -->\n\n`;
-
-    const componentList = Object.fromEntries(
-        Object.values(getAllComponents()).map(({path, value}) => [value, path]),
-    );
-    Object.entries(notes)
-    .map(([component]) => ({
-        component,
-        componentPath: componentList[component],
-    }))
-    .filter(({ componentPath }) => existsSync(`./${componentPath}/UPGRADING.md`))
-    .forEach(({component, componentPath}) => {
-        upgradeNotes += `- [${component}](https://github.com/moodle/moodle/blob/${tag}/${componentPath}/UPGRADING.md)\n`;
-    });
-
-    console.log(upgradeNotes);
-};

.grunt/tasks/componentlibrary.js

@@ -1,142 +0,0 @@
-// This file is part of Moodle - http://moodle.org/
-//
-// Moodle is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-// (at your option) any later version.
-//
-// Moodle is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-// GNU General Public License for more details.
-//
-// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-// along with Moodle.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-/* jshint node: true, browser: false */
-/* eslint-env node */
-
-/**
- * Component Library build tasks.
- *
- * @copyright  2021 Andrew Nicols
- * @license    http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
- */
-
-module.exports = grunt => {
-
-    /**
-     * Get a child path of the component library.
-     *
-     * @param   {string} path
-     * @returns {string}
-     */
-    const getCLPath = path => `public/admin/tool/componentlibrary/${path}`;
-
-    /**
-     * Get a spawn handler.
-     *
-     * This is a generic function to write the spawn output, and then to exit if required and mark the async task as
-     * complete.
-     *
-     * @param   {Promise} done
-     * @returns {function}
-     */
-    const getSpawnHandler = done => (error, result, code) => {
-        grunt.log.write(result);
-
-        if (error) {
-            grunt.log.error(result.stdout);
-            process.exit(code);
-        }
-        done();
-    };
-
-    /**
-     * Spawn a function against Node with the provided args.
-     *
-     * @param   {array} args
-     * @returns {object}
-     */
-    const spawnNodeCall = (args) => grunt.util.spawn({
-        cmd: 'node',
-        args,
-    }, getSpawnHandler(grunt.task.current.async()));
-
-    /**
-     * Build the docs using Hugo.
-     *
-     * @returns {Object} Reference to the spawned task
-     */
-    const docsBuild = () => spawnNodeCall([
-        'node_modules/hugo-bin/cli.js',
-        '--config', getCLPath('config.yml'),
-        '--cleanDestinationDir',
-    ]);
-
-    /**
-     * Build the docs index using the hugo-lunr-indexer.
-     *
-     * @returns {Object} Reference to the spawned task
-     */
-    const indexBuild = () => spawnNodeCall([
-        'node_modules/hugo-lunr-indexer/bin/hli.js',
-        '-i', getCLPath('content/**'),
-        '-o', getCLPath('hugo/site/data/my-index.json'),
-        '-l', 'yaml',
-        '-d', '---',
-    ]);
-
-    /**
-     * Build the hugo CSS.
-     *
-     * @returns {Object} Reference to the spawned task
-     */
-    const cssBuild = () => spawnNodeCall([
-        'node_modules/sass/sass.js',
-        '--style', 'expanded',
-        '--source-map',
-        '--embed-sources',
-        '--precision', 6,
-        '--load-path', `${process.cwd()}/public`,
-        getCLPath('hugo/scss/docs.scss'),
-        getCLPath('hugo/dist/css/docs.css'),
-    ]);
-
-    // Register the various component library tasks.
-    grunt.registerTask('componentlibrary:docsBuild', 'Build the component library', docsBuild);
-    grunt.registerTask('componentlibrary:cssBuild', 'Build the component library', cssBuild);
-    grunt.registerTask('componentlibrary:indexBuild', 'Build the component library', indexBuild);
-    grunt.registerTask('componentlibrary', 'Build the component library', [
-        'componentlibrary:docsBuild',
-        'componentlibrary:cssBuild',
-        'componentlibrary:indexBuild',
-    ]);
-
-    grunt.config.merge({
-        watch: {
-            componentLibraryDocs: {
-                files: [
-                    getCLPath('content/**/*.md'),
-                    getCLPath('hugo'),
-                ],
-                tasks: ['componentlibrary:docsBuild', 'componentlibrary:indexBuild'],
-            },
-            componentLibraryCSS: {
-                files: [
-                    getCLPath('hugo/scss/**/*.scss'),
-                    'hugo',
-                ],
-                tasks: ['componentlibrary:cssBuild'],
-            },
-        },
-    });
-
-    // Add the 'componentlibrary' task as a startup task.
-    grunt.moodleEnv.startupTasks.push('componentlibrary');
-
-    return {
-        docsBuild,
-        cssBuild,
-        indexBuild,
-    };
-};

.grunt/tasks/eslint.js

@@ -1,64 +0,0 @@
-// This file is part of Moodle - http://moodle.org/
-//
-// Moodle is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-// (at your option) any later version.
-//
-// Moodle is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-// GNU General Public License for more details.
-//
-// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-// along with Moodle.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-/* jshint node: true, browser: false */
-/* eslint-env node */
-
-/**
- * @copyright  2021 Andrew Nicols
- * @license    http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
- */
-
-module.exports = grunt => {
-    const files = grunt.moodleEnv.files;
-
-    // Project configuration.
-    grunt.config.merge({
-        eslint: {
-            // Even though warnings dont stop the build we don't display warnings by default because
-            // at this moment we've got too many core warnings.
-            // To display warnings call: grunt eslint --show-lint-warnings
-            // To fail on warnings call: grunt eslint --max-lint-warnings=0
-            // Also --max-lint-warnings=-1 can be used to display warnings but not fail.
-            options: {
-                quiet: (!grunt.option('show-lint-warnings')) && (typeof grunt.option('max-lint-warnings') === 'undefined'),
-                maxWarnings: ((typeof grunt.option('max-lint-warnings') !== 'undefined') ? grunt.option('max-lint-warnings') : -1)
-            },
-
-            // Check AMD src files.
-            amd: {src: files ? files : grunt.moodleEnv.amdSrc},
-
-            // Check YUI module source files.
-            yui: {src: files ? files : grunt.moodleEnv.yuiSrc},
-        },
-    });
-
-    grunt.loadNpmTasks('grunt-eslint');
-
-    // On watch, we dynamically modify config to build only affected files. This
-    // method is slightly complicated to deal with multiple changed files at once (copied
-    // from the grunt-contrib-watch readme).
-    let changedFiles = Object.create(null);
-    const onChange = grunt.util._.debounce(function() {
-        const files = Object.keys(changedFiles);
-        grunt.config('eslint.amd.src', files);
-        grunt.config('eslint.yui.src', files);
-        changedFiles = Object.create(null);
-    }, 200);
-
-    grunt.event.on('watch', (action, filepath) => {
-        changedFiles[filepath] = action;
-        onChange();
-    });
-};

.grunt/tasks/gherkinlint.js

@@ -1,92 +0,0 @@
-// This file is part of Moodle - http://moodle.org/
-//
-// Moodle is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-// (at your option) any later version.
-//
-// Moodle is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-// GNU General Public License for more details.
-//
-// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-// along with Moodle.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-/* jshint node: true, browser: false */
-/* eslint-env node */
-
-/**
- * @copyright  2021 Andrew Nicols
- * @license    http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
- */
-
-module.exports = grunt => {
-    /**
-     * Get the list of feature files to pass to the gherkin linter.
-     *
-     * @returns {Array}
-     */
-    const getGherkinLintTargets = () => {
-        if (grunt.moodleEnv.files) {
-            // Specific files were requested. Only check these.
-            return grunt.moodleEnv.files;
-        }
-
-        if (grunt.moodleEnv.inComponent) {
-            return [`${grunt.moodleEnv.runDir}/tests/behat/*.feature`];
-        }
-
-        return ['**/tests/behat/*.feature'];
-    };
-
-    const handler = function() {
-        const done = this.async();
-        const options = grunt.config('gherkinlint.options');
-
-        // Grab the gherkin-lint linter and required scaffolding.
-        const linter = require('gherkin-lint/dist/linter.js');
-        const featureFinder = require('gherkin-lint/dist/feature-finder.js');
-        const configParser = require('gherkin-lint/dist/config-parser.js');
-        const formatter = require('gherkin-lint/dist/formatters/stylish.js');
-
-        // Run the linter.
-        return linter.lint(
-            featureFinder.getFeatureFiles(grunt.file.expand(options.files)),
-            configParser.getConfiguration(configParser.defaultConfigFileName)
-        )
-        .then(results => {
-            // Print the results out uncondtionally.
-            formatter.printResults(results);
-
-            return results;
-        })
-        .then(results => {
-            // Report on the results.
-            // The done function takes a bool whereby a falsey statement causes the task to fail.
-            return results.every(result => result.errors.length === 0);
-        })
-        .then(done); // eslint-disable-line promise/no-callback-in-promise
-    };
-
-    grunt.registerTask('gherkinlint', 'Run gherkinlint against the current directory', handler);
-
-    grunt.config.set('gherkinlint', {
-        options: {
-            files: getGherkinLintTargets(),
-        }
-    });
-
-    grunt.config.merge({
-        watch: {
-            gherkinlint: {
-                files: [grunt.moodleEnv.inComponent ? 'tests/behat/*.feature' : '**/tests/behat/*.feature'],
-                tasks: ['gherkinlint'],
-            },
-        },
-    });
-
-    // Add the 'gherkinlint' task as a startup task.
-    grunt.moodleEnv.startupTasks.push('gherkinlint');
-
-    return handler;
-};

.grunt/tasks/ignorefiles.js

@@ -1,139 +0,0 @@
-// This file is part of Moodle - http://moodle.org/
-//
-// Moodle is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-// (at your option) any later version.
-//
-// Moodle is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-// GNU General Public License for more details.
-//
-// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-// along with Moodle.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-/* jshint node: true, browser: false */
-/* eslint-env node */
-
-/**
- * @copyright  2021 Andrew Nicols
- * @license    http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
- */
-
-module.exports = grunt => {
-
-    /**
-     * Generate the PHPCS configuration.
-     *
-     * @param {Object} thirdPartyPaths
-     */
-    const phpcsIgnore = (thirdPartyPaths) => {
-        const {toXML} = require('jstoxml');
-
-        const config = {
-            _name: 'ruleset',
-            _attrs: {
-                name: "MoodleCore",
-            },
-            _content: [
-                {
-                    rule: {
-                        _attrs: {
-                            ref: './phpcs.xml.dist',
-                        },
-                    },
-                },
-            ],
-        };
-
-        thirdPartyPaths.forEach(library => {
-            config._content.push({
-                'exclude-pattern': library,
-            });
-        });
-
-        grunt.file.write('phpcs.xml', toXML(config, {
-            header: true,
-            indent: '  ',
-        }) + "\n");
-    };
-
-    /**
-     * Extracts ignore entries from a local ignore file.
-     *
-     * @param {string} componentPath the file path to the component, relative to the code base directory
-     * @param {string} ignoreFilePath the path to the ignore file
-     * @return {array} array of ignore paths to be included in the global ignore files
-     */
-    const getEntriesFromLocalIgnoreFile = (componentPath, ignoreFilePath) => {
-        const ignorePaths = [];
-        if (grunt.file.exists(ignoreFilePath)) {
-            const ignoreFile = grunt.file.read(ignoreFilePath);
-            const entries = ignoreFile.split('\n');
-            entries.forEach(entry => {
-                entry = entry.trim();
-                if (entry.length > 0 && !entry.startsWith('#') && !entry.startsWith('!')) {
-                    while (entry.startsWith('/')) {
-                        entry = entry.substring(1);
-                    }
-                    ignorePaths.push(componentPath + '/' + entry);
-                }
-            });
-        }
-        return ignorePaths;
-    };
-
-    /**
-     * Generate ignore files (utilising thirdpartylibs.xml data)
-     */
-    const handler = function() {
-        const path = require('path');
-        const ComponentList = require(path.join(process.cwd(), '.grunt', 'components.js'));
-
-        // An array of paths to third party directories.
-        const thirdPartyPaths = ComponentList.getThirdPartyPaths();
-        const localStylelintIgnorePaths = [];
-        const localEslintIgnorePaths = [];
-        ComponentList.getComponentPaths(process.cwd() + '/').forEach(componentPath => {
-            const localEslintIgnorePath = process.cwd() + '/' + componentPath + '/.eslintignore';
-            const localEslintIgnoreEntries = getEntriesFromLocalIgnoreFile(componentPath, localEslintIgnorePath);
-            if (localEslintIgnoreEntries.length > 0) {
-                localEslintIgnorePaths.push(...localEslintIgnoreEntries);
-            }
-            const localStylelintIgnorePath = process.cwd() + '/' + componentPath + '/.stylelintignore';
-            const localStylelintIgnoreEntries = getEntriesFromLocalIgnoreFile(componentPath, localStylelintIgnorePath);
-            if (localStylelintIgnoreEntries.length > 0) {
-                localStylelintIgnorePaths.push(...localStylelintIgnoreEntries);
-            }
-        });
-
-        // Generate .eslintignore.
-        const eslintIgnores = [
-            '# Generated by "grunt ignorefiles"',
-            // Do not ignore the .grunt directory.
-            '!/.grunt',
-
-            // Ignore all yui/src meta directories and build directories.
-            '*/**/yui/src/*/meta/',
-            '*/**/build/',
-        ].concat(thirdPartyPaths).concat(localEslintIgnorePaths);
-        grunt.file.write('.eslintignore', eslintIgnores.join('\n') + '\n');
-
-        // Generate .stylelintignore.
-        const stylelintIgnores = [
-            '# Generated by "grunt ignorefiles"',
-            '**/yui/build/*',
-            'public/theme/boost/style/moodle.css',
-            'public/theme/classic/style/moodle.css',
-            'jsdoc/styles/*.css',
-            'public/admin/tool/componentlibrary/hugo/dist/css/docs.css',
-        ].concat(thirdPartyPaths).concat(localStylelintIgnorePaths);
-        grunt.file.write('.stylelintignore', stylelintIgnores.join('\n') + '\n');
-
-        phpcsIgnore(thirdPartyPaths);
-    };
-
-    grunt.registerTask('ignorefiles', 'Generate ignore files for linters', handler);
-
-    return handler;
-};

.grunt/tasks/javascript.js

@@ -1,215 +0,0 @@
-// This file is part of Moodle - http://moodle.org/
-//
-// Moodle is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-// (at your option) any later version.
-//
-// Moodle is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-// GNU General Public License for more details.
-//
-// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-// along with Moodle.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-/* jshint node: true, browser: false */
-/* eslint-env node */
-
-/**
- * @copyright  2021 Andrew Nicols
- * @license    http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
- */
-
-/**
- * Function to generate the destination for the minification task
- * (e.g. build/file.min.js). This function will be passed to
- * the rename property of files array when building dynamically:
- * http://gruntjs.com/configuring-tasks#building-the-files-object-dynamically
- *
- * @param {String} destPath the current destination
- * @param {String} srcPath the  matched src path
- * @return {String} The rewritten destination path.
- */
-const babelRename = function(destPath, srcPath) {
-    destPath = srcPath.replace(`amd/src`, `amd/build`);
-    destPath = destPath.replace(/\.js$/, '.min.js');
-    return destPath;
-};
-
-module.exports = grunt => {
-    // Load the Ignorefiles tasks.
-    require('./ignorefiles')(grunt);
-
-    // Load the Shifter tasks.
-    require('./shifter')(grunt);
-
-    // Load ESLint.
-    require('./eslint')(grunt);
-
-    // Load jsconfig.
-    require('./jsconfig')(grunt);
-
-    // Load JSDoc.
-    require('./jsdoc')(grunt);
-
-    const path = require('path');
-
-    // Register JS tasks.
-    grunt.registerTask('yui', ['eslint:yui', 'shifter']);
-    grunt.registerTask('amd', ['ignorefiles', 'eslint:amd', 'rollup']);
-    grunt.registerTask('js', ['amd', 'yui']);
-
-    // Register NPM tasks.
-    grunt.loadNpmTasks('grunt-contrib-watch');
-    grunt.loadNpmTasks('grunt-rollup');
-
-    const babelTransform = require('@babel/core').transform;
-    const babel = (options = {}) => {
-        return {
-            name: 'babel',
-
-            transform: (code, id) => {
-                grunt.log.debug(`Transforming ${id}`);
-                options.filename = id;
-                const transformed = babelTransform(code, options);
-
-                return {
-                    code: transformed.code,
-                    map: transformed.map
-                };
-            }
-        };
-    };
-
-    // Note: We have to use a rate limit plugin here because rollup runs all tasks asynchronously and in parallel.
-    // When we kick off a full run, if we kick off a rollup of every file this will fork-bomb the machine.
-    // To work around this we use a concurrent Promise queue based on the number of available processors.
-    const rateLimit = () => {
-        const queue = [];
-        let queueRunner;
-
-        const startQueue = () => {
-            if (queueRunner) {
-                return;
-            }
-
-            queueRunner = setTimeout(() => {
-                const limit = Math.max(1, require('os').cpus().length / 2);
-                grunt.log.debug(`Starting rollup with queue size of ${limit}`);
-                runQueue(limit);
-            }, 100);
-        };
-
-        // The queue runner will run the next `size` items in the queue.
-        const runQueue = (size = 1) => {
-            queue.splice(0, size).forEach(resolve => {
-                grunt.log.debug(`Item resolved. Kicking off next one.`);
-                resolve();
-            });
-        };
-
-        return {
-            name: 'ratelimit',
-
-            // The options hook is run in parallel.
-            // We can return an unresolved Promise which is queued for later resolution.
-            options: async(options) => {
-                return new Promise(resolve => {
-                    queue.push(resolve);
-                    startQueue();
-                    return options;
-                });
-            },
-
-            // When an item in the queue completes, start the next item in the queue.
-            generateBundle: (options, bundle) => {
-                grunt.log.debug(`Finished output phase for ${Object.keys(bundle).join(', ')}`);
-                runQueue();
-            },
-        };
-    };
-
-    const terser = require('rollup-plugin-terser').terser;
-    grunt.config.merge({
-        rollup: {
-            options: {
-                format: 'esm',
-                dir: 'output',
-                sourcemap: true,
-                treeshake: false,
-                context: 'window',
-                plugins: [
-                    rateLimit(),
-                    babel({
-                        sourceMaps: true,
-                        comments: false,
-                        compact: false,
-                        plugins: [
-                            'transform-es2015-modules-amd-lazy',
-                            'system-import-transformer',
-                            // This plugin modifies the Babel transpiling for "export default"
-                            // so that if it's used then only the exported value is returned
-                            // by the generated AMD module.
-                            //
-                            // It also adds the Moodle plugin name to the AMD module definition
-                            // so that it can be imported as expected in other modules.
-                            path.resolve('.grunt/babel-plugin-add-module-to-define.js')
-                        ],
-                        presets: [
-                            ['@babel/preset-env', {
-                                modules: false,
-                                useBuiltIns: false
-                            }]
-                        ]
-                    }),
-
-                    terser({
-                        // Do not mangle variables.
-                        // Makes debugging easier.
-                        mangle: false,
-                    }),
-                ],
-            },
-            dist: {
-                files: [{
-                    expand: true,
-                    src: grunt.moodleEnv.files ? grunt.moodleEnv.files : grunt.moodleEnv.amdSrc,
-                    rename: babelRename
-                }],
-            },
-        },
-    });
-
-    grunt.config.merge({
-        watch: {
-            amd: {
-                files: grunt.moodleEnv.inComponent
-                    ? ['amd/src/*.js', 'amd/src/**/*.js']
-                    : ['**/amd/src/**/*.js'],
-                tasks: ['amd']
-            },
-        },
-    });
-
-    // Add the 'js' task as a startup task.
-    grunt.moodleEnv.startupTasks.push('js');
-
-    // On watch, we dynamically modify config to build only affected files. This
-    // method is slightly complicated to deal with multiple changed files at once (copied
-    // from the grunt-contrib-watch readme).
-    let changedFiles = Object.create(null);
-    const onChange = grunt.util._.debounce(function() {
-        const files = Object.keys(changedFiles);
-        grunt.config('rollup.dist.files', [{expand: true, src: files, rename: babelRename}]);
-        changedFiles = Object.create(null);
-    }, 200);
-
-    grunt.event.on('watch', function(action, filepath) {
-        changedFiles[filepath] = action;
-        onChange();
-    });
-
-    return {
-        babelRename,
-    };
-};

.grunt/tasks/jsconfig.js

@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
-// This file is part of Moodle - http://moodle.org/
-//
-// Moodle is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-// (at your option) any later version.
-//
-// Moodle is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-// GNU General Public License for more details.
-//
-// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-// along with Moodle.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-/* jshint node: true, browser: false */
-/* eslint-env node */
-
-/**
- * @copyright  2022 Andrew Lyons <andrew@nicols.co.uk>
- * @license    http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
- */
-
-const configuration = {
-    compilerOptions: {
-        baseUrl: ".",
-        paths: {
-        },
-        target: "es2015",
-        allowSyntheticDefaultImports: false,
-    },
-    exclude: [
-        "node_modules",
-    ],
-    include: [],
-};
-
-module.exports = (grunt) => {
-    const handler = () => {
-        const jsconfigData = Object.assign({}, configuration);
-
-        const path = require('path');
-        const {fetchComponentData} = require(path.join(process.cwd(), '.grunt', 'components.js'));
-
-        const componentData = fetchComponentData().components;
-        for (const [thisPath, component] of Object.entries(componentData)) {
-            jsconfigData.compilerOptions.paths[`${component}/*`] = [`public/${thisPath}/amd/src/*`];
-            jsconfigData.include.push(`public/${thisPath}/amd/src/**/*`);
-        }
-
-        grunt.file.write('jsconfig.json', JSON.stringify(jsconfigData, null, "  ") + "\n");
-    };
-    grunt.registerTask('jsconfig', 'Generate a jsconfig configuration compatible with the LSP', handler);
-};

.grunt/tasks/jsdoc.js

@@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
-// This file is part of Moodle - http://moodle.org/
-//
-// Moodle is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-// (at your option) any later version.
-//
-// Moodle is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-// GNU General Public License for more details.
-//
-// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-// along with Moodle.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-/* jshint node: true, browser: false */
-/* eslint-env node */
-
-/**
- * @copyright  2021 Andrew Nicols
- * @license    http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
- */
-
-module.exports = (grunt) => {
-    const path = require('path');
-
-    grunt.registerTask('jsdoc', 'Generate JavaScript documentation using jsdoc', function() {
-        const done = this.async();
-        const configuration = path.resolve('.grunt/jsdoc/jsdoc.conf.js');
-
-        grunt.util.spawn({
-            cmd: 'jsdoc',
-            args: [
-                '--configure',
-                configuration,
-            ]
-        }, function(error, result, code) {
-            if (result.stdout) {
-                grunt.log.write(result.stdout);
-            }
-
-            if (result.stderr) {
-                grunt.log.error(result.stderr);
-            }
-            if (error) {
-                grunt.fail.fatal(`JSDoc failed with error code ${code}`);
-            } else {
-                grunt.log.write('JSDoc completed successfully'.green);
-            }
-            done();
-        });
-    });
-};

.grunt/tasks/sass.js

@@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
-// This file is part of Moodle - http://moodle.org/
-//
-// Moodle is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-// (at your option) any later version.
-//
-// Moodle is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-// GNU General Public License for more details.
-//
-// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-// along with Moodle.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-/* jshint node: true, browser: false */
-/* eslint-env node */
-
-/**
- * @copyright  2021 Andrew Nicols
- * @license    http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
- */
-
-module.exports = grunt => {
-    grunt.loadNpmTasks('grunt-sass');
-
-    grunt.config.merge({
-        sass: {
-            dist: {
-                files: {
-                    "public/theme/boost/style/moodle.css": "public/theme/boost/scss/preset/default.scss",
-                    "public/theme/classic/style/moodle.css": "public/theme/classic/scss/classicgrunt.scss"
-                }
-            },
-            options: {
-                implementation: require('sass'),
-                includePaths: [
-                    "public/theme/boost/scss/",
-                    "public/theme/classic/scss/",
-                ]
-            }
-        },
-    });
-};

.grunt/tasks/shifter.js

@@ -1,155 +0,0 @@
-// This file is part of Moodle - http://moodle.org/
-//
-// Moodle is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-// (at your option) any later version.
-//
-// Moodle is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-// GNU General Public License for more details.
-//
-// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-// along with Moodle.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-/* jshint node: true, browser: false */
-/* eslint-env node */
-
-/**
- * @copyright  2021 Andrew Nicols
- * @license    http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
- */
-
-/* eslint-env node */
-
-module.exports = grunt => {
-    /**
-     * Shifter task. Is configured with a path to a specific file or a directory,
-     * in the case of a specific file it will work out the right module to be built.
-     *
-     * Note that this task runs the invidiaul shifter jobs async (becase it spawns
-     * so be careful to to call done().
-     */
-    const handler = function() {
-        const done = this.async();
-        const options = grunt.config('shifter.options');
-        const async = require('async');
-        const path = require('path');
-
-        // Run the shifter processes one at a time to avoid confusing output.
-        async.eachSeries(options.paths, function(src, filedone) {
-            var args = [];
-            args.push(path.normalize(process.cwd() + '/node_modules/shifter/bin/shifter'));
-
-            // Always ignore the node_modules directory.
-            args.push('--excludes', 'node_modules');
-
-            // Determine the most appropriate options to run with based upon the current location.
-            if (grunt.file.isMatch('**/yui/**/*.js', src)) {
-                // When passed a JS file, build our containing module (this happen with
-                // watch).
-                grunt.log.debug('Shifter passed a specific JS file');
-                src = path.dirname(path.dirname(src));
-                options.recursive = false;
-            } else if (grunt.file.isMatch('**/yui/src', src)) {
-                // When in a src directory --walk all modules.
-                grunt.log.debug('In a src directory');
-                args.push('--walk');
-                options.recursive = false;
-            } else if (grunt.file.isMatch('**/yui/src/*', src)) {
-                // When in module, only build our module.
-                grunt.log.debug('In a module directory');
-                options.recursive = false;
-            } else if (grunt.file.isMatch('**/yui/src/*/js', src)) {
-                // When in module src, only build our module.
-                grunt.log.debug('In a source directory');
-                src = path.dirname(src);
-                options.recursive = false;
-            }
-
-            if (grunt.option('watch')) {
-                grunt.fail.fatal('The --watch option has been removed, please use `grunt watch` instead');
-            }
-
-            // Add the stderr option if appropriate
-            if (grunt.option('verbose')) {
-                args.push('--lint-stderr');
-            }
-
-            if (grunt.option('no-color')) {
-                args.push('--color=false');
-            }
-
-            var execShifter = function() {
-
-                grunt.log.ok("Running shifter on " + src);
-                grunt.util.spawn({
-                    cmd: "node",
-                    args: args,
-                    opts: {cwd: src, stdio: 'inherit', env: process.env}
-                }, function(error, result, code) {
-                    if (code) {
-                        grunt.fail.fatal('Shifter failed with code: ' + code);
-                    } else {
-                        grunt.log.ok('Shifter build complete.');
-                        filedone();
-                    }
-                });
-            };
-
-            // Actually run shifter.
-            if (!options.recursive) {
-                execShifter();
-            } else {
-                // Check that there are yui modules otherwise shifter ends with exit code 1.
-                if (grunt.file.expand({cwd: src}, '**/yui/src/**/*.js').length > 0) {
-                    args.push('--recursive');
-                    execShifter();
-                } else {
-                    grunt.log.ok('No YUI modules to build.');
-                    filedone();
-                }
-            }
-        }, done);
-    };
-
-    // Register the shifter task.
-    grunt.registerTask('shifter', 'Run Shifter against the current directory', handler);
-
-    // Configure it.
-    grunt.config.set('shifter', {
-        options: {
-            recursive: true,
-            // Shifter takes a relative path.
-            paths: grunt.moodleEnv.files ? grunt.moodleEnv.files : [grunt.moodleEnv.runDir]
-        }
-    });
-
-    grunt.config.merge({
-        watch: {
-            yui: {
-                files: grunt.moodleEnv.inComponent
-                    ? ['yui/src/*.json', 'yui/src/**/*.js']
-                    : ['**/yui/src/**/*.js'],
-                tasks: ['yui']
-            },
-        },
-    });
-
-    // On watch, we dynamically modify config to build only affected files. This
-    // method is slightly complicated to deal with multiple changed files at once (copied
-    // from the grunt-contrib-watch readme).
-    let changedFiles = Object.create(null);
-    const onChange = grunt.util._.debounce(function() {
-        const files = Object.keys(changedFiles);
-        grunt.config('shifter.options.paths', files);
-        changedFiles = Object.create(null);
-    }, 200);
-
-    grunt.event.on('watch', (action, filepath) => {
-        changedFiles[filepath] = action;
-        onChange();
-    });
-
-    return handler;
-};

.grunt/tasks/startup.js

@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-// This file is part of Moodle - http://moodle.org/
-//
-// Moodle is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-// (at your option) any later version.
-//
-// Moodle is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-// GNU General Public License for more details.
-//
-// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-// along with Moodle.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-/* jshint node: true, browser: false */
-/* eslint-env node */
-
-/**
- * @copyright  2021 Andrew Nicols
- * @license    http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
- */
-
-module.exports = grunt => {
-    /**
-     * Generate ignore files (utilising thirdpartylibs.xml data)
-     */
-    const handler = function() {
-        const path = require('path');
-
-        // Are we in a YUI directory?
-        if (path.basename(path.resolve(grunt.moodleEnv.cwd, '../../')) == 'yui') {
-            grunt.task.run('yui');
-        // Are we in an AMD directory?
-        } else if (grunt.moodleEnv.inAMD) {
-            grunt.task.run('amd');
-        } else {
-            // Run all of the requested startup tasks.
-            grunt.moodleEnv.startupTasks.forEach(taskName => grunt.task.run(taskName));
-        }
-    };
-
-    // Register the startup task.
-    grunt.registerTask('startup', 'Run the correct tasks for the current directory', handler);
-
-    return handler;
-};

.grunt/tasks/style.js

@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
-// This file is part of Moodle - http://moodle.org/
-//
-// Moodle is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-// (at your option) any later version.
-//
-// Moodle is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-// GNU General Public License for more details.
-//
-// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-// along with Moodle.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-/* jshint node: true, browser: false */
-/* eslint-env node */
-
-/**
- * @copyright  2021 Andrew Nicols
- * @license    http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
- */
-
-module.exports = grunt => {
-    // Load the ignorefiles tasks.
-    require('./ignorefiles')(grunt);
-
-    // Load the Style Lint tasks.
-    require('./stylelint')(grunt);
-
-    // Load the SASS tasks.
-    require('./sass')(grunt);
-
-    // Add the 'css' task as a startup task.
-    grunt.moodleEnv.startupTasks.push('css');
-};

.grunt/tasks/stylelint.js

@@ -1,187 +0,0 @@
-// This file is part of Moodle - http://moodle.org/
-//
-// Moodle is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-// (at your option) any later version.
-//
-// Moodle is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-// GNU General Public License for more details.
-//
-// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-// along with Moodle.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-/* jshint node: true, browser: false */
-/* eslint-env node */
-
-/**
- * @copyright  2021 Andrew Nicols
- * @license    http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
- */
-
-module.exports = grunt => {
-
-    const getCssConfigForFiles = files => {
-        return {
-            stylelint: {
-                css: {
-                    // Use a fully-qualified path.
-                    src: files,
-                    options: {
-                        quietDeprecationWarnings: true,
-                        configOverrides: {
-                            rules: {
-                                // These rules have to be disabled in .stylelintrc for scss compat.
-                                "at-rule-no-unknown": true,
-                            }
-                        }
-                    }
-                },
-            },
-        };
-    };
-
-    const getScssConfigForFiles = files => {
-        return {
-            stylelint: {
-                scss: {
-                    options: {
-                        quietDeprecationWarnings: true,
-                        customSyntax: 'postcss-scss',
-                    },
-                    src: files,
-                },
-            },
-        };
-    };
-
-    /**
-     * Register any stylelint tasks.
-     *
-     * @param {Object} grunt
-     * @param {Array} files
-     * @param {String} fullRunDir
-     */
-    const registerStyleLintTasks = () => {
-        const glob = require('glob');
-
-        // The stylelinters do not handle the case where a configuration was provided but no files were included.
-        // Keep track of whether any files were found.
-        let hasCss = false;
-        let hasScss = false;
-
-        // The stylelint processors do not take a path argument. They always check all provided values.
-        // As a result we must check through each glob and determine if any files match the current directory.
-        const scssFiles = [];
-        const cssFiles = [];
-
-        const requestedFiles = grunt.moodleEnv.files;
-        if (requestedFiles) {
-            // Grunt was called with a files argument.
-            // Check whether each of the requested files matches either the CSS or SCSS source file list.
-
-            requestedFiles.forEach(changedFilePath => {
-                let matchesGlob;
-
-                // Check whether this watched path matches any watched SCSS file.
-                matchesGlob = grunt.moodleEnv.scssSrc.some(watchedPathGlob => {
-                    return glob.sync(watchedPathGlob).indexOf(changedFilePath) !== -1;
-                });
-                if (matchesGlob) {
-                    scssFiles.push(changedFilePath);
-                    hasScss = true;
-                }
-
-                // Check whether this watched path matches any watched CSS file.
-                matchesGlob = grunt.moodleEnv.cssSrc.some(watchedPathGlob => {
-                    return glob.sync(watchedPathGlob).indexOf(changedFilePath) !== -1;
-                });
-                if (matchesGlob) {
-                    cssFiles.push(changedFilePath);
-                    hasCss = true;
-                }
-            });
-        } else {
-            // Grunt was called without a list of files.
-            // The start directory (runDir) may be a child dir of the project.
-            // Check each scssSrc file to see if it's in the start directory.
-            // This means that we can lint just mod/*/styles.css if started in the mod directory.
-
-            grunt.moodleEnv.scssSrc.forEach(path => {
-                if (path.startsWith(grunt.moodleEnv.runDir)) {
-                    scssFiles.push(path);
-                    hasScss = true;
-                }
-            });
-
-            grunt.moodleEnv.cssSrc.forEach(path => {
-                if (path.startsWith(grunt.moodleEnv.runDir)) {
-                    cssFiles.push(path);
-                    hasCss = true;
-                }
-            });
-        }
-
-        // Register the tasks.
-        const scssTasks = ['sass'];
-        if (hasScss) {
-            grunt.config.merge(getScssConfigForFiles(scssFiles));
-            scssTasks.unshift('stylelint:scss');
-        }
-        scssTasks.unshift('ignorefiles');
-
-        const cssTasks = ['ignorefiles'];
-        if (hasCss) {
-            grunt.config.merge(getCssConfigForFiles(cssFiles));
-            cssTasks.push('stylelint:css');
-        }
-
-        // The tasks must be registered, even if empty to ensure a consistent command list.
-        // They jsut won't run anything.
-        grunt.registerTask('scss', scssTasks);
-        grunt.registerTask('rawcss', cssTasks);
-    };
-
-    // Register CSS tasks.
-    grunt.loadNpmTasks('grunt-stylelint');
-
-    // Register the style lint tasks.
-    registerStyleLintTasks();
-    grunt.registerTask('css', ['scss', 'rawcss']);
-
-    const getCoreThemeMatches = () => {
-        const scssMatch = 'scss/**/*.scss';
-
-        if (grunt.moodleEnv.inTheme) {
-            return [scssMatch];
-        }
-
-        if (grunt.moodleEnv.runDir.startsWith('theme')) {
-            return [`*/${scssMatch}`];
-        }
-
-        return [`theme/*/${scssMatch}`];
-    };
-
-    // Add the watch configuration for rawcss, and scss.
-    grunt.config.merge({
-        watch: {
-            rawcss: {
-                files: [
-                    '**/*.css',
-                ],
-                excludes: [
-                    '**/moodle.css',
-                    '**/editor.css',
-                    'jsdoc/styles/*.css',
-                ],
-                tasks: ['rawcss']
-            },
-            scss: {
-                files: getCoreThemeMatches(),
-                tasks: ['scss']
-            },
-        },
-    });
-};

.grunt/tasks/upgradablelibs.js

@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
-// This file is part of Moodle - http://moodle.org/
-//
-// Moodle is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-// (at your option) any later version.
-//
-// Moodle is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-// GNU General Public License for more details.
-//
-// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-// along with Moodle.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-/* jshint node: true, browser: false */
-/* eslint-env node */
-
-/**
- * @copyright  2023 Sara Arjona <sara@moodle.com>
- * @license    http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
- */
-
-module.exports = grunt => {
-    /**
-     * Generate upgradable third-party libraries (utilising thirdpartylibs.xml data)
-     */
-    grunt.registerTask('upgradablelibs', 'Generate upgradable third-party libraries', async function() {
-        const done = this.async();
-
-        const path = require('path');
-        const ComponentList = require(path.join(process.cwd(), '.grunt', 'components.js'));
-
-        // An array of third party libraries that have a newer version in their repositories.
-        const thirdPartyLibs = await ComponentList.getThirdPartyLibsUpgradable({progress: true});
-        for (let library of thirdPartyLibs) {
-            grunt.log.ok(JSON.stringify(Object.assign({}, library), null, 4));
-        }
-
-        done();
-    });
-
-};

.grunt/tasks/watch.js

@@ -1,272 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * This is a wrapper task to handle the grunt watch command. It attempts to use
- * Watchman to monitor for file changes, if it's installed, because it's much faster.
- *
- * If Watchman isn't installed then it falls back to the grunt-contrib-watch file
- * watcher for backwards compatibility.
- */
-
-/* eslint-env node */
-
-module.exports = grunt => {
-    /**
-     * This is a wrapper task to handle the grunt watch command. It attempts to use
-     * Watchman to monitor for file changes, if it's installed, because it's much faster.
-     *
-     * If Watchman isn't installed then it falls back to the grunt-contrib-watch file
-     * watcher for backwards compatibility.
-     */
-    const watchHandler = function() {
-        const async = require('async');
-        const watchTaskDone = this.async();
-        let watchInitialised = false;
-        let watchTaskQueue = {};
-        let processingQueue = false;
-
-        const watchman = require('fb-watchman');
-        const watchmanClient = new watchman.Client();
-
-        // Grab the tasks and files that have been queued up and execute them.
-        var processWatchTaskQueue = function() {
-            if (!Object.keys(watchTaskQueue).length || processingQueue) {
-                // If there is nothing in the queue or we're already processing then wait.
-                return;
-            }
-
-            processingQueue = true;
-
-            // Grab all tasks currently in the queue.
-            var queueToProcess = watchTaskQueue;
-            // Reset the queue.
-            watchTaskQueue = {};
-
-            async.forEachSeries(
-                Object.keys(queueToProcess),
-                function(task, next) {
-                    var files = queueToProcess[task];
-                    var filesOption = '--files=' + files.join(',');
-                    grunt.log.ok('Running task ' + task + ' for files ' + filesOption);
-
-                    // Spawn the task in a child process so that it doesn't kill this one
-                    // if it failed.
-                    grunt.util.spawn(
-                        {
-                            // Spawn with the grunt bin.
-                            grunt: true,
-                            // Run from current working dir and inherit stdio from process.
-                            opts: {
-                                cwd: grunt.moodleEnv.fullRunDir,
-                                stdio: 'inherit'
-                            },
-                            args: [task, filesOption]
-                        },
-                        function(err, res, code) {
-                            if (code !== 0) {
-                                // The grunt task failed.
-                                grunt.log.error(err);
-                            }
-
-                            // Move on to the next task.
-                            next();
-                        }
-                    );
-                },
-                function() {
-                    // No longer processing.
-                    processingQueue = false;
-                    // Once all of the tasks are done then recurse just in case more tasks
-                    // were queued while we were processing.
-                    processWatchTaskQueue();
-                }
-            );
-        };
-
-        const originalWatchConfig = grunt.config.get(['watch']);
-        const watchConfig = Object.keys(originalWatchConfig).reduce(function(carry, key) {
-            if (key == 'options') {
-                return carry;
-            }
-
-            const value = originalWatchConfig[key];
-
-            const taskNames = value.tasks;
-            const files = value.files;
-            let excludes = [];
-            if (value.excludes) {
-                excludes = value.excludes;
-            }
-
-            taskNames.forEach(function(taskName) {
-                carry[taskName] = {
-                    files,
-                    excludes,
-                };
-            });
-
-            return carry;
-        }, {});
-
-        watchmanClient.on('error', function(error) {
-            // We have to add an error handler here and parse the error string because the
-            // example way from the docs to check if Watchman is installed doesn't actually work!!
-            // See: https://github.com/facebook/watchman/issues/509
-            if (error.message.match('Watchman was not found')) {
-                // If watchman isn't installed then we should fallback to the other watch task.
-                grunt.log.ok('It is recommended that you install Watchman for better performance using the "watch" command.');
-
-                // Fallback to the old grunt-contrib-watch task.
-                grunt.renameTask('watch-grunt', 'watch');
-                grunt.task.run(['watch']);
-                // This task is finished.
-                watchTaskDone(0);
-            } else {
-                grunt.log.error(error);
-                // Fatal error.
-                watchTaskDone(1);
-            }
-        });
-
-        watchmanClient.on('subscription', function(resp) {
-            if (resp.subscription !== 'grunt-watch') {
-                return;
-            }
-
-            resp.files.forEach(function(file) {
-                grunt.log.ok('File changed: ' + file.name);
-
-                var fullPath = grunt.moodleEnv.fullRunDir + '/' + file.name;
-                Object.keys(watchConfig).forEach(function(task) {
-
-                    const fileGlobs = watchConfig[task].files;
-                    var match = fileGlobs.some(function(fileGlob) {
-                        return grunt.file.isMatch(`**/${fileGlob}`, fullPath);
-                    });
-
-                    if (match) {
-                        // If we are watching a subdirectory then the file.name will be relative
-                        // to that directory. However the grunt tasks  expect the file paths to be
-                        // relative to the Gruntfile.js location so let's normalise them before
-                        // adding them to the queue.
-                        var relativePath = fullPath.replace(grunt.moodleEnv.gruntFilePath + '/', '');
-                        if (task in watchTaskQueue) {
-                            if (!watchTaskQueue[task].includes(relativePath)) {
-                                watchTaskQueue[task] = watchTaskQueue[task].concat(relativePath);
-                            }
-                        } else {
-                            watchTaskQueue[task] = [relativePath];
-                        }
-                    }
-                });
-            });
-
-            processWatchTaskQueue();
-        });
-
-        process.on('SIGINT', function() {
-            // Let the user know that they may need to manually stop the Watchman daemon if they
-            // no longer want it running.
-            if (watchInitialised) {
-                grunt.log.ok('The Watchman daemon may still be running and may need to be stopped manually.');
-            }
-
-            process.exit();
-        });
-
-        // Initiate the watch on the current directory.
-        watchmanClient.command(['watch-project', grunt.moodleEnv.fullRunDir], function(watchError, watchResponse) {
-            if (watchError) {
-                grunt.log.error('Error initiating watch:', watchError);
-                watchTaskDone(1);
-                return;
-            }
-
-            if ('warning' in watchResponse) {
-                grunt.log.error('warning: ', watchResponse.warning);
-            }
-
-            var watch = watchResponse.watch;
-            var relativePath = watchResponse.relative_path;
-            watchInitialised = true;
-
-            watchmanClient.command(['clock', watch], function(clockError, clockResponse) {
-                if (clockError) {
-                    grunt.log.error('Failed to query clock:', clockError);
-                    watchTaskDone(1);
-                    return;
-                }
-
-                // Generate the expression query used by watchman.
-                // Documentation is limited, but see https://facebook.github.io/watchman/docs/expr/allof.html for examples.
-                // We generate an expression to match any value in the files list of all of our tasks, but excluding
-                // all value in the  excludes list of that task.
-                //
-                // [anyof, [
-                //      [allof, [
-                //          [anyof, [
-                //              ['match', validPath, 'wholename'],
-                //              ['match', validPath, 'wholename'],
-                //          ],
-                //          [not,
-                //              [anyof, [
-                //                  ['match', invalidPath, 'wholename'],
-                //                  ['match', invalidPath, 'wholename'],
-                //              ],
-                //          ],
-                //      ],
-                var matchWholeName = fileGlob => ['match', fileGlob, 'wholename'];
-                var matches = Object.keys(watchConfig).map(function(task) {
-                    const matchAll = [];
-                    matchAll.push(['anyof'].concat(watchConfig[task].files.map(matchWholeName)));
-
-                    if (watchConfig[task].excludes.length) {
-                        matchAll.push(['not', ['anyof'].concat(watchConfig[task].excludes.map(matchWholeName))]);
-                    }
-
-                    return ['allof'].concat(matchAll);
-                });
-
-                matches = ['anyof'].concat(matches);
-
-                var sub = {
-                    expression: matches,
-                    // Which fields we're interested in.
-                    fields: ["name", "size", "type"],
-                    // Add our time constraint.
-                    since: clockResponse.clock
-                };
-
-                if (relativePath) {
-                    /* eslint-disable camelcase */
-                    sub.relative_root = relativePath;
-                }
-
-                watchmanClient.command(['subscribe', watch, 'grunt-watch', sub], function(subscribeError) {
-                    if (subscribeError) {
-                        // Probably an error in the subscription criteria.
-                        grunt.log.error('failed to subscribe: ', subscribeError);
-                        watchTaskDone(1);
-                        return;
-                    }
-
-                    grunt.log.ok('Listening for changes to files in ' + grunt.moodleEnv.fullRunDir);
-                });
-            });
-        });
-    };
-
-    // Rename the grunt-contrib-watch "watch" task because we're going to wrap it.
-    grunt.renameTask('watch', 'watch-grunt');
-
-    // Register the new watch handler.
-    grunt.registerTask('watch', 'Run tasks on file changes', watchHandler);
-
-    grunt.config.merge({
-        watch: {
-            options: {
-                nospawn: true // We need not to spawn so config can be changed dynamically.
-            },
-        },
-    });
-
-    return watchHandler;
-};

.grunt/upgradenotes.mjs

@@ -1,111 +0,0 @@
-#!/usr/bin/env node
-// This file is part of Moodle - http://moodle.org/
-//
-// Moodle is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-// (at your option) any later version.
-//
-// Moodle is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-// GNU General Public License for more details.
-//
-// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-// along with Moodle.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-
-import { Argument, Option, program } from 'commander';
-import chalk from 'chalk';
-
-import { getNoteNames } from './notes/src/noteTypes.mjs';
-import createAction from './notes/src/create.mjs';
-import generateAction from './notes/src/generate.mjs';
-import generateReleaseNotesLinks from './notes/src/releasenotes.mjs';
-import logger from './notes/src/logger.mjs';
-
-console.log(`
-${chalk.bold(chalk.underline(chalk.green('Moodle Upgrade Notes Generator')))}
-
-This tool is used to generate the upgrade notes for changes you make in Moodle.
-
-Please remember that the intended audience of these changes is
-${chalk.italic('plugin developers')} who need to know how to update their plugins
-for a new Moodle version.
-
-Upgrade notes should not be used to document changes for site administrators, or
-for internal API changes which are not expected to be used outside of the
-relevant component.
-`)
-
-program.configureHelp({
-    helpWidth: 100,
-});
-
-program.on('option:verbose', () => {
-    logger.level = 'verbose';
-});
-
-program.addOption(
-    new Option(
-        '-v, --verbose',
-        'Output more information during the generation process',
-    )
-    .default(false)
-);
-
-// Define the command line options.
-program
-    .command('create')
-    .summary('Generate a new upgrade note')
-    .addOption(
-        new Option('-t, --type <type>', `The type of change to document. Valid types are: ${getNoteNames().join(', ')}`)
-    )
-    .addOption(new Option('-i, --issue <issue>', 'The tracker issue number'))
-    .addOption(new Option('-c, --component <component>', 'The component to write a note for'))
-    .addOption(new Option(
-        '-m, --message <message>',
-        'The message to use for the upgrade note',
-    ))
-    .action((options) => createAction(options));
-
-program
-    .command('summary')
-    .summary('Generate a local copy of the upgrade notes summary')
-    .addArgument(
-        new Argument('[version]', 'The Moodle version to create the summary notes for')
-    )
-    .action((version) => generateAction(version));
-program
-    .command('releasenotes')
-    .summary('Generate a list of upgrade notes for individual components in markdown format for the release notes')
-    .addArgument(
-        new Argument('[tag]', 'The Moodle tag')
-    )
-    .action((tag) => generateReleaseNotesLinks(tag));
-
-program
-    .command('release')
-    .summary('Generate the markdown copies of the upgrade notes for a Moodle release')
-    .addArgument(
-        new Argument('[version]', 'The Moodle version to create the release notes for')
-    )
-    .addOption(
-        new Option(
-            '--generate-upgrade-notes',
-            'Generate the UPGRADING.md notes for the release. ' +
-                'Note: This option is intended for use by the release manager when generating the upgrade notes.',
-        )
-        .default(true)
-    )
-    .addOption(
-        new Option(
-            '-d, --delete-notes',
-            'Delete the notes after generating the UPGRADING.md notes for the release. ' +
-                'Note: This option is intended for use by the release manager when generating the upgrade notes.' +
-                'This option has no effect unless --generate-upgrade-notes is also set.'
-        )
-        .default(false)
-    )
-    .action((version, options) => generateAction(version, options));
-
-program.parse();

.jshintignore

@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-**/amd/**
-/*.js

.jshintrc

@@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
-// NOTE: We use eslint now. This file is used only by shifter. We keep the configuration
-// here because shifter uses jshint after modules have been concating. Eslint can't
-// currently do this.
-{
-    "asi":          false,
-    "bitwise":      true,
-    "boss":         false,
-    "browser":      true,
-    "curly":        true,
-    "debug":        false,
-    "eqeqeq":       false,
-    "eqnull":       false,
-    "es5":          false,
-    "esnext":       false,
-    "evil":         false,
-    "expr":         false,
-    "forin":        false,
-    "funcscope":    false,
-    "globalstrict": false,
-    "immed":        true,
-    "indent":       4,
-    "iterator":     false,
-    "lastsemic":    false,
-    "latedef":      true,
-    "laxbreak":     true,
-    "laxcomma":     false,
-    "loopfunc":     false,
-    "maxerr":       500,
-    "maxlen":       132,
-    "multistr":     false,
-    "newcap":       true,
-    "noarg":        true,
-    "noempty":      true,
-    "nomen":        false,
-    "onecase":      false,
-    "onevar":       false,
-    "passfail":     false,
-    "plusplus":     false,
-    "predef": [
-        "M",
-        "define",
-        "require"
-    ],
-    "proto":        false,
-    "regexdash":    false,
-    "regexp":       false,
-    "scripturl":    false,
-    "shadow":       false,
-    "smarttabs":    false,
-    "strict":       false,
-    "sub":          false,
-    "supernew":     false,
-    "trailing":     true,
-    "undef":        true,
-    "unused":       true,
-    "white":        false,
-    "yui":          true
-}

.nvmrc

@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-lts/jod

.phpstorm.meta.php/di.php

@@ -1,40 +0,0 @@
-<?php
-// This file is part of Moodle - http://moodle.org/
-//
-// Moodle is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-// (at your option) any later version.
-//
-// Moodle is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-// GNU General Public License for more details.
-//
-// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-// along with Moodle.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-
-/**
- * Helper file for PhpStorm, and other IDEs, to provide better code completion.
- *
- * @package   core
- * @copyright 2024 Andrew Lyons <andrew@nicols.co.uk>
- * @license   http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
- */
-
-namespace PHPSTORM_META;
-
-// Assume that anything returned by \core\di::get('...') is an instance of the first argument.
-override(\core\di::get(0), map([
-    '' => '@',
-]));
-
-// Assume that anything returned by \Psr\Container\ContainerInterface::get('...') is an instance of the first argument.
-override(\Psr\Container\ContainerInterface::get(0), map([
-    '' => '@',
-]));
-
-// Assume that anything returned by \DI\Container::get('...') is an instance of the first argument.
-override(\DI\Container::get(0), map([
-    '' => '@',
-]));

.shifter.json

@@ -1,5 +0,0 @@
-{
-    "coverage": false,
-    "lint": "config",
-    "clean": true
-}

.stylelintrc

@@ -1,107 +0,0 @@
-{
-    "customSyntax": "postcss-scss",
-    "plugins": [
-        "stylelint-csstree-validator"
-    ],
-    "rules": {
-        "csstree/validator": {
-          "syntaxExtensions": [
-            "sass"
-          ]
-        },
-        "at-rule-empty-line-before": [ "always",
-          {"except": [ "blockless-after-blockless"], ignore: ["after-comment", "inside-block"]}
-        ],
-        "at-rule-name-case": "lower",
-        "at-rule-name-space-after": "always-single-line",
-        "at-rule-no-unknown": null, # Enabled for non-scss in grunt.
-        "at-rule-semicolon-newline-after": "always",
-        "at-rule-semicolon-space-before": "never",
-        "block-closing-brace-newline-after": "always",
-        "block-closing-brace-newline-before": "always",
-        "block-closing-brace-space-before": "always-single-line",
-        "block-no-empty": true,
-        "block-opening-brace-newline-after": "always",
-        "block-opening-brace-space-after": "always-single-line",
-        "block-opening-brace-space-before": "always",
-        "color-hex-case": ["lower", { "severity": "warning" }],
-        "color-hex-length": ["short", { "severity": "warning" }],
-        "color-no-invalid-hex": true,
-        "declaration-bang-space-after": "never",
-        "declaration-bang-space-before": "always",
-        "declaration-block-no-duplicate-properties": true,
-        "declaration-block-no-shorthand-property-overrides": true,
-        "declaration-block-semicolon-newline-after": "always-multi-line",
-        "declaration-block-semicolon-space-after": "always-single-line",
-        "declaration-block-semicolon-space-before": "never",
-        "declaration-block-single-line-max-declarations": 1,
-        "declaration-block-trailing-semicolon": "always",
-        "declaration-colon-newline-after": "always-multi-line",
-        "declaration-colon-space-after": "always-single-line",
-        "declaration-colon-space-before": "never",
-        "declaration-no-important": true,
-        "font-family-no-duplicate-names": true,
-        "function-calc-no-unspaced-operator": true,
-        "function-comma-newline-after": "always-multi-line",
-        "function-comma-space-after": "always-single-line",
-        "function-comma-space-before": "never",
-        "function-linear-gradient-no-nonstandard-direction": true,
-        "function-max-empty-lines": 0,
-        "function-name-case": "lower",
-        "function-parentheses-newline-inside": "always-multi-line",
-        "function-parentheses-space-inside": "never-single-line",
-        "function-url-scheme-disallowed-list": ["data"],
-        "function-whitespace-after": "always",
-        "indentation": 4,
-        "keyframe-declaration-no-important": true,
-        "length-zero-no-unit": [true, { "severity": "warning" }],
-        "max-empty-lines": 2,
-        "max-line-length": [132, { "severity": "warning" }],
-        "media-feature-colon-space-after": "always",
-        "media-feature-colon-space-before": "never",
-        "media-feature-parentheses-space-inside": "never",
-        "media-feature-range-operator-space-after": "always",
-        "media-feature-range-operator-space-before": "always",
-        "media-query-list-comma-newline-after": "always-multi-line",
-        "media-query-list-comma-space-after": "always-single-line",
-        "media-query-list-comma-space-before": "never",
-        "no-empty-source": true,
-        "no-eol-whitespace": true,
-        "no-extra-semicolons": [true, { "severity": "warning" }],
-        "no-invalid-double-slash-comments": true,
-        "no-unknown-animations": true,
-        "property-case": "lower",
-        "property-no-unknown": true,
-        "selector-attribute-brackets-space-inside": "never",
-        "selector-attribute-operator-space-after": "never",
-        "selector-attribute-operator-space-before": "never",
-        "selector-combinator-space-after": "always",
-        "selector-combinator-space-before": "always",
-        "selector-list-comma-newline-after": "always",
-        "selector-list-comma-space-before": "never",
-        "selector-max-empty-lines": 0,
-        "selector-pseudo-class-case": "lower",
-        "selector-pseudo-class-no-unknown": true,
-        "selector-pseudo-class-parentheses-space-inside": "never",
-        "selector-pseudo-element-case": "lower",
-        "selector-pseudo-element-no-unknown": true,
-        "selector-type-case": "lower",
-        "selector-type-no-unknown": true,
-        "string-no-newline": true,
-        "time-min-milliseconds": 100,
-        "unit-disallowed-list": ["pt"],
-        "unit-case": "lower",
-        "unit-no-unknown": true,
-        "value-keyword-case": ["lower", {"ignoreKeywords": ["/(@|$)/"]}],
-        "value-list-comma-newline-after": "always-multi-line",
-        "value-list-comma-space-after": "always-single-line",
-        "value-list-comma-space-before": "never",
-  },
-  "overrides": [
-    {
-      "files": ["**/yui/**/*.css"],
-      "rules": {
-      }
-    }
-  ]
-}

CONTRIBUTING.md

@@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
-# Contributing to Moodle
-
-[Moodle][1] is made by people like you. We are members of a big worldwide community of developers, designers, teachers, testers, translators and many more. We work in universities, schools, companies and other places. You are very welcome to join us and contribute to the project.
-
-There are many ways that you can contribute to Moodle, not just through development. See our [community contribution guide][2] for some of the many ways that you can help.
-
-## Github
-
-> [!NOTE]
-> Please do not open pull requests via Github.
-
-All issues should be reported via, and patched provided to the [Moodle Tracker][3].
-
-The Moodle [Github][4] repository is a clone of the official Moodle repository, whcih can be found at https://git.moodle.org.
-
-## Moodle core bug fixes and new features
-
-Over the years, Moodle has developed a mature process for reporting, reviewing, and accepting patches. This is fully documented in our [documentation on  development processes][6], but in summary:
-
-- Every bug fix or new feature must have a tracker issue.
-- You publish the branch implementing the fix or new feature in your public clone of the moodle.git repository (typically on Github).
-- Your patch is peer-reviewed, discussed, integrated, tested and then released as a part of one of our weekly releases.
-- New features are developed on the `main` branch. Bug fixes are also backported to currently supported maintenance (stable) branches.
-
-> [!IMPORTANT]
-> Please do not publish security issues, or patches releating to them publicly.
-> See our [Responsible Disclosure Policy][5] for more information.
-
-
-## Moodle plugins
-
-Moodle has a framework for additional plugins to extend its functionality. We
-have a Moodle plugins directory <https://moodle.org/plugins/> where you can
-register and maintain your plugin. Plugins hosted in the plugins directory can
-be easily installed and updated via the Moodle administration interface.
-
-* You are expected to have a public source code repository with your plugin
-  code.
-* After registering your plugin in the plugins directory it is reviewed before
-  being published.
-* You are expected to continuously release updated versions of the plugin via
-  the plugins directory. We do not pull from your code repository; you must do
-  it explicitly.
-
-For further details, see <https://moodledev.io/general/community/plugincontribution>.
-
-[1]: https://moodle.org
-[2]: https://moodledev.io/general/community/contribute
-[3]: https://tracker.moodle.org
-[4]: https://github.com/moodle/moodle
-[5]: https://moodledev.io/general/development/process/security
-[6]: https://moodledev.io/general/development/process

COPYING.txt

@@ -1,674 +0,0 @@
-                    GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
-                       Version 3, 29 June 2007
-
- Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/>
- Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
- of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
-
-                            Preamble
-
-  The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for
-software and other kinds of works.
-
-  The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed
-to take away your freedom to share and change the works.  By contrast,
-the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to
-share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free
-software for all its users.  We, the Free Software Foundation, use the
-GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to
-any other work released this way by its authors.  You can apply it to
-your programs, too.
-
-  When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
-price.  Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
-have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
-them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you
-want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new
-free programs, and that you know you can do these things.
-
-  To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you
-these rights or asking you to surrender the rights.  Therefore, you have
-certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if
-you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others.
-
-  For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
-gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same
-freedoms that you received.  You must make sure that they, too, receive
-or can get the source code.  And you must show them these terms so they
-know their rights.
-
-  Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps:
-(1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License
-giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it.
-
-  For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains
-that there is no warranty for this free software.  For both users' and
-authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as
-changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to
-authors of previous versions.
-
-  Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run
-modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer
-can do so.  This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of
-protecting users' freedom to change the software.  The systematic
-pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to
-use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable.  Therefore, we
-have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those
-products.  If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we
-stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions
-of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users.
-
-  Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents.
-States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of
-software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to
-avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could
-make it effectively proprietary.  To prevent this, the GPL assures that
-patents cannot be used to render the program non-free.
-
-  The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
-modification follow.
-
-                       TERMS AND CONDITIONS
-
-  0. Definitions.
-
-  "This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License.
-
-  "Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of
-works, such as semiconductor masks.
-
-  "The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this
-License.  Each licensee is addressed as "you".  "Licensees" and
-"recipients" may be individuals or organizations.
-
-  To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work
-in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an
-exact copy.  The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the
-earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work.
-
-  A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based
-on the Program.
-
-  To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without
-permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for
-infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a
-computer or modifying a private copy.  Propagation includes copying,
-distribution (with or without modification), making available to the
-public, and in some countries other activities as well.
-
-  To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other
-parties to make or receive copies.  Mere interaction with a user through
-a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying.
-
-  An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices"
-to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible
-feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2)
-tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the
-extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the
-work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License.  If
-the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a
-menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion.
-
-  1. Source Code.
-
-  The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work
-for making modifications to it.  "Object code" means any non-source
-form of a work.
-
-  A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official
-standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of
-interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that
-is widely used among developers working in that language.
-
-  The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other
-than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of
-packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major
-Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that
-Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an
-implementation is available to the public in source code form.  A
-"Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component
-(kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system
-(if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to
-produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it.
-
-  The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all
-the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable
-work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to
-control those activities.  However, it does not include the work's
-System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free
-programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but
-which are not part of the work.  For example, Corresponding Source
-includes interface definition files associated with source files for
-the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically
-linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require,
-such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those
-subprograms and other parts of the work.
-
-  The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users
-can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding
-Source.
-
-  The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that
-same work.
-
-  2. Basic Permissions.
-
-  All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of
-copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated
-conditions are met.  This License explicitly affirms your unlimited
-permission to run the unmodified Program.  The output from running a
-covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its
-content, constitutes a covered work.  This License acknowledges your
-rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law.
-
-  You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not
-convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains
-in force.  You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose
-of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you
-with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with
-the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do
-not control copyright.  Those thus making or running the covered works
-for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction
-and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of
-your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you.
-
-  Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under
-the conditions stated below.  Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10
-makes it unnecessary.
-
-  3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law.
-
-  No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological
-measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article
-11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or
-similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such
-measures.
-
-  When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid
-circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention
-is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to
-the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or
-modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's
-users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of
-technological measures.
-
-  4. Conveying Verbatim Copies.
-
-  You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you
-receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and
-appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice;
-keep intact all notices stating that this License and any
-non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code;
-keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all
-recipients a copy of this License along with the Program.
-
-  You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey,
-and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee.
-
-  5. Conveying Modified Source Versions.
-
-  You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to
-produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the
-terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
-
-    a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified
-    it, and giving a relevant date.
-
-    b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is
-    released under this License and any conditions added under section
-    7.  This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to
-    "keep intact all notices".
-
-    c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this
-    License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy.  This
-    License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7
-    additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts,
-    regardless of how they are packaged.  This License gives no
-    permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not
-    invalidate such permission if you have separately received it.
-
-    d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display
-    Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive
-    interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your
-    work need not make them do so.
-
-  A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent
-works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work,
-and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program,
-in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an
-"aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not
-used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users
-beyond what the individual works permit.  Inclusion of a covered work
-in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other
-parts of the aggregate.
-
-  6. Conveying Non-Source Forms.
-
-  You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms
-of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the
-machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License,
-in one of these ways:
-
-    a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
-    (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the
-    Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium
-    customarily used for software interchange.
-
-    b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
-    (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a
-    written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as
-    long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product
-    model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a
-    copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the
-    product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical
-    medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no
-    more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this
-    conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the
-    Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge.
-
-    c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the
-    written offer to provide the Corresponding Source.  This
-    alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and
-    only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord
-    with subsection 6b.
-
-    d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated
-    place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the
-    Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no
-    further charge.  You need not require recipients to copy the
-    Corresponding Source along with the object code.  If the place to
-    copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source
-    may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party)
-    that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain
-    clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the
-    Corresponding Source.  Regardless of what server hosts the
-    Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is
-    available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements.
-
-    e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided
-    you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding
-    Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no
-    charge under subsection 6d.
-
-  A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded
-from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be
-included in conveying the object code work.
-
-  A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any
-tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family,
-or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation
-into a dwelling.  In determining whether a product is a consumer product,
-doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage.  For a particular
-product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a
-typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status
-of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user
-actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product.  A product
-is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial
-commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent
-the only significant mode of use of the product.
-
-  "Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods,
-procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install
-and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from
-a modified version of its Corresponding Source.  The information must
-suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object
-code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because
-modification has been made.
-
-  If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or
-specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as
-part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the
-User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a
-fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the
-Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied
-by the Installation Information.  But this requirement does not apply
-if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install
-modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has
-been installed in ROM).
-
-  The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a
-requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates
-for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for
-the User Product in which it has been modified or installed.  Access to a
-network may be denied when the modification itself materially and
-adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and
-protocols for communication across the network.
-
-  Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided,
-in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly
-documented (and with an implementation available to the public in
-source code form), and must require no special password or key for
-unpacking, reading or copying.
-
-  7. Additional Terms.
-
-  "Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this
-License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions.
-Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall
-be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent
-that they are valid under applicable law.  If additional permissions
-apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately
-under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by
-this License without regard to the additional permissions.
-
-  When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option
-remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of
-it.  (Additional permissions may be written to require their own
-removal in certain cases when you modify the work.)  You may place
-additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work,
-for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission.
-
-  Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you
-add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of
-that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms:
-
-    a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the
-    terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or
-
-    b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or
-    author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal
-    Notices displayed by works containing it; or
-
-    c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or
-    requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in
-    reasonable ways as different from the original version; or
-
-    d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or
-    authors of the material; or
-
-    e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some
-    trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or
-
-    f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that
-    material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of
-    it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for
-    any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on
-    those licensors and authors.
-
-  All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further
-restrictions" within the meaning of section 10.  If the Program as you
-received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is
-governed by this License along with a term that is a further
-restriction, you may remove that term.  If a license document contains
-a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this
-License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms
-of that license document, provided that the further restriction does
-not survive such relicensing or conveying.
-
-  If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you
-must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the
-additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating
-where to find the applicable terms.
-
-  Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the
-form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions;
-the above requirements apply either way.
-
-  8. Termination.
-
-  You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly
-provided under this License.  Any attempt otherwise to propagate or
-modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under
-this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third
-paragraph of section 11).
-
-  However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your
-license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a)
-provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and
-finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright
-holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means
-prior to 60 days after the cessation.
-
-  Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
-reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
-violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
-received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that
-copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after
-your receipt of the notice.
-
-  Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the
-licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under
-this License.  If your rights have been terminated and not permanently
-reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same
-material under section 10.
-
-  9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies.
-
-  You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or
-run a copy of the Program.  Ancillary propagation of a covered work
-occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission
-to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance.  However,
-nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or
-modify any covered work.  These actions infringe copyright if you do
-not accept this License.  Therefore, by modifying or propagating a
-covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so.
-
-  10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients.
-
-  Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically
-receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and
-propagate that work, subject to this License.  You are not responsible
-for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License.
-
-  An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an
-organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an
-organization, or merging organizations.  If propagation of a covered
-work results from an entity transaction, each party to that
-transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever
-licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could
-give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the
-Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if
-the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts.
-
-  You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the
-rights granted or affirmed under this License.  For example, you may
-not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of
-rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation
-(including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that
-any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for
-sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it.
-
-  11. Patents.
-
-  A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this
-License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based.  The
-work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version".
-
-  A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims
-owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or
-hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted
-by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version,
-but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a
-consequence of further modification of the contributor version.  For
-purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant
-patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of
-this License.
-
-  Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free
-patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to
-make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and
-propagate the contents of its contributor version.
-
-  In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express
-agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent
-(such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to
-sue for patent infringement).  To "grant" such a patent license to a
-party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a
-patent against the party.
-
-  If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license,
-and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone
-to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a
-publicly available network server or other readily accessible means,
-then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so
-available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the
-patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner
-consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent
-license to downstream recipients.  "Knowingly relying" means you have
-actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the
-covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work
-in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that
-country that you have reason to believe are valid.
-
-  If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or
-arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a
-covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties
-receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify
-or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license
-you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered
-work and works based on it.
-
-  A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within
-the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is
-conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are
-specifically granted under this License.  You may not convey a covered
-work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is
-in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment
-to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying
-the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the
-parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory
-patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work
-conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily
-for and in connection with specific products or compilations that
-contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement,
-or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007.
-
-  Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting
-any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may
-otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law.
-
-  12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom.
-
-  If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
-otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
-excuse you from the conditions of this License.  If you cannot convey a
-covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
-License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may
-not convey it at all.  For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you
-to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey
-the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this
-License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program.
-
-  13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License.
-
-  Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have
-permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed
-under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single
-combined work, and to convey the resulting work.  The terms of this
-License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work,
-but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License,
-section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the
-combination as such.
-
-  14. Revised Versions of this License.
-
-  The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of
-the GNU General Public License from time to time.  Such new versions will
-be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
-address new problems or concerns.
-
-  Each version is given a distinguishing version number.  If the
-Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General
-Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the
-option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered
-version or of any later version published by the Free Software
-Foundation.  If the Program does not specify a version number of the
-GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published
-by the Free Software Foundation.
-
-  If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future
-versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's
-public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you
-to choose that version for the Program.
-
-  Later license versions may give you additional or different
-permissions.  However, no additional obligations are imposed on any
-author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a
-later version.
-
-  15. Disclaimer of Warranty.
-
-  THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
-APPLICABLE LAW.  EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT
-HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY
-OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
-THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
-PURPOSE.  THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM
-IS WITH YOU.  SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF
-ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
-
-  16. Limitation of Liability.
-
-  IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
-WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS
-THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY
-GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE
-USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF
-DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD
-PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS),
-EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
-SUCH DAMAGES.
-
-  17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16.
-
-  If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided
-above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms,
-reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates
-an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the
-Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a
-copy of the Program in return for a fee.
-
-                     END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
-
-            How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
-
-  If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
-possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
-free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
-
-  To do so, attach the following notices to the program.  It is safest
-to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
-state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
-the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
-
-    <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
-    Copyright (C) <year>  <name of author>
-
-    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-    the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-    (at your option) any later version.
-
-    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-    GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-
-Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
-
-  If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short
-notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode:
-
-    <program>  Copyright (C) <year>  <name of author>
-    This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
-    This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
-    under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
-
-The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
-parts of the General Public License.  Of course, your program's commands
-might be different; for a GUI interface, you would use an "about box".
-
-  You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school,
-if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary.
-For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU GPL, see
-<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-
-  The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program
-into proprietary programs.  If your program is a subroutine library, you
-may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with
-the library.  If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General
-Public License instead of this License.  But first, please read
-<http://www.gnu.org/philosophy/why-not-lgpl.html>.

Gruntfile.js

@@ -1,267 +0,0 @@
-// This file is part of Moodle - http://moodle.org/
-//
-// Moodle is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-// (at your option) any later version.
-//
-// Moodle is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-// GNU General Public License for more details.
-//
-// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-// along with Moodle.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-/* jshint node: true, browser: false */
-/* eslint-env node */
-
-/**
- * Grunt configuration for Moodle.
- *
- * @copyright  2014 Andrew Nicols
- * @license    http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
- */
-
-/**
- * Setup the Grunt Moodle environment.
- *
- * @param   {Grunt} grunt
- * @returns {Object}
- */
-const setupMoodleEnvironment = grunt => {
-    const fs = require('fs');
-    const path = require('path');
-    const ComponentList = require(path.join(process.cwd(), '.grunt', 'components.js'));
-
-    const getAmdConfiguration = () => {
-        // If the cwd is the amd directory in the current component then it will be empty.
-        // If the cwd is a child of the component's AMD directory, the relative directory will not start with ..
-        let inAMD = !path.relative(`${componentDirectory}/amd`, cwd).startsWith('..');
-
-        // Globbing pattern for matching all AMD JS source files.
-        let amdSrc = [];
-        if (inComponent) {
-            amdSrc.push(
-                componentDirectory + "/amd/src/*.js",
-                componentDirectory + "/amd/src/**/*.js"
-            );
-        } else {
-            amdSrc = ComponentList.getAmdSrcGlobList();
-        }
-
-        return {
-            inAMD,
-            amdSrc,
-        };
-    };
-
-    const getYuiConfiguration = () => {
-        let yuiSrc = [];
-        if (inComponent) {
-            yuiSrc.push(componentDirectory + "/yui/src/**/*.js");
-        } else {
-            yuiSrc = ComponentList.getYuiSrcGlobList(gruntFilePath + '/');
-        }
-
-        return {
-            yuiSrc,
-        };
-    };
-
-    const getStyleConfiguration = () => {
-        const ComponentList = require(path.join(process.cwd(), '.grunt', 'components.js'));
-        // Build the cssSrc and scssSrc.
-        // Valid paths are:
-        // [component]/styles.css; and either
-        // [theme/[themename]]/scss/**/*.scss; or
-        // [theme/[themename]]/style/*.css.
-        //
-        // If a theme has scss, then it is assumed that the style directory contains generated content.
-        let cssSrc = [];
-        let scssSrc = [];
-
-        const checkComponentDirectory = componentDirectory => {
-            const isTheme = componentDirectory.startsWith('public/theme/');
-            if (isTheme) {
-                const scssDirectory = `${componentDirectory}/scss`;
-
-                if (fs.existsSync(scssDirectory)) {
-                    // This theme has an SCSS directory.
-                    // Include all scss files within it recursively, but do not check for css files.
-                    scssSrc.push(`${scssDirectory}/*.scss`);
-                    scssSrc.push(`${scssDirectory}/**/*.scss`);
-                } else {
-                    // This theme has no SCSS directory.
-                    // Only hte CSS files in the top-level directory are checked.
-                    cssSrc.push(`${componentDirectory}/style/*.css`);
-                }
-            } else {
-                // This is not a theme.
-                // All other plugin types are restricted to a single styles.css in their top level.
-                cssSrc.push(`${componentDirectory}/styles.css`);
-            }
-        };
-
-        if (inComponent) {
-            checkComponentDirectory(componentDirectory);
-        } else {
-            ComponentList.getComponentPaths(`${gruntFilePath}/`).forEach(componentPath => {
-                checkComponentDirectory(componentPath);
-            });
-        }
-
-        return {
-            cssSrc,
-            scssSrc,
-        };
-    };
-
-    /**
-     * Calculate the cwd, taking into consideration the `root` option (for Windows).
-     *
-     * @param {Object} grunt
-     * @returns {String} The current directory as best we can determine
-     */
-    const getCwd = grunt => {
-        let cwd = fs.realpathSync(process.env.PWD || process.cwd());
-
-        // Windows users can't run grunt in a subdirectory, so allow them to set
-        // the root by passing --root=path/to/dir.
-        if (grunt.option('root')) {
-            const root = grunt.option('root');
-            if (grunt.file.exists(__dirname, root)) {
-                cwd = fs.realpathSync(path.join(__dirname, root));
-                grunt.log.ok('Setting root to ' + cwd);
-            } else {
-                grunt.fail.fatal('Setting root to ' + root + ' failed - path does not exist');
-            }
-        }
-
-        return cwd;
-    };
-
-    // Detect directories:
-    // * gruntFilePath          The real path on disk to this Gruntfile.js
-    // * cwd                    The current working directory, which can be overridden by the `root` option
-    // * relativeCwd            The cwd, relative to the Gruntfile.js
-    // * componentDirectory     The root directory of the component if the cwd is in a valid component
-    // * inComponent            Whether the cwd is in a valid component
-    // * runDir                 The componentDirectory or cwd if not in a component, relative to Gruntfile.js
-    // * fullRunDir             The full path to the runDir
-    const gruntFilePath = fs.realpathSync(process.cwd());
-    const cwd = getCwd(grunt);
-    const relativeCwd = path.relative(gruntFilePath, cwd);
-    const componentDirectory = ComponentList.getOwningComponentDirectory(relativeCwd);
-    const inComponent = !!componentDirectory;
-    const inTheme = !!componentDirectory && componentDirectory.startsWith('public/theme/');
-    const runDir = inComponent ? componentDirectory : relativeCwd;
-    const fullRunDir = fs.realpathSync(gruntFilePath + path.sep + runDir);
-    const {inAMD, amdSrc} = getAmdConfiguration();
-    const {yuiSrc} = getYuiConfiguration();
-    const {cssSrc, scssSrc} = getStyleConfiguration();
-
-    let files = null;
-    if (grunt.option('files')) {
-        // Accept a comma separated list of files to process.
-        files = grunt.option('files').split(',');
-    }
-
-    grunt.log.debug('============================================================================');
-    grunt.log.debug(`= Node version:        ${process.versions.node}`);
-    grunt.log.debug(`= grunt version:       ${grunt.package.version}`);
-    grunt.log.debug(`= process.cwd:         '` + process.cwd() + `'`);
-    grunt.log.debug(`= process.env.PWD:     '${process.env.PWD}'`);
-    grunt.log.debug(`= path.sep             '${path.sep}'`);
-    grunt.log.debug('============================================================================');
-    grunt.log.debug(`= gruntFilePath:       '${gruntFilePath}'`);
-    grunt.log.debug(`= relativeCwd:         '${relativeCwd}'`);
-    grunt.log.debug(`= componentDirectory:  '${componentDirectory}'`);
-    grunt.log.debug(`= inComponent:         '${inComponent}'`);
-    grunt.log.debug(`= runDir:              '${runDir}'`);
-    grunt.log.debug(`= fullRunDir:          '${fullRunDir}'`);
-    grunt.log.debug('============================================================================');
-
-    if (inComponent) {
-        grunt.log.ok(`Running tasks for component directory ${componentDirectory}`);
-    }
-
-    return {
-        amdSrc,
-        componentDirectory,
-        cwd,
-        cssSrc,
-        files,
-        fullRunDir,
-        gruntFilePath,
-        inAMD,
-        inComponent,
-        inTheme,
-        relativeCwd,
-        runDir,
-        scssSrc,
-        yuiSrc,
-    };
-};
-
-/**
- * Verify tha tthe current NodeJS version matches the required version in package.json.
- *
- * @param   {Grunt} grunt
- */
-const verifyNodeVersion = grunt => {
-    const semver = require('semver');
-
-    // Verify the node version is new enough.
-    var expected = semver.validRange(grunt.file.readJSON('package.json').engines.node);
-    var actual = semver.valid(process.version);
-    if (!semver.satisfies(actual, expected)) {
-        grunt.fail.fatal('Node version not satisfied. Require ' + expected + ', version installed: ' + actual);
-    }
-};
-
-/**
- * Grunt configuration.
- *
- * @param {Grunt} grunt
- */
-module.exports = function(grunt) {
-    // Verify that the Node version meets our requirements.
-    verifyNodeVersion(grunt);
-
-    // Setup the Moodle environemnt within the Grunt object.
-    grunt.moodleEnv = setupMoodleEnvironment(grunt);
-
-    /**
-     * Add the named task.
-     *
-     * @param   {string} name
-     * @param   {Grunt} grunt
-     */
-    const addTask = (name, grunt) => {
-        const path = require('path');
-        const taskPath = path.resolve(`./.grunt/tasks/${name}.js`);
-
-        grunt.log.debug(`Including tasks for ${name} from ${taskPath}`);
-
-        require(path.resolve(`./.grunt/tasks/${name}.js`))(grunt);
-    };
-
-    // Startup tasks.
-    grunt.moodleEnv.startupTasks = [];
-
-    // Add Moodle task configuration.
-    addTask('gherkinlint', grunt);
-    addTask('ignorefiles', grunt);
-
-    addTask('javascript', grunt);
-    addTask('style', grunt);
-    addTask('componentlibrary', grunt);
-
-    addTask('watch', grunt);
-    addTask('startup', grunt);
-
-    addTask('upgradablelibs', grunt);
-
-    // Register the default task.
-    grunt.registerTask('default', ['startup']);
-};

INSTALL.txt

@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-MOODLE INSTALLATION
-===================
-
-Here is a short summary of the installation process (which can take just a few
-minutes):
-
-1. Move the Moodle files into your web directory.
-
-2. Create a single database for Moodle to store all its tables in (or choose an
-   existing database).
-
-3. Visit your Moodle site with a browser. You should be taken to the
-   install.php script, which will lead you through creating a config.php file
-   and then setting up Moodle, creating an admin account etc.
-
-4. Set up a cron task to call the file admin/cron.php every minute.
-
-For more information, see <https://docs.moodle.org/en/Installing_Moodle>.
-
-Good luck and have fun!

README.md

@@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
-# Moodle
-
-<p align="center"><a href="https://moodle.org" target="_blank" title="Moodle Website">
-  <img src="https://raw.githubusercontent.com/moodle/moodle/main/.github/moodlelogo.svg" alt="The Moodle Logo">
-</a></p>
-
-[Moodle][1] is the World's Open Source Learning Platform, widely used around the world by countless universities, schools, companies, and all manner of organisations and individuals.
-
-Moodle is designed to allow educators, administrators and learners to create personalised learning environments with a single robust, secure and integrated system.
-
-## Documentation
-
-- Read our [User documentation][3]
-- Discover our [developer documentation][5]
-- Take a look at our [demo site][4]
-
-## Community
-
-[moodle.org][1] is the central hub for the Moodle Community, with spaces for educators, administrators and developers to meet and work together.
-
-You may also be interested in:
-
-- attending a [Moodle Moot][6]
-- our regular series of [developer meetings][7]
-- the [Moodle User Association][8]
-
-## Installation and hosting
-
-Moodle is Free, and Open Source software. You can easily [download Moodle][9] and run it on your own web server, however you may prefer to work with one of our experienced [Moodle Partners][10].
-
-Moodle also offers hosting through both [MoodleCloud][11], and our [partner network][10].
-
-## License
-
-Moodle is provided freely as open source software, under version 3 of the GNU General Public License. For more information on our license see
-
-[1]: https://moodle.org
-[2]: https://moodle.com
-[3]: https://docs.moodle.org/
-[4]: https://sandbox.moodledemo.net/
-[5]: https://moodledev.io
-[6]: https://moodle.com/events/mootglobal/
-[7]: https://moodledev.io/general/community/meetings
-[8]: https://moodleassociation.org/
-[9]: https://download.moodle.org
-[10]: https://moodle.com/partners
-[11]: https://moodle.com/cloud
-[12]: https://moodledev.io/general/license

README.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+README     $Id$
+------
+
+If you are installing the first time, then you 
+should read the installation guide which is 
+part of the Moodle documentation (along with 
+information about upgrading etc):
+
+   http://moodle.com/doc/
+
+There is a copy of all this documentation as part of 
+this Moodle distribution.  You can access your local
+copy of the installation guide here:
+
+   lang/en/docs/install.html
+
+Once Moodle is installed on your machine, then 
+you can also access a local copy of all this 
+documentation (localised to your language) at:
+
+   http://yourmoodlesite.com/doc/
+
+
+For the impatient, here is a basic outline of the 
+installation process, which normally takes me only 
+a few minutes:
+
+1) Move the Moodle files into your web directory. 
+
+2) Create an empty directory somewhere to store 
+   uploaded files (NOT accessible via the web).
+   This directory must be writeable by the web server
+   process.
+
+3) Create a single database for Moodle to store all
+   it's tables in (or choose an existing database).
+
+4) Copy the file config-dist.php to config.php, and 
+   edit it with all your own settings.
+
+5) Visit your new home page with a web browser.  Moodle
+   will lead you through the rest of the setup, 
+   creating an admin account and so on.
+
+6) Set up a cron task to call the file admin/cron.php
+   every five minutes or so.
+
+
+Cheers!
+Martin Dougiamas
+

TRADEMARK.txt

@@ -1,66 +0,0 @@
-MOODLE TRADEMARKS POLICY
-========================
-
-The Moodle Trademark
---------------------
-
-The brand and word "Moodle" has trade mark protection in many countries around
-the world. Various Moodle™ trade marks are owned by either Moodle Pty Ltd or
-one of its associated entities. The law obligates trade mark owners to police
-their trade marks and prevent the use of confusingly similar names by
-third parties.
-
-We have created a more concise and thorough set of Trademark Guidelines
-(https://moodle.com/wp-content/uploads/2023/02/Moodle-Trademark-Guidelines-2023-4.pdf)
-to help you understand how to comply with Moodle's trade mark requirements.
-The Trademark Guidelines will also assist our Moodle Certified Partners and the
-community to understand some of the principles that inform Moodle's stance
-whenever potential infringement has been detected by us or our community.
-
-We need to be clear about use of the word "Moodle" and how we restrict its use
-when promoting commercial Moodle™ branded services. The proper use of
-trade marks reliably assures consumers about the quality of the associated
-products or services and where they have been derived from. Because the
-Moodle LMS is made available under the open source ‘GNU General Public License'
-that permits you to modify the copyrighted software, the distribution of such
-modified software in combination with Moodle trade marks can potentially
-mislead others in the community. To be clear, the GNU GPL does not include an
-implied right or licence to use Moodle's trade marks.
-
-We do all this to protect the very business model that allows us to continue
-developing various Moodle software solutions for you.
-
-Allowed uses of "Moodle"
-------------------------
-
-The following uses don't require any permission at all:
-
-* Referring to the software or the Moodle project as the "Moodle™ software"
-  or the "Moodle™ project"
-* Describing your own implementation of the Moodle™ software platform
-  (including within corporate settings).
-* Describing a Moodle-based community hub.
-* Describing certain software you've made that integrates with Moodle™
-  branded software (e.g. a Moodle™ integration feature on another system).
-
-Restricted uses of "Moodle"
----------------------------
-
-The following uses are generally prohibited without explicit and direct
-permission being granted to you by Moodle Pty Ltd. We do this to protect the
-Moodle™ project from software and sites which could confuse people. If in
-doubt, reach out for clarification at <trademarks@moodle.com>
-
-* You can't use the word "Moodle" or any Moodle logos for commercial purposes
-  without prior written permission from Moodle HQ.
-* You can't use "Moodle" in the name of your software (including Mobile apps).
-* You can't use "Moodle" in your company name.
-* You can't use "Moodle" in your domain name.
-* You can't use "Moodle" in advertising-related keywords (such as Adsense).
-* You can't use "Moodle" to describe services around Moodle
-  (such as hosting, training, support, consulting, course creation services,
-  theme development, customisation, installation, integration, analytics
-  and certification) that cause consumers to be confused that you are
-  associated with Moodle HQ if you are not.
-  This applies even if you do not charge for the services.
-  Note that usually only Moodle Partners have this permission.

admin/admin.html

@@ -0,0 +1,88 @@
+
+<form name="adminform" id="adminform" method="post" action="admin.php">
+<input type="hidden" name="previoussearch" value="<?php echo $previoussearch ?>">
+  <table align="center" border="0" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0">
+    <tr>
+      <td valign="top">
+          <?php echo count($admins) . " ". $strexistingadmins ?>
+      </td>
+      <td></td>
+      <td valign="top">
+          <?php echo $usercount . " " . $strpotentialadmins ?>
+      </td>
+    </tr>
+    <tr>
+      <td valign="top">
+          <select name="removeselect[]" size="20" id="removeselect" multiple
+                  onFocus="document.adminform.add.disabled=true;
+                           document.adminform.remove.disabled=false;
+                           document.adminform.addselect.selectedIndex=-1;">
+          <?php 
+              if (count($admins) == 1) {
+                  $disabled = 'disabled';
+                  $removebuttontype = 'hidden';
+              } else {
+                  $disabled = '';
+                  $removebuttontype = 'submit';
+              }
+
+              foreach ($admins as $admin) {
+                  $fullname = fullname($admin, true);
+                  echo "<option value=\"$admin->id\" $disabled>".$fullname.", ".$admin->email."</option>\n";
+              }
+          ?>
+          
+          </select></td>
+      <td valign="top">
+        <br />
+        <input name="add" type="submit" id="add" value="&larr;" />
+        <br />
+        <input name="remove" type="<?php echo $removebuttontype ?>" id="remove" value="&rarr;" />
+        <br />
+      </td>
+      <td valign="top">
+          <select name="addselect[]" size="20" id="addselect" multiple
+                  onFocus="document.adminform.add.disabled=false;
+                           document.adminform.remove.disabled=true;
+                           document.adminform.removeselect.selectedIndex=-1;">
+          <?php
+              if (!empty($searchusers)) {
+                  echo "<optgroup label=\"$strsearchresults (" . count($searchusers) . ")\">\n";
+                  foreach ($searchusers as $user) {
+                      $fullname = fullname($user, true);
+                      echo "<option value=\"$user->id\">".$fullname.", ".$user->email."</option>\n";
+                  }
+                  echo "</optgroup>\n";
+              }
+              if (!empty($users)) {
+                  foreach ($users as $user) {
+                      $fullname = fullname($user, true);
+                      echo "<option value=\"$user->id\">".$fullname.", ".$user->email."</option>\n";
+                  }
+              }
+          ?>
+         </select>
+         <br />
+         <input type="text" name="searchtext" size="30" value="<?php echo $searchtext ?>" 
+                  onFocus ="document.adminform.add.disabled=true;
+                            document.adminform.remove.disabled=true;
+                            document.adminform.removeselect.selectedIndex=-1;
+                            document.adminform.addselect.selectedIndex=-1;"
+                  onkeydown = "var keyCode = event.which ? event.which : event.keyCode;
+                               if (keyCode == 13) {
+                                   document.adminform.previoussearch.value=1;
+                                   document.adminform.submit();
+                               } " />
+
+         <input name="search" id="search" type="submit" value="<?php p($strsearch) ?>" />
+         <?php
+              if (!empty($searchusers)) {
+                  echo '<input name="showall" id="showall" type="submit" value="'.$strshowall.'" />'."\n";
+              }
+         ?>
+       </td>
+    </tr>
+  </table>
+</form>
+
+

admin/admin.php

@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
+<?PHP // $Id$
+      // Admin-only script to assign administrative rights to users
+
+	require_once("../config.php");
+    
+    define("MAX_USERS_PER_PAGE", 50);
+
+    optional_variable($add, "");
+    optional_variable($remove, "");
+    optional_variable($search, "");
+
+    if (! $site = get_site()) {
+        redirect("$CFG->wwwroot/$CFG->admin/index.php");
+    }
+
+    require_login();
+
+    if (!isadmin()) {
+        error("You must be an administrator to use this page.");
+    }
+
+    $primaryadmin = get_admin();
+
+/// If you want any administrator to have the ability to assign admin
+/// rights, then comment out the following if statement
+    if ($primaryadmin->id != $USER->id) {
+        error("You must be the primary administrator to use this page.");
+    }
+
+/// assign all of the configurable language strings
+    $stringstoload = array (
+        "assignadmins",
+        "administration",
+        "existingadmins",
+        "potentialadmins",
+        "search",
+        "users",
+        "searchresults",
+        "showall"
+        );
+
+    foreach ($stringstoload as $stringtoload){
+        $strstringtoload = "str" . $stringtoload;
+        $$strstringtoload = get_string($stringtoload);
+    }
+
+	print_header("$site->shortname: $strassignadmins", 
+                 "$site->fullname", 
+                 "<a href=\"index.php\">$stradministration</a> -> <a href=\"users.php\">$strusers</a> -> $strassignadmins", "adminform.searchtext");
+
+
+    if (!$frm = data_submitted()) {
+        print_simple_box("<center>".get_string("adminhelpassignadmins")."</center>", "center", "50%");
+
+/// A form was submitted so process the input
+    
+    } else {
+        if (!empty($frm->add) and !empty($frm->addselect)) {
+            foreach ($frm->addselect as $addadmin) {
+                if (! add_admin($addadmin)) {
+                    error("Could not add admin with user id $addadmin!");
+                }
+            }
+        } else if (!empty($frm->remove) and !empty($frm->removeselect)) {
+            $admins = get_admins();
+            if (count($admins) > count($frm->removeselect)) {
+                foreach ($frm->removeselect as $removeadmin) {
+                    if (! remove_admin($removeadmin)) {
+                        error("Could not remove admin with user id $removeadmin!");
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+        } else if (!empty($frm->showall)) {
+            unset($frm->searchtext);
+            $frm->previoussearch = 0;
+        }
+    }
+
+/// Is there a current search?
+    $previoussearch = (!empty($frm->search) or ($frm->previoussearch == 1)) ;
+
+/// Get all existing admins
+    $admins = get_admins();
+
+
+    $adminarray = array();
+    foreach ($admins as $admin) {
+        $adminarray[] = $admin->id;
+    }
+    $adminlist = implode(',', $adminarray);
+
+    unset($adminarray);
+
+
+/// Get search results excluding any current admins
+    if (!empty($frm->searchtext) and $previoussearch) {
+        $searchusers = get_users(true, $frm->searchtext, true, $adminlist, 'firstname ASC, lastname ASC',
+                                      '', '', 0, 99999, 'id, firstname, lastname, email');
+        $usercount = get_users(false, '', true, $adminlist);
+    }
+
+/// If no search results then get potential users excluding current admins
+    if (empty($searchusers)) {
+        if (!$users = get_users(true, '', true, $adminlist, 'firstname ASC, lastname ASC', '', '',
+                                0, 99999, 'id, firstname, lastname, email') ) {
+            $users = array();
+        }
+        $usercount = count($users);
+    }
+
+    $searchtext = (isset($frm->searchtext)) ? $frm->searchtext : "";
+    $previoussearch = ($previoussearch) ? '1' : '0';
+
+    include('./admin.html');
+
+    print_footer();
+
+?>

admin/auth.php

@@ -0,0 +1,175 @@
+<?PHP  // $Id$
+       // config.php - allows admin to edit all configuration variables
+
+    include("../config.php");
+    require_login();
+
+    if (!$site = get_site()) {
+        redirect("index.php");
+    }
+
+    if (!isadmin()) {
+        error("Only the admin can use this page");
+    }
+
+
+/// If data submitted, then process and store.
+
+	if ($config = data_submitted()) {
+
+        $config = (array)$config;
+        validate_form($config, $err);
+
+        if (count($err) == 0) {
+            print_header();
+            foreach ($config as $name => $value) {
+                if (! set_config($name, $value)) {
+                    notify("Problem saving config $name as $value");
+                }
+            }
+            redirect("auth.php", get_string("changessaved"), 1);
+            exit;
+
+        } else {
+            foreach ($err as $key => $value) {
+                $focus = "form.$key";
+            }
+        }
+	}
+
+/// Otherwise fill and print the form.
+
+    if (empty($config)) {
+        $config = $CFG;
+    }
+
+    $modules = get_list_of_plugins("auth");
+    foreach ($modules as $module) {
+        $options[$module] = get_string("auth_$module"."title", "auth");
+    }
+    asort($options);
+	if (isset($_GET['auth'])) {
+	    $auth = $_GET['auth'];
+	} else {
+        $auth = $config->auth;
+	} 
+    require_once("$CFG->dirroot/auth/$auth/lib.php"); //just to make sure that current authentication functions are loaded
+    if (! isset($config->guestloginbutton)) {
+        $config->guestloginbutton = 1;
+    }
+    if (! isset($config->auth_instructions)) {
+        $config->auth_instructions = "";
+    }
+    if (! isset($config->changepassword)) {
+        $config->changepassword = "";
+    }
+    $user_fields = array("firstname", "lastname", "email", "phone1", "phone2", "department", "address", "city", "country", "description", "idnumber", "lang");
+
+    foreach ($user_fields as $user_field) {
+        $user_field = "auth_user_$user_field";
+        if (! isset($config->$user_field)) {
+            $config->$user_field = "";
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (empty($focus)) {
+        $focus = "";
+    }
+
+    $guestoptions[0] = get_string("hide");
+    $guestoptions[1] = get_string("show");
+
+    $createoptions[0] = get_string("no");
+    $createoptions[1] = get_string("yes");
+
+    $stradministration        = get_string("administration");
+    $strauthentication        = get_string("authentication");
+    $strauthenticationoptions = get_string("authenticationoptions","auth");
+    $strsettings = get_string("settings");
+    $strusers = get_string("users");
+
+    print_header("$site->shortname: $strauthenticationoptions", "$site->fullname",
+                  "<A HREF=\"index.php\">$stradministration</A> -> <a href=\"users.php\">$strusers</a> -> $strauthenticationoptions", "$focus");
+
+    echo "<CENTER><P><B>";
+    echo "<form TARGET=\"{$CFG->framename}\" NAME=\"authmenu\" method=\"post\" action=\"auth.php\">";
+    print_string("chooseauthmethod","auth");
+
+	choose_from_menu ($options, "auth", $auth, "","document.location='auth.php?auth='+document.authmenu.auth.options[document.authmenu.auth.selectedIndex].value", "");
+
+    echo "</B></P></CENTER>";
+        
+    print_simple_box_start("center", "100%", "$THEME->cellheading");
+    print_heading($options[$auth]);
+
+    print_simple_box_start("center", "60%", "$THEME->cellcontent");
+    print_string("auth_$auth"."description", "auth");
+    print_simple_box_end();
+
+    echo "<hr>";
+
+    print_heading($strsettings);
+
+    echo "<table border=\"0\" width=\"100%\" cellpadding=\"4\">";
+
+    require_once("$CFG->dirroot/auth/$auth/config.html");
+
+    if ($auth != "email" and $auth != "none" and $auth != "manual") {
+        echo "<tr valign=\"top\">";
+	    echo "<td align=right nowrap><p>";
+        print_string("changepassword", "auth");
+        echo ":</p></td>";
+	    echo "<td>";
+        echo "<input type=\"text\" name=\"changepassword\" size=40 value=\"$config->changepassword\">";
+        echo "</td>";
+        echo "<td>";
+        print_string("changepasswordhelp","auth");
+        echo "</td></tr>";
+
+    }
+
+    echo "<tr valign=\"top\">";
+	echo "<td align=right nowrap><p>";
+    print_string("guestloginbutton", "auth");
+    echo ":</p></td>";
+	echo "<td>";
+    choose_from_menu($guestoptions, "guestloginbutton", $config->guestloginbutton, "");
+    echo "</td>";
+    echo "<td>";
+    print_string("showguestlogin","auth");
+    echo "</td></tr>";
+
+    if (function_exists('auth_user_create')){    
+	    echo "<tr valign=\"top\">";
+		echo "<td align=right nowrap><p>";
+		print_string("auth_user_create", "auth");
+		echo ":</p></td>";
+		echo "<td>";
+		choose_from_menu($createoptions, "auth_user_create", $config->auth_user_create, "");
+		echo "</td>";
+		echo "<td>";
+		print_string("auth_user_creation","auth");
+		echo "</td></tr>";
+	}
+
+    echo "</table><center><p><input type=\"submit\" value=\"";
+    print_string("savechanges");
+    echo "\"></p></center></form>";
+
+    print_simple_box_end(); 
+
+    print_footer();
+    exit; 
+
+/// Functions /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+function validate_form(&$form, &$err) {
+
+   // if (empty($form->fullname))
+   //     $err["fullname"] = get_string("missingsitename");
+
+    return;
+}
+
+
+?>

admin/backup.php

@@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
+<?PHP  // $Id$
+       // backup.php - allows admin to edit all configuration variables for scheduled backups
+
+    require_once("../config.php");
+    require_once("../backup/lib.php");
+    require_once("../backup/backup_scheduled.php");
+
+    require_login();
+
+    if (!isadmin()) {
+        error("Only an admin can use this page");
+    }
+
+    if (!$site = get_site()) {
+        error("Site isn't defined!");
+    }
+
+    //Initialise error variables
+    $error = false;
+    $sche_destination_error = "";
+
+    /// If data submitted, then process and store.
+
+    if ($config = data_submitted()) {
+
+        //First of all we check that everything is correct
+        //Check for trailing slash and backslash in backup_sche_destination
+        if (!empty($backup_sche_destination) and 
+            (substr($backup_sche_destination,-1) == "/" or substr($backup_sche_destination,-1) == "\\")) {
+            $error = true;
+            $sche_destination_error = get_string("pathslasherror");
+        //Now check that backup_sche_destination dir exists
+        } else if (!empty($backup_sche_destination) and
+            !is_dir($backup_sche_destination)) {
+            $error = true;
+            $sche_destination_error = get_string("pathnotexists");
+        }
+
+        //We need to do some weekdays conversions prior to continue
+        $i = 0;
+        $temp = "";
+        $a_config = (array)$config;
+        while ($i<7) {
+            $tocheck = "dayofweek_".$i;
+            if (isset($a_config[$tocheck])) {
+                $temp .= "1";
+            } else {
+                $temp .= "0"; 
+            }
+            unset($a_config[$tocheck]);
+            $i++;
+        }
+        $a_config['backup_sche_weekdays'] = $temp;
+        $config = (object)$a_config;
+        //weekdays conversions done. Continue
+
+        print_header();
+        foreach ($config as $name => $value) {
+            backup_set_config($name, $value);
+        }
+
+        //And now, we execute schedule_backup_next_execution() for each course in the server to have the next
+        //execution time updated automatically everytime it's changed.
+        $status = true;
+        //get admin
+        $admin = get_admin();
+        if (!$admin) {
+            $status = false;
+        }
+        //get backup config
+        if (! $backup_config =  backup_get_config()) {
+            $status = false;
+        }
+        if ($status) {
+            //get courses
+            if ($courses = get_records("course")) {
+                //For each course, we check (insert, update) the backup_course table
+                //with needed data
+                foreach ($courses as $course) {
+                    //We check if the course exists in backup_course
+                    $backup_course = get_record("backup_courses","courseid",$course->id);
+                    //If it doesn't exist, create 
+                    if (!$backup_course) {
+                        $temp_backup_course->courseid = $course->id;
+                        $newid = insert_record("backup_courses",$temp_backup_course);
+                        //And get it from db
+                        $backup_course = get_record("backup_courses","id",$newid);
+                    }
+                    //Now, calculate next execution of the course
+                    $nextstarttime = schedule_backup_next_execution ($backup_course,$backup_config,time(),$admin->timezone);
+                    //Save it to db
+                    set_field("backup_courses","nextstarttime",$nextstarttime,"courseid",$backup_course->courseid);
+                }
+            }
+        }
+
+        if (!$error) {
+            redirect("$CFG->wwwroot/$CFG->admin/index.php", get_string("changessaved"), 1);
+            exit;
+        }
+    }
+
+/// Otherwise print the form.
+
+    $stradmin = get_string("administration");
+    $strconfiguration = get_string("configuration");
+    $strbackup = get_string("backup");
+
+    print_header("$site->shortname: $strconfiguration: $strbackup", $site->fullname,
+                  "<a href=\"index.php\">$stradmin</a> -> ".
+                  "<a href=\"configure.php\">$strconfiguration</a> -> ".
+                  $strbackup);
+
+    echo "<p align=right><a href=\"../backup/log.php\">".get_string("logs")."</a></p>";
+
+    print_heading($strbackup);
+
+    print_simple_box("<center>".get_string("adminhelpbackup")."</center>", "center", "50%");
+    echo "<br />";
+
+    print_simple_box_start("center", "", "$THEME->cellheading");
+
+    //Check for required functions...
+    if(!function_exists('utf8_encode')) {
+        print_simple_box("<font color=\"red\">You need to add XML support to your PHP installation</font>", "center", "70%", "$THEME->cellheading", "20", "noticebox");
+    } 
+    include ("$CFG->dirroot/backup/config.html");
+
+    print_simple_box_end();
+
+    print_footer();
+
+?>

admin/block.php

@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+<?PHP  // $Id$
+
+// block.php - allows admin to edit all local configuration variables for a block
+
+    require_once('../config.php');
+    require_once($CFG->libdir.'/blocklib.php');
+
+    require_login();
+
+    if (!isadmin()) {
+        error('Only an admin can use this page');
+    }
+    if (!$site = get_site()) {
+        error("Site isn't defined!");
+    }
+
+    require_variable($_REQUEST['block']);
+    $blockid = intval($_REQUEST['block']);
+
+    if(($blockrecord = get_record('blocks', 'id', $blockid)) === false) {
+        error('This block does not exist');
+    }
+
+    $block = block_instance($blockrecord->name, NULL);
+    if($block === false) {
+        error('Problem in instantiating block object');
+    }
+
+/// If data submitted, then process and store.
+
+	if ($config = data_submitted()) {
+	    unset($config['block']); // This will always be set if we have reached this point
+	    $block->handle_config($config);
+        print_header();
+        redirect("$CFG->wwwroot/$CFG->admin/blocks.php", get_string("changessaved"), 1);
+        exit;
+	}
+
+/// Otherwise print the form.
+
+    $stradmin = get_string('administration');
+    $strconfiguration = get_string('configuration');
+    $strmanageblocks = get_string('manageblocks');
+    $strblockname = $block->get_title();
+
+    print_header($site->shortname.': '.$strblockname.": $strconfiguration", $site->fullname,
+                  "<a href=\"index.php\">$stradmin</a> -> ".
+                  "<a href=\"configure.php\">$strconfiguration</a> -> ".
+                  "<a href=\"blocks.php\">$strmanageblocks</a> -> ".$strblockname);
+
+    print_heading($strblockname);
+
+    print_simple_box('<center>'.get_string('configwarning').'</center>', 'center', '50%');
+    echo '<br />';
+
+    $block->print_config();
+
+    print_footer();
+
+?>

admin/blocks.php

@@ -0,0 +1,177 @@
+<?PHP // $Id$
+
+    // Allows the admin to configure blocks (hide/show, delete and configure)
+
+    require_once('../config.php');
+    require_once($CFG->libdir.'/blocklib.php');
+
+    optional_variable($_GET['hide']);
+    optional_variable($_GET['show']);
+    optional_variable($_GET['delete']);
+    optional_variable($_GET['confirm'], 0);
+    $delete = $_GET['delete']; // Dependency remover
+
+    require_login();
+
+    if (!isadmin()) {
+        error("Only administrators can use this page!");
+    }
+
+    if (!$site = get_site()) {
+        error("Site isn't defined!");
+    }
+
+
+/// Print headings
+
+    $stradministration = get_string('administration');
+    $strconfiguration = get_string('configuration');
+    $strmanageblocks = get_string('manageblocks');
+    $strdelete = get_string('delete');
+    $strversion = get_string('version');
+    $strhide = get_string('hide');
+    $strshow = get_string('show');
+    $strsettings = get_string('settings');
+    $strcourses = get_string('courses');
+    $strname = get_string('name');
+
+    print_header("$site->shortname: $strmanageblocks", "$site->fullname",
+                 "<a href=\"index.php\">$stradministration</a> -> ".
+                 "<a href=\"configure.php\">$strconfiguration</a> -> $strmanageblocks");
+
+    print_heading($strmanageblocks);
+
+
+/// If data submitted, then process and store.
+
+    if (!empty($_GET['hide'])) {
+        if (!$block = get_record('blocks', 'id', $_GET['hide'])) {
+            error("Block doesn't exist!");
+        }
+        set_field('blocks', 'visible', '0', 'id', $block->id);      // Hide block
+    }
+
+    if (!empty($_GET['show'])) {
+        if (!$block = get_record('blocks', 'id', $_GET['show'])) {
+            error("Block doesn't exist!");
+        }
+        set_field('blocks', 'visible', '1', 'id', $block->id);      // Show block
+    }
+
+    if (!empty($delete)) {
+
+        if (!$block = get_record('blocks', 'id', $delete)) {
+            error("Block doesn't exist!");
+        }
+
+        $blockobject = block_instance($block->name, $site);
+        $strblockname = $blockobject->get_title();
+
+        if (!$_GET['confirm']) {
+            notice_yesno(get_string('blockdeleteconfirm', '', $strblockname),
+                         'blocks.php?delete='.$block->id.'&amp;confirm=1',
+                         'blocks.php');
+            print_footer();
+            exit;
+
+        } else {
+            // Delete block
+            if (!delete_records('blocks', 'id', $block->id)) {
+                notify("Error occurred while deleting the $strblockname record from blocks table");
+            }
+
+            blocks_update_every_block_by_id($block->id, 'delete');                        // Delete blocks in all courses by id
+
+            // Then the tables themselves
+
+            if ($tables = $db->Metatables()) {
+                $prefix = $CFG->prefix.$block->name;
+                foreach ($tables as $table) {
+                    if (strpos($table, $prefix) === 0) {
+                        if (!execute_sql("DROP TABLE $table", false)) {
+                            notify("ERROR: while trying to drop table $table");
+                        }
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+
+            $a->block = $strblockname;
+            $a->directory = $CFG->dirroot.'/blocks/'.$block->name;
+            notice(get_string('blockdeletefiles', '', $a), 'blocks.php');
+        }
+    }
+
+/// Main display starts here
+
+/// Get and sort the existing blocks
+
+    if (false === ($blocks = get_records('blocks'))) {
+        error('No blocks found!');  // Should never happen
+    }
+
+    foreach ($blocks as $block) {
+        if(($blockobject = block_instance($block->name, NULL)) === false) {
+            // Failed to load
+            continue;
+        }
+        $blockbyname[$blockobject->get_title()] = $block->id;
+        $blockobjects[$block->id] = $blockobject;
+    }
+
+    if(empty($blockbyname)) {
+        error('One or more blocks are registered in the database, but they all failed to load!');
+    }
+
+    ksort($blockbyname);
+
+/// Print the table of all blocks
+
+    if (empty($THEME->custompix)) {
+        $pixpath = '../pix';
+        // [pj] This is not used anywhere, but I'm leaving it in for the future
+        //$modpixpath = '../mod';
+    } else {
+        $pixpath = '../theme/'.$CFG->theme.'/pix';
+        // [pj] This is not used anywhere, but I'm leaving it in for the future
+        //$modpixpath = '../theme/'.$CFG->theme.'/pix/mod';
+    }
+
+    $table->head  = array ($strname, $strcourses, $strversion, $strhide.'/'.$strshow, $strdelete, $strsettings);
+    $table->align = array ('LEFT', 'RIGHT', 'LEFT', 'CENTER', 'CENTER', 'CENTER');
+    $table->wrap = array ("NOWRAP", "", "", "", "","");
+    $table->size = array ("100%", "10", "10", "10", "10","12");
+    $table->width = "100";
+
+    foreach ($blockbyname as $blockname => $blockid) {
+
+        // [pj] This is not used anywhere, but I'm leaving it in for the future
+        //$icon = "<img src=\"$modpixpath/$block->name/icon.gif\" hspace=10 height=16 width=16 border=0>";
+        $blockobject = $blockobjects[$blockid];
+
+        $delete = '<a href="blocks.php?delete='.$blockid.'">'.$strdelete.'</a>';
+
+        $settings = ''; // By default, no configuration
+        if($blockobject->has_config()) {
+            $settings = '<a href="block.php?block='.$blockid.'">'.$strsettings.'</a>';
+        }
+
+        $count = blocks_get_courses_using_block_by_id($blockid);
+        $class = ''; // Nothing fancy, by default
+
+        if ($blocks[$blockid]->visible) {
+            $visible = '<a href="blocks.php?hide='.$blockid.'" title="'.$strhide.'">'.
+                       '<img src="'.$pixpath.'/i/hide.gif" style="height: 16px; width: 16px;" /></a>';
+        } else {
+            $visible = '<a href="blocks.php?show='.$blockid.'" title="'.$strshow.'">'.
+                       '<img src="'.$pixpath.'/i/show.gif" style="height: 16px; width: 16px;" /></a>';
+            $class = ' class="dimmed_text"'; // Leading space required!
+        }
+
+        $table->data[] = array ('<p'.$class.'>'.$blockobject->get_title().'</p>', $count, $blockobject->get_version(), $visible, $delete, $settings);
+    }
+    echo '<p>';
+    print_table($table);
+    echo '</p>';
+    print_footer();
+
+?>

admin/cli/adhoc_task.php

@@ -1,174 +0,0 @@
-<?php
-// This file is part of Moodle - http://moodle.org/
-//
-// Moodle is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-// (at your option) any later version.
-//
-// Moodle is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-// GNU General Public License for more details.
-//
-// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-// along with Moodle.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-
-/**
- * Task executor for adhoc tasks.
- *
- * @package    core
- * @subpackage cli
- * @copyright  2018 Andrew Nicols <andrew@nicols.co.uk>
- * @license    http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
- */
-
-define('CLI_SCRIPT', true);
-
-require(__DIR__ . '/../../config.php');
-require_once("{$CFG->libdir}/clilib.php");
-
-list($options, $unrecognized) = cli_get_params(
-    [
-        'help' => false,
-        'showsql' => false,
-        'showdebugging' => false,
-        'execute' => false,
-        'keep-alive' => 0,
-        'ignorelimits' => false,
-        'force' => false,
-        'id' => null,
-        'classname' => null,
-        'taskslimit' => null,
-        'failed' => false,
-    ], [
-        'h' => 'help',
-        'e' => 'execute',
-        'k' => 'keep-alive',
-        'i' => 'ignorelimits',
-        'f' => 'force',
-        'c' => 'classname',
-        'l' => 'taskslimit',
-    ]
-);
-
-if ($unrecognized) {
-    $unrecognized = implode("\n  ", $unrecognized);
-    cli_error(get_string('cliunknowoption', 'admin', $unrecognized));
-}
-
-$help = <<<EOT
-Ad hoc cron tasks.
-
-Options:
- -h, --help                Print out this help
-     --showsql             Show sql queries before they are executed
-     --showdebugging       Show developer level debugging information
- -e, --execute             Run all queued adhoc tasks
- -k, --keep-alive=N        Keep this script alive for N seconds and poll for new adhoc tasks
- -i  --ignorelimits        Ignore task_adhoc_concurrency_limit and task_adhoc_max_runtime limits
- -f, --force               Run even if cron is disabled
-     --id                  Run (failed) task with id
- -c, --classname           Run tasks with a certain classname (FQN)
- -l, --taskslimit=N        Run at most N tasks
-     --failed              Run only tasks that failed, ie those with a fail delay
-
-Run all queued tasks:
-\$sudo -u www-data /usr/bin/php admin/cli/adhoc_task.php --execute
-
-Run all queued tasks of specific class:
-\$sudo -u www-data /usr/bin/php admin/cli/adhoc_task.php --classname=\\\\core_course\\\\task\\\\course_delete_modules
-
-Double backslash for the shell escape reasons.
-Run a specific task:
-\$sudo -u www-data /usr/bin/php admin/cli/adhoc_task.php --id=123456
-
-Run a specific task with debugging:
-\$sudo -u www-data /usr/bin/php admin/cli/adhoc_task.php --id=123456 --showsql --showdebugging
-
-To profile a long running task:
-\$sudo -u www-data /usr/bin/php admin/cli/adhoc_task.php --taskslimit=1 --classname='\\some\\class\\name' --ignorelimits
-
-EOT;
-
-if ($options['help']) {
-    echo $help;
-    exit(0);
-}
-
-if (CLI_MAINTENANCE) {
-    echo "CLI maintenance mode active, cron execution suspended.\n";
-    exit(1);
-}
-
-if (moodle_needs_upgrading()) {
-    echo "Moodle upgrade pending, cron execution suspended.\n";
-    exit(1);
-}
-
-if (!get_config('core', 'cron_enabled') && !$options['force']) {
-    mtrace('Cron is disabled. Use --force to override.');
-    exit(1);
-}
-
-// Common debugging options.
-if ($options['showdebugging']) {
-    set_debugging(DEBUG_DEVELOPER, true);
-}
-
-if ($options['showsql']) {
-    $DB->set_debug(true);
-}
-
-if (!empty($CFG->showcronsql)) {
-    $DB->set_debug(true);
-}
-if (!empty($CFG->showcrondebugging)) {
-    set_debugging(DEBUG_DEVELOPER, true);
-}
-
-// Process params.
-core_php_time_limit::raise();
-
-// Increase memory limit.
-raise_memory_limit(MEMORY_EXTRA);
-
-// Emulate normal session - we use admin account by default.
-\core\cron::setup_user();
-
-\core\local\cli\shutdown::script_supports_graceful_exit();
-$humantimenow = date('r', time());
-mtrace("Server Time: {$humantimenow}\n");
-
-$classname = $options['classname'];
-
-// Run a single adhoc task only, if requested.
-if (!empty($options['id'])) {
-    $taskid = (int) $options['id'];
-    \core\cron::run_adhoc_task($taskid);
-    exit(0);
-}
-
-// Run all failed tasks.
-if (!empty($options['failed'])) {
-    \core\cron::run_failed_adhoc_tasks($classname);
-    exit(0);
-}
-
-// Examine params and determine if we should run.
-$execute = (bool) $options['execute'];
-$keepalive = empty($options['keep-alive']) ? 0 : (int) $options['keep-alive'];
-$taskslimit = empty($options['taskslimit']) ? null : (int) $options['taskslimit'];
-$checklimits = empty($options['ignorelimits']);
-
-if ($classname || $keepalive || $taskslimit) {
-    $execute = true;
-}
-
-// Output the help text if no criteria for running the adhoc tasks are given.
-if (!$execute) {
-    echo $help;
-    exit(0);
-}
-
-\core\cron::run_adhoc_tasks(time(), $keepalive, $checklimits, null, $taskslimit, $classname);

admin/cli/alternative_component_cache.php

@@ -1,111 +0,0 @@
-<?php
-// This file is part of Moodle - http://moodle.org/
-//
-// Moodle is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-// (at your option) any later version.
-//
-// Moodle is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-// GNU General Public License for more details.
-//
-// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-// along with Moodle.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-
-/**
- * This hack is intended for clustered sites that do not want
- * to use shared cachedir for component cache.
- *
- * This file needs to be called after any change in PHP files in dataroot,
- * that is before upgrade and install.
- *
- * @package   core
- * @copyright 2013 Petr Skoda (skodak)  {@link http://skodak.org}
- * @license   http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
- */
-
-
-define('CLI_SCRIPT', true);
-define('ABORT_AFTER_CONFIG', true); // We need just the values from config.php.
-define('CACHE_DISABLE_ALL', true); // This prevents reading of existing caches.
-define('IGNORE_COMPONENT_CACHE', true);
-
-require(__DIR__.'/../../config.php');
-require_once($CFG->libdir.'/clilib.php');
-
-// Now get cli options.
-list($options, $unrecognized) = cli_get_params(
-    array(
-        'file'    => false,
-        'rebuild' => false,
-        'print'   => false,
-        'help'    => false
-    ),
-    array(
-        'h' => 'help'
-    )
-);
-
-if ($unrecognized) {
-    $unrecognized = implode("\n  ", $unrecognized);
-    cli_error(get_string('cliunknowoption', 'admin', $unrecognized), 2);
-}
-
-if (!$options['rebuild'] and !$options['file'] and !$options['print']) {
-    $help =
-"Create alternative component cache file
-
-Options:
--h, --help            Print out this help
---rebuild             Rebuild \$CFG->alternative_component_cache file
---file=filepath       Save component cache to file
---print               Print component cache file content
-
-Example:
-\$ php admin/cli/rebuild_alternative_component_cache.php --rebuild
-";
-
-    echo $help;
-    exit(0);
-}
-
-error_reporting(E_ALL);
-ini_set('display_errors', 1);
-
-$content = core_component::get_cache_content();
-
-if ($options['print']) {
-    echo $content;
-    exit(0);
-}
-
-if ($options['rebuild']) {
-    if (empty($CFG->alternative_component_cache)) {
-        fwrite(STDERR, 'config.php does not contain $CFG->alternative_component_cache setting');
-        fwrite(STDERR, "\n");
-        exit(2);
-    }
-    $target = $CFG->alternative_component_cache;
-} else {
-    $target = $options['file'];
-}
-
-if (!$target) {
-    fwrite(STDERR, "Invalid target file $target");
-    fwrite(STDERR, "\n");
-    exit(1);
-}
-
-$bytes = file_put_contents($target, $content);
-
-if (!$bytes) {
-    fwrite(STDERR, "Error writing to $target");
-    fwrite(STDERR, "\n");
-    exit(1);
-}
-
-// Success.
-echo "File $target was updated\n";
-exit(0);

admin/cli/automated_backups.php

@@ -1,98 +0,0 @@
-<?php
-
-// This file is part of Moodle - http://moodle.org/
-//
-// Moodle is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-// (at your option) any later version.
-//
-// Moodle is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-// GNU General Public License for more details.
-//
-// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-// along with Moodle.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-
-/**
- * Automated backups CLI cron
- *
- * This script executes
- *
- * @package    core
- * @subpackage cli
- * @copyright  2010 Sam Hemelryk
- * @license    http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
- */
-
-define('CLI_SCRIPT', true);
-
-require(__DIR__.'/../../config.php');
-require_once($CFG->libdir.'/clilib.php');      // cli only functions
-
-// now get cli options
-list($options, $unrecognized) = cli_get_params(array('help'=>false),
-                                               array('h'=>'help'));
-
-if ($unrecognized) {
-    $unrecognized = implode("\n  ", $unrecognized);
-    cli_error(get_string('cliunknowoption', 'admin', $unrecognized));
-}
-
-if ($options['help']) {
-    $help =
-"Execute automated backups.
-
-This script executes automated backups completely and is designed to be
-called via cron.
-
-Options:
--h, --help            Print out this help
-
-Example:
-\$sudo -u www-data /usr/bin/php admin/cli/automated_backups.php
-";
-
-    echo $help;
-    die;
-}
-if (CLI_MAINTENANCE) {
-    echo "CLI maintenance mode active, backup execution suspended.\n";
-    exit(1);
-}
-
-if (moodle_needs_upgrading()) {
-    echo "Moodle upgrade pending, backup execution suspended.\n";
-    exit(1);
-}
-
-require_once($CFG->libdir.'/adminlib.php');
-require_once($CFG->libdir.'/gradelib.php');
-
-if (!empty($CFG->showcronsql)) {
-    $DB->set_debug(true);
-}
-if (!empty($CFG->showcrondebugging)) {
-    set_debugging(DEBUG_DEVELOPER, true);
-}
-
-$starttime = microtime();
-
-// Emulate normal session.
-\core\cron::setup_user();
-
-// Start output log.
-$timenow = time();
-
-mtrace("Server Time: ".date('r',$timenow)."\n\n");
-
-// Run automated backups if required.
-require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/backup/util/includes/backup_includes.php');
-require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/backup/util/helper/backup_cron_helper.class.php');
-backup_cron_automated_helper::run_automated_backup(backup_cron_automated_helper::RUN_IMMEDIATELY);
-
-mtrace("Automated cron backups completed correctly");
-
-$difftime = microtime_diff($starttime, microtime());
-mtrace("Execution took ".$difftime." seconds");

admin/cli/backup.php

@@ -1,135 +0,0 @@
-<?php
-// This file is part of Moodle - http://moodle.org/
-//
-// Moodle is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-// (at your option) any later version.
-//
-// Moodle is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-// GNU General Public License for more details.
-//
-// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-// along with Moodle.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-
-/**
- * This script allows to do backup.
- *
- * @package    core
- * @subpackage cli
- * @copyright  2013 Lancaster University
- * @license    http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
- */
-
-define('CLI_SCRIPT', 1);
-
-require(__DIR__.'/../../config.php');
-require_once($CFG->libdir.'/clilib.php');
-require_once($CFG->dirroot . '/backup/util/includes/backup_includes.php');
-
-// Now get cli options.
-list($options, $unrecognized) = cli_get_params(array(
-    'courseid' => false,
-    'courseshortname' => '',
-    'cmid' => false,
-    'destination' => '',
-    'help' => false,
-    ), array('h' => 'help'));
-
-if ($unrecognized) {
-    $unrecognized = implode("\n  ", $unrecognized);
-    cli_error(get_string('cliunknowoption', 'admin', $unrecognized));
-}
-
-if ($options['help'] || !($options['courseid'] || $options['courseshortname'] || $options['cmid'])) {
-    $help = <<<EOL
-Perform backup of the given course or course module.
-
-Options:
---courseid=INTEGER          Course ID for backup.
---courseshortname=STRING    Course shortname for backup. This option is ignored if courseid is set.
---cmid=INTEGER              Course module ID for backup. This option is ignored if courseid or courseshortname is set.
---destination=STRING        Path where to store backup file. If not set the backup
-                            will be stored within the course backup file area.
--h, --help                  Print out this help.
-
-Example:
-\$sudo -u www-data /usr/bin/php admin/cli/backup.php --courseid=2 --destination=/moodle/backup/\n
-EOL;
-
-    echo $help;
-    die;
-}
-
-$admin = get_admin();
-if (!$admin) {
-    mtrace("Error: No admin account was found");
-    die;
-}
-
-// Do we need to store backup somewhere else?
-$dir = rtrim($options['destination'], '/');
-if (!empty($dir)) {
-    if (!file_exists($dir) || !is_dir($dir) || !is_writable($dir)) {
-        mtrace("Destination directory does not exists or not writable.");
-        die;
-    }
-}
-
-// Check that the course or course module exists.
-if ($options['courseid']) {
-    $course = $DB->get_record('course', array('id' => $options['courseid']), '*', MUST_EXIST);
-} else if ($options['courseshortname']) {
-    $course = $DB->get_record('course', array('shortname' => $options['courseshortname']), '*', MUST_EXIST);
-} else if ($options['cmid']) {
-    $cm = $DB->get_record('course_modules', ['id' => $options['cmid']], '*', MUST_EXIST);
-}
-
-cli_heading('Performing backup...');
-if (!empty($course)) {
-    $bc = new backup_controller(backup::TYPE_1COURSE, $course->id, backup::FORMAT_MOODLE,
-        backup::INTERACTIVE_YES, backup::MODE_GENERAL, $admin->id);
-} else if (!empty($cm)) {
-    $bc = new backup_controller(backup::TYPE_1ACTIVITY, $cm->id, backup::FORMAT_MOODLE,
-        backup::INTERACTIVE_YES, backup::MODE_GENERAL, $admin->id);
-} else {
-    throw new \moodle_exception('invalidoption');
-}
-
-// Set the default filename.
-$format = $bc->get_format();
-$type = $bc->get_type();
-$id = $bc->get_id();
-$users = $bc->get_plan()->get_setting('users')->get_value();
-$anonymised = $bc->get_plan()->get_setting('anonymize')->get_value();
-$filename = backup_plan_dbops::get_default_backup_filename($format, $type, $id, $users, $anonymised);
-$bc->get_plan()->get_setting('filename')->set_value($filename);
-
-// Execution.
-$bc->finish_ui();
-$bc->execute_plan();
-$results = $bc->get_results();
-$file = $results['backup_destination']; // May be empty if file already moved to target location.
-
-// Do we need to store backup somewhere else?
-if (!empty($dir)) {
-    if ($file) {
-        mtrace("Writing " . $dir.'/'.$filename);
-        if ($file->copy_content_to($dir.'/'.$filename)) {
-            $file->delete();
-            mtrace("Backup completed.");
-        } else {
-            mtrace("Destination directory does not exist or is not writable. Leaving the backup in the course backup file area.");
-        }
-    }
-} else {
-    if (!empty($course)) {
-        mtrace("Backup completed, the new file is listed in the backup area of the given course");
-    } else {
-        mtrace("Backup completed, the new file is listed in the backup area of the given module");
-    }
-}
-$bc->destroy();
-exit(0);

admin/cli/build_theme_css.php

@@ -1,119 +0,0 @@
-<?php
-// This file is part of Moodle - http://moodle.org/
-//
-// Moodle is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-// (at your option) any later version.
-//
-// Moodle is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-// GNU General Public License for more details.
-//
-// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-// along with Moodle.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-
-/**
- * Build and store theme CSS.
- *
- * @package    core
- * @subpackage cli
- * @copyright  2017 Ryan Wyllie <ryan@moodle.com>
- * @license    http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
- */
-
-define('CLI_SCRIPT', true);
-
-require(__DIR__.'/../../config.php');
-require_once("$CFG->libdir/clilib.php");
-require_once("$CFG->libdir/csslib.php");
-require_once("$CFG->libdir/outputlib.php");
-
-$longparams = [
-    'themes'    => null,
-    'direction' => null,
-    'help'      => false,
-    'verbose'   => false
-];
-
-$shortmappings = [
-    't' => 'themes',
-    'd' => 'direction',
-    'h' => 'help',
-    'v' => 'verbose'
-];
-
-// Get CLI params.
-list($options, $unrecognized) = cli_get_params($longparams, $shortmappings);
-
-if ($unrecognized) {
-    $unrecognized = implode("\n  ", $unrecognized);
-    cli_error(get_string('cliunknowoption', 'admin', $unrecognized));
-}
-
-if ($options['help']) {
-    echo
-"Compile the CSS for one or more installed themes.
-Existing CSS caches will replaced.
-By default all themes will be recompiled unless otherwise specified.
-
-Options:
--t, --themes    A comma separated list of themes to be compiled
--d, --direction Only compile a single direction (either ltr or rtl)
--v, --verbose   Print info comments to stdout
--h, --help      Print out this help
-
-Example:
-\$ sudo -u www-data /usr/bin/php admin/cli/build_theme_css.php --themes=boost --direction=ltr
-";
-
-    die;
-}
-
-if (empty($options['verbose'])) {
-    $trace = new null_progress_trace();
-} else {
-    $trace = new text_progress_trace();
-}
-
-cli_heading('Build theme css');
-
-// Determine which themes we need to build.
-$themenames = [];
-if (is_null($options['themes'])) {
-    $trace->output('No themes specified. Finding all installed themes.');
-    $themenames = array_keys(core_component::get_plugin_list('theme'));
-} else {
-    if (is_string($options['themes'])) {
-        $themenames = explode(',', $options['themes']);
-    } else {
-        cli_error('--themes must be a comma separated list of theme names');
-    }
-}
-
-$trace->output('Checking that each theme is correctly installed...');
-$themeconfigs = [];
-foreach ($themenames as $themename) {
-    if (is_null(theme_get_config_file_path($themename))) {
-        cli_error("Unable to find theme config for {$themename}");
-    }
-
-    // Load the config for the theme.
-    $themeconfigs[] = theme_config::load($themename);
-}
-
-$directions = ['ltr', 'rtl'];
-
-if (!is_null($options['direction'])) {
-    if (!in_array($options['direction'], $directions)) {
-         cli_error("--direction must be either ltr or rtl");
-    }
-
-    $directions = [$options['direction']];
-}
-
-$trace->output('Building CSS for themes: ' . implode(', ', $themenames));
-theme_build_css_for_themes($themeconfigs, $directions);
-
-exit(0);

admin/cli/cfg.php

@@ -1,188 +0,0 @@
-<?php
-// This file is part of Moodle - http://moodle.org/
-//
-// Moodle is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-// (at your option) any later version.
-//
-// Moodle is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-// GNU General Public License for more details.
-//
-// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-// along with Moodle.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-
-/**
- * CLI script allowing to get and set config values.
- *
- * This is technically just a thin wrapper for {@link get_config()} and
- * {@link set_config()} functions.
- *
- * @package     core
- * @subpackage  cli
- * @copyright   2017 David Mudrák <david@moodle.com>
- * @license     http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
- */
-
-define('CLI_SCRIPT', true);
-
-require(__DIR__.'/../../config.php');
-require_once($CFG->libdir.'/clilib.php');
-
-$usage = "Displays the current value of the given site setting. Allows to set it to the given value, too.
-
-Usage:
-    # php cfg.php [--component=<componentname>] [--json] [--shell-arg]
-    # php cfg.php --name=<configname> [--component=<componentname>] [--shell-arg] [--no-eol]
-    # php cfg.php --name=<configname> [--component=<componentname>] --set=<value>
-    # php cfg.php --name=<configname> [--component=<componentname>] --unset
-    # php cfg.php [--help|-h]
-
-Options:
-    -h --help                   Print this help.
-    --component=<frankenstyle>  Name of the component the variable is part of. Defaults to core.
-    --name=<configname>         Name of the configuration variable to get/set. If missing, print all
-                                configuration variables of the given component.
-    --set=<value>               Set the given variable to this value.
-    --unset                     Unset the given variable.
-    --shell-arg                 Escape output values so that they can be directly used as shell script arguments.
-    --json                      Encode output list of values using JSON notation.
-    --no-eol                    Do not include the trailing new line character when printing the value.
-
-The list of all variables of the given component can be printed as
-tab-separated list (default) or JSON object (--json). Particular values are
-printed as raw text values, optionally escaped so that they can be directly
-used as shell script arguments (--shell-arg). Single values are displayed with
-trailing new line by default, unless explicitly disabled (--no-eol).
-
-In the read mode, the script exits with success status 0 if the requested value
-is found. If the requested variable is not set, the script exits with status 3.
-When listing all variables of the component, the exit status is always 0 even
-if no variables for the given component are found. When setting/unsetting a
-value, the exit status is 0. When attempting to set/unset a value that has
-already been hard-set in config.php, the script exits with error status 4. In
-case of unexpected error, the script exits with error status 1.
-
-Examples:
-
-    # php cfg.php
-        Prints tab-separated list of all core configuration variables and their values.
-
-    # php cfg.php --json
-        Prints list of all core configuration variables and their values as a JSON object.
-
-    # php cfg.php --name=release
-        Prints the given configuration variable - e.g. \$CFG->release in this case.
-
-    # php cfg.php --component=tool_recyclebin
-    #   Prints tab-separated list of the plugin's configuration variables.
-
-    # export DATAROOT=\$(php cfg.php --name=dataroot --shell-arg --no-eol)
-        Stores the given configuration variable in the shell variable, escaped
-        so that it can be safely used as a shell argument.
-
-    # php cfg.php --name=theme --set=classic
-        Sets the given configuration variable to the given value.
-
-    # php cfg.php --name=noemailever --unset
-        Unsets the previously configured variable.
-";
-
-list($options, $unrecognised) = cli_get_params([
-    'help' => false,
-    'component' => null,
-    'name' => null,
-    'set' => null,
-    'unset' => false,
-    'shell-arg' => false,
-    'json' => false,
-    'no-eol' => false,
-], [
-    'h' => 'help'
-]);
-
-if ($unrecognised) {
-    $unrecognised = implode(PHP_EOL.'  ', $unrecognised);
-    cli_error(get_string('cliunknowoption', 'core_admin', $unrecognised));
-}
-
-if ($options['help']) {
-    cli_writeln($usage);
-    exit(2);
-}
-
-if ($options['unset'] || $options['set'] !== null) {
-    // Unset the variable or set it to the given value.
-    if (empty($options['name'])) {
-        cli_error('Missing configuration variable name', 2);
-    }
-
-    // Check that the variable is not hard-set in the main config.php already.
-    $component = $options['component'];
-    if (!empty($component)) {
-        $componentsettings = $CFG->forced_plugin_settings[$component] ?? [];
-        $settinginconfig = array_key_exists($options['name'], $componentsettings);
-    } else {
-        $settinginconfig = array_key_exists($options['name'], $CFG->config_php_settings);
-    }
-    if ($settinginconfig) {
-        $variablename = !empty($component)
-            ? "\$CFG->forced_plugin_settings['{$component}']['{$options['name']}']"
-            : "\$CFG->{$options['name']}";
-        cli_error("The configuration variable {$variablename} is set in config.php, unable to change.", 4);
-    }
-
-    $new = $options['set'];
-    $old = get_config($options['component'], $options['name']);
-    if ($new !== $old) {
-        set_config($options['name'], $options['set'], $options['component']);
-        add_to_config_log($options['name'], $old, $new, $options['component']);
-    }
-    exit(0);
-}
-
-if ($options['name'] === null) {
-    // List all variables provided by the component (defaults to core).
-    $got = get_config($options['component']);
-
-    if ($options['json']) {
-        cli_writeln(json_encode($got));
-
-    } else {
-        foreach ($got as $name => $value) {
-            if ($options['shell-arg']) {
-                $value = escapeshellarg($value);
-            }
-            cli_writeln($name."\t".$value);
-        }
-    }
-
-    exit(0);
-
-} else {
-    // Display the value of a single variable.
-
-    $got = get_config($options['component'], $options['name']);
-
-    if ($got === false) {
-        cli_error('No such configuration variable found.', 3);
-    }
-
-    if ($options['shell-arg']) {
-        $got = escapeshellarg($got);
-    }
-
-    if ($options['json']) {
-        $got = json_encode($got);
-    }
-
-    if ($options['no-eol']) {
-        cli_write($got);
-    } else {
-        cli_writeln($got);
-    }
-
-    exit(0);
-}

admin/cli/check_database_schema.php

@@ -1,76 +0,0 @@
-<?php
-// This file is part of Moodle - http://moodle.org/
-//
-// Moodle is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-// (at your option) any later version.
-//
-// Moodle is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-// GNU General Public License for more details.
-//
-// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-// along with Moodle.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-
-/**
- * Validate that the current db structure matches the install.xml files.
- *
- * @package   core
- * @copyright 2014 Totara Learning Solutions Ltd {@link http://www.totaralms.com/}
- * @license   http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
- * @author    Petr Skoda <petr.skoda@totaralms.com>
- */
-
-define('CLI_SCRIPT', true);
-
-require(__DIR__ . '/../../config.php');
-require_once($CFG->libdir.'/clilib.php');
-
-$help = "Validate database structure
-
-Options:
--h, --help            Print out this help.
-
-Example:
-\$ sudo -u www-data /usr/bin/php admin/cli/check_database_schema.php
-";
-
-list($options, $unrecognized) = cli_get_params(
-    array(
-        'help' => false,
-    ),
-    array(
-        'h' => 'help',
-    )
-);
-
-if ($options['help']) {
-    echo $help;
-    exit(0);
-}
-
-if (empty($CFG->version)) {
-    echo "Database is not yet installed.\n";
-    exit(2);
-}
-
-$dbmanager = $DB->get_manager();
-$schema = $dbmanager->get_install_xml_schema();
-
-if (!$errors = $dbmanager->check_database_schema($schema)) {
-    echo "Database structure is ok.\n";
-    exit(0);
-}
-
-foreach ($errors as $table => $items) {
-    cli_separator();
-    echo "$table\n";
-    foreach ($items as $item) {
-        echo " * $item\n";
-    }
-}
-cli_separator();
-
-exit(1);

admin/cli/checks.php

@@ -1,171 +0,0 @@
-<?php
-// This file is part of Moodle - http://moodle.org/
-//
-// Moodle is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-// (at your option) any later version.
-//
-// Moodle is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-// GNU General Public License for more details.
-//
-// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-// along with Moodle.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-
-/**
- * CLI tool for system checks
- *
- * @package    core
- * @category   check
- * @copyright  2020 Brendan Heywood (brendan@catalyst-au.net)
- * @license    http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
- */
-
-define('CLI_SCRIPT', true);
-
-require(__DIR__ . '/../../config.php');
-require_once($CFG->libdir.'/clilib.php');
-
-use core\check\result;
-
-list($options, $unrecognized) = cli_get_params([
-    'help'    => false,
-    'filter'  => '',
-    'type'    => 'status',
-    'verbose' => false,
-], [
-    'h' => 'help',
-    'f' => 'filter',
-    'v' => 'verbose',
-    't' => 'type',
-]);
-
-if ($unrecognized) {
-    $unrecognized = implode("\n  ", $unrecognized);
-    cli_error(get_string('cliunknowoption', 'admin', $unrecognized));
-}
-
-$checks = \core\check\manager::get_checks($options['type']);
-$types = join(', ', \core\check\manager::TYPES);
-
-$help = "Run Moodle system checks
-
-Options:
- -h, --help      Print out this help
- -f, --filter    Filter to a subset of checks
- -t, --type      Which set of checks? Defaults to 'status'
-                 One of $types
- -v, --verbose   Show details of all checks, not just failed checks
-
-Example:
-
-  sudo -u www-data php admin/cli/checks.php
-  sudo -u www-data php admin/cli/checks.php -v
-  sudo -u www-data php admin/cli/checks.php -v --filter=environment
-
-";
-
-if ($options['help']) {
-    echo $help;
-    die();
-}
-
-$filter = $options['filter'];
-if ($filter) {
-    $checks = array_filter($checks, function($check, $key) use ($filter) {
-        $ref = $check->get_ref();
-        return (strpos($ref, $filter) !== false);
-    }, 1);
-}
-
-// These shell exit codes and labels align with the NRPE standard.
-$exitcodes = [
-    result::NA        => 0,
-    result::OK        => 0,
-    result::INFO      => 0,
-    result::UNKNOWN   => 3,
-    result::WARNING   => 1,
-    result::ERROR     => 2,
-    result::CRITICAL  => 2,
-];
-$exitlabel = [
-    result::NA        => 'OK',
-    result::OK        => 'OK',
-    result::INFO      => 'OK',
-    result::UNKNOWN   => 'UNKNOWN',
-    result::WARNING   => 'WARNING',
-    result::ERROR     => 'CRITICAL',
-    result::CRITICAL  => 'CRITICAL',
-];
-
-$format = "%      10s| % -60s\n";
-$spacer = "----------+--------------------------------------------------------------------\n";
-$prefix = '          |';
-
-$output = '';
-$header = $exitlabel[result::OK] . ': ' . get_string('checksok', '', $options['type']) . "\n";
-$exitcode = $exitcodes[result::OK];
-
-foreach ($checks as $check) {
-    $ref = $check->get_ref();
-    $result = $check->get_result();
-
-    $status = $result->get_status();
-    $checkexitcode = $exitcodes[$status];
-
-    // Summary is treated as html.
-    $summary = $result->get_summary();
-    $summary = html_to_text($summary, 60, false);
-
-    if ($checkexitcode > $exitcode) {
-        $exitcode = $checkexitcode;
-        $header = $exitlabel[$status] . ': ' . $check->get_name() . " (" . $check->get_ref() . ")\n";
-    }
-
-    if (empty($messages[$status])) {
-        $messages[$status] = $result;
-    }
-
-    $len = strlen(get_string('status' . $status));
-
-    if ($options['verbose'] ||
-        $status == result::WARNING ||
-        $status == result::CRITICAL ||
-        $status == result::ERROR) {
-
-        $output .= sprintf(
-            $format,
-            $OUTPUT->check_result($result),
-            sprintf('%s (%s)', $check->get_name(), $ref)
-        );
-
-        $summary = str_replace("\n", "\n" . $prefix . '     ', $summary);
-        $output .= sprintf( $format, '', '    ' . $summary);
-
-        if ($options['verbose']) {
-            $actionlink = $check->get_action_link();
-            if ($actionlink) {
-                $output .= sprintf( $format, '', '    ' . $actionlink->url);
-            }
-            $output .= sprintf( $format, '', '');
-        }
-    }
-}
-
-// Print NRPE header.
-print $header;
-
-// Only show the table header if there is anything to show.
-if ($output) {
-    print sprintf($format,
-        get_string('status'). ' ',
-        get_string('check')
-    ) .  $spacer;
-    print $output;
-}
-
-// NRPE shell exit code.
-exit($exitcode);
-

admin/cli/cron.php

@@ -1,186 +0,0 @@
-<?php
-// This file is part of Moodle - http://moodle.org/
-//
-// Moodle is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-// (at your option) any later version.
-//
-// Moodle is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-// GNU General Public License for more details.
-//
-// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-// along with Moodle.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-
-/**
- * CLI cron
- *
- * This script looks through all the module directories for cron.php files
- * and runs them.  These files can contain cleanup functions, email functions
- * or anything that needs to be run on a regular basis.
- *
- * @package    core
- * @subpackage cli
- * @copyright  2009 Petr Skoda (http://skodak.org)
- * @license    http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
- */
-
-define('CLI_SCRIPT', true);
-
-require(__DIR__ . '/../../config.php');
-require_once($CFG->libdir . '/clilib.php');
-
-// Now get cli option.
-[$options, $unrecognized] = cli_get_params(
-    [
-        'help' => false,
-        'stop' => false,
-        'list' => false,
-        'force' => false,
-        'enable' => false,
-        'disable' => false,
-        'disable-wait' => false,
-        'keep-alive' => null,
-    ],
-    [
-        'h' => 'help',
-        's' => 'stop',
-        'l' => 'list',
-        'f' => 'force',
-        'e' => 'enable',
-        'd' => 'disable',
-        'w' => 'disable-wait',
-        'k' => 'keep-alive',
-    ]
-);
-
-if ($unrecognized) {
-    $unrecognized = implode("\n  ", $unrecognized);
-    cli_error(get_string('cliunknowoption', 'admin', $unrecognized));
-}
-
-if ($options['help']) {
-    $help =
-    "Execute periodic cron actions.
-
-Options:
--h, --help               Print out this help
--s, --stop               Notify all other running cron processes to stop after the current task
--l, --list               Show the list of currently running tasks and how long they have been running
--f, --force              Execute task even if cron is disabled
--e, --enable             Enable cron
--d, --disable            Disable cron
--w, --disable-wait=600   Disable cron and wait until all tasks finished or fail after N seconds (optional param)
--k, --keep-alive=N       Keep this script alive for N seconds and poll for new tasks
-                         The default value can be set by administrators in:
-                         Site administration > Server > Tasks > Task processing > Keep alive time
-
-Example:
-\$sudo -u www-data /usr/bin/php admin/cli/cron.php
-";
-
-    echo $help;
-    die;
-}
-
-if ($options['stop']) {
-    // By clearing the caches this signals to other running processes
-    // to exit after finishing the current task.
-    \core\task\manager::clear_static_caches();
-    die;
-}
-
-if ($options['enable']) {
-    set_config('cron_enabled', 1);
-    mtrace('Cron has been enabled for the site.');
-    exit(0);
-}
-
-if ($options['disable']) {
-    set_config('cron_enabled', 0);
-    \core\task\manager::clear_static_caches();
-    mtrace('Cron has been disabled for the site.');
-    exit(0);
-}
-
-if ($options['list']) {
-    $tasks = \core\task\manager::get_running_tasks();
-    mtrace('The list of currently running tasks:');
-    $format = "%7s %-12s %-9s %-20s %-52s\n";
-    printf(
-        $format,
-        'PID',
-        'HOST',
-        'TYPE',
-        'TIME',
-        'CLASSNAME'
-    );
-    foreach ($tasks as $task) {
-        printf(
-            $format,
-            $task->pid,
-            substr($task->hostname, 0, 12),
-            $task->type,
-            format_time(time() - $task->timestarted),
-            substr($task->classname, 0, 52)
-        );
-    }
-    exit(0);
-}
-
-if ($wait = $options['disable-wait']) {
-    $started = time();
-    if (true === $wait) {
-        // Default waiting time.
-        $waitsec = 600;
-    } else {
-        $waitsec = $wait;
-        $wait = true;
-    }
-
-    set_config('cron_enabled', 0);
-    \core\task\manager::clear_static_caches();
-    mtrace('Cron has been disabled for the site.');
-    mtrace('Allocating ' . format_time($waitsec) . ' for the tasks to finish.');
-
-    $lastcount = 0;
-    while ($wait) {
-        $tasks = \core\task\manager::get_running_tasks();
-
-        if (count($tasks) == 0) {
-            mtrace('');
-            mtrace('All scheduled and adhoc tasks finished.');
-            exit(0);
-        }
-
-        if (time() - $started >= $waitsec) {
-            mtrace('');
-            mtrace('Wait time (' . format_time($waitsec) . ') elapsed, but ' . count($tasks) . ' task(s) still running.');
-            mtrace('Exiting with code 1.');
-            exit(1);
-        }
-
-        if (count($tasks) !== $lastcount) {
-            mtrace('');
-            mtrace(count($tasks) . " tasks currently running.", '');
-            $lastcount = count($tasks);
-        } else {
-            mtrace('.', '');
-        }
-
-        sleep(1);
-    }
-}
-
-if (!get_config('core', 'cron_enabled') && !$options['force']) {
-    mtrace('Cron is disabled. Use --force to override.');
-    exit(1);
-}
-
-\core\local\cli\shutdown::script_supports_graceful_exit();
-
-
-$keepalive = $options['keep-alive'];
-\core\cron::run_main_process($keepalive);

admin/cli/dashboard_reset.php

@@ -1,65 +0,0 @@
-<?php
-// This file is part of Moodle - http://moodle.org/
-//
-// Moodle is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-// (at your option) any later version.
-//
-// Moodle is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-// GNU General Public License for more details.
-//
-// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-// along with Moodle.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-
-/**
- * CLI script to reset dashboards.
- *
- * @package    core
- * @subpackage cli
- * @copyright  2021 Brendan Heywood (brendan@catalyst-au.net)
- * @license    http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
- */
-
-define('CLI_SCRIPT', true);
-
-require(__DIR__.'/../../config.php');
-require_once($CFG->libdir.'/clilib.php');
-require_once($CFG->dirroot.'/my/lib.php');
-
-list($options, $unrecognized) = cli_get_params([
-    'help'    => false,
-    'execute' => false,
-], [
-    'h' => 'help',
-    'e' => 'execute',
-]);
-
-if ($unrecognized) {
-    $unrecognized = implode("\n  ", $unrecognized);
-    cli_error(get_string('cliunknowoption', 'admin', $unrecognized), 2);
-}
-
-if (!$options['execute']) {
-    $help = <<<EOF
-Resets Moodle dashboards for all users
-
-Options:
--h, --help          Print out this help
--e, --execute       Actually run the reset
-
-Example:
-\$ sudo -u www-data /usr/bin/php admin/cli/dashboard_reset.php -e
-
-EOF;
-
-    echo $help;
-    exit(0);
-}
-
-$progressbar = new progress_bar();
-$progressbar->create();
-my_reset_page_for_all_users(MY_PAGE_PRIVATE, 'my-index', $progressbar);
-

admin/cli/delete_course.php

@@ -1,123 +0,0 @@
-<?php
-// This file is part of Moodle - http://moodle.org/
-//
-// Moodle is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-// (at your option) any later version.
-//
-// Moodle is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-// GNU General Public License for more details.
-//
-// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-// along with Moodle.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-
-/**
- * CLI script to delete a course.
- *
- * @package    core
- * @subpackage cli
- * @author     Mikhail Golenkov <mikhailgolenkov@catalyst-au.net>
- * @copyright  2022 Catalyst IT
- * @license    http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
- */
-
-define('CLI_SCRIPT', true);
-
-require(__DIR__ . '/../../config.php');
-require_once($CFG->libdir . '/clilib.php');
-
-list($options, $unrecognized) = cli_get_params(
-    [
-        'courseid' => false,
-        'help' => false,
-        'showsql' => false,
-        'showdebugging' => false,
-        'disablerecyclebin' => false,
-        'non-interactive' => false,
-    ], [
-        'c' => 'courseid',
-        'h' => 'help',
-    ]
-);
-
-if ($unrecognized) {
-    $unrecognized = implode("\n  ", $unrecognized);
-    cli_error(get_string('cliunknowoption', 'admin', $unrecognized));
-}
-
-if ($options['help'] || empty($options['courseid'])) {
-    $help = <<<EOT
-CLI script to delete a course.
-
-Options:
- -h, --help                Print out this help
-     --showsql             Show sql queries before they are executed
-     --showdebugging       Show developer level debugging information
-     --disablerecyclebin   Skip backing up the course
-     --non-interactive     No interactive questions or confirmations
- -c, --courseid            Course id to be deleted
-
-Example:
-\$sudo -u www-data /usr/bin/php admin/cli/delete_course.php --courseid=123456
-\$sudo -u www-data /usr/bin/php admin/cli/delete_course.php --courseid=123456 --showdebugging
-\$sudo -u www-data /usr/bin/php admin/cli/delete_course.php --courseid=123456 --disablerecyclebin
-
-EOT;
-
-    echo $help;
-    die;
-}
-
-$interactive = empty($options['non-interactive']);
-
-if ($options['showdebugging']) {
-    mtrace('Enabling debugging...');
-    set_debugging(DEBUG_DEVELOPER, true);
-}
-
-if ($options['showsql']) {
-    mtrace('Enabling SQL debugging...');
-    $DB->set_debug(true);
-}
-
-if (CLI_MAINTENANCE) {
-    cli_error('CLI maintenance mode active, CLI execution suspended');
-}
-
-if (moodle_needs_upgrading()) {
-    cli_error('Moodle upgrade pending, CLI execution suspended');
-}
-
-$course = $DB->get_record('course', array('id' => $options['courseid']));
-if (empty($course)) {
-    cli_error('Course not found');
-}
-
-mtrace('Deleting course id ' . $course->id);
-mtrace('Course name: ' . $course->fullname);
-mtrace('Short name: ' . $course->shortname);
-
-if ($interactive) {
-    mtrace('');
-    $input = cli_input('Are you sure you wish to delete this course? (y/N)', 'N', ['y', 'Y', 'n', 'N']);
-    if (strtolower($input) != 'y') {
-        exit(0);
-    }
-}
-
-if ($options['disablerecyclebin']) {
-    mtrace('Disabling recycle bin...');
-    $overrideconfig = ['tool_recyclebin' => ['coursebinenable' => false, 'categorybinenable' => false]];
-    $CFG->forced_plugin_settings = array_merge($CFG->forced_plugin_settings, $overrideconfig);
-}
-
-core_php_time_limit::raise();
-delete_course($course);
-
-mtrace('Updating course count in categories...');
-fix_course_sortorder();
-
-mtrace('Done!');

admin/cli/emailstop.php

@@ -1,209 +0,0 @@
-<?php
-// This file is part of Moodle - http://moodle.org/
-//
-// Moodle is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-// (at your option) any later version.
-//
-// Moodle is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-// GNU General Public License for more details.
-//
-// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-// along with Moodle.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-
-/**
- * This script allows you to view and change the emailstop flag of any user.
- *
- * @package    core
- * @subpackage cli
- * @copyright  2023 Stephan Robotta (stephan.robotta@bfh.ch)
- * @license    http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
- */
-
-define('CLI_SCRIPT', true);
-
-require(__DIR__.'/../../config.php');
-require_once($CFG->libdir.'/clilib.php');
-
-// Define the input options.
-$longparams = [
-    'email' => '',
-    'help' => false,
-    'id' => '',
-    'quiet' => false,
-    'stop' => '',
-    'username' => '',
-];
-
-$shortparams = [
-    'e' => 'email',
-    'h' => 'help',
-    'i' => 'id',
-    'q' => 'quiet',
-    's' => 'stop',
-    'u' => 'username',
-];
-
-// Define exit codes.
-$exitsuccess = 0;
-$exitunknownoption = 1;
-$exitmissinguserarg = 2;
-$exittoomanyuserarg = 3;
-$exitnosearchargs = 4;
-$exitnousersfound = 5;
-$exitinvalidstopflag = 6;
-$exiterrordb = 7;
-
-// Now get cli options that are set by the caller.
-list($options, $unrecognized) = cli_get_params($longparams, $shortparams);
-
-$verbose = empty($options['quiet']);
-
-if ($unrecognized) {
-    $unrecognized = implode("\n  ", $unrecognized);
-    if ($verbose) {
-        cli_error(get_string('cliunknowoption', 'admin', $unrecognized), $exitunknownoption);
-    }
-    exit($exitunknownoption);
-}
-
-if ($options['help']) {
-    $help =
-        "Set/unset or show status of emailstop flag for a user, identified by username or email.
-
-There are no security checks here because anybody who is able to
-execute this file may execute any PHP too.
-
-Options:
--h, --help                    Print out this help
--e, --email=email             Specify user by email, separate many users by comma
--i, --id=id                   Specify user by id, separate many users by comma
--q, --quiet                   No output to stdout
--s, --stop=0|1|off|on         Set new value for emailstop flag
--u, --username=username       Specify user by username, separate many users by comma
-
-Example:
-\$sudo -u www-data /usr/bin/php admin/cli/emailstop.php --email=student1@example.com --stop=1
-\$sudo -u www-data /usr/bin/php admin/cli/emailstop.php --email=student1@example.com,student2@example.com
-\$sudo -u www-data /usr/bin/php admin/cli/emailstop.php --u=student1,student2 -s=on
-";
-
-    echo $help;
-    exit($exitsuccess);
-}
-
-$cntempty = 0;
-$cntfilled = 0;
-$searchargs = [];
-
-// Try to find out which option is used to fetch the users from. Also do sanitize etc.
-foreach (['email', 'username', 'id'] as $option) {
-    if (empty($options[$option])) {
-        $cntempty++;
-    } else {
-        $cntfilled++;
-        $argname = $option;
-        // The search args must be: split by the comma, trimmed, and empty elements filtered out.
-        $searchargs = array_flip(array_filter(
-            array_map(
-                function ($item) {
-                    return trim($item);
-                },
-                explode(',', $options[$option])
-            ),
-            function ($item) {
-                return $item !== '';
-            }
-        ));
-    }
-}
-if ($cntempty === 3) {
-    if ($verbose) {
-        cli_error('One of username, email, or id must be set.', $exitmissinguserarg);
-    }
-    exit($exitmissinguserarg);
-}
-if ($cntfilled > 1) {
-    if ($verbose) {
-        cli_error('Only one of email, username, or id can be set to identify a user.', $exittoomanyuserarg);
-    }
-    exit($exittoomanyuserarg);
-}
-if (empty($searchargs)) {
-    if ($verbose) {
-        cli_error('No values are provided for users.', $exitnosearchargs);
-    }
-    exit($exitnosearchargs);
-}
-try {
-    $users = $DB->get_records_list('user', $argname, array_keys($searchargs));
-} catch (Exception $e) {
-    if ($verbose) {
-        cli_error("Could not fetch data from db by {$argname}: '{$options[$argname]}'.", $exiterrordb);
-    }
-    exit($exiterrordb);
-}
-if (empty($users)) {
-    if ($verbose) {
-        cli_error("Can not find any user by {$argname}: '{$options[$argname]}'.", $exitnousersfound);
-    }
-    exit($exitnousersfound);
-}
-
-// No stop flag set, then just print the user and the current emailstop flag state.
-if ($options['stop'] === '') {
-    foreach ($users as $user) {
-        if ($verbose) {
-            echo 'user=' . $user->{$argname} . ' - emailstop=' . (int)$user->emailstop . PHP_EOL;
-            unset($searchargs[$user->{$argname}]);
-        }
-    }
-    if ($verbose) {
-        foreach (array_keys($searchargs) as $arg) {
-            echo 'user=' . $arg . ' - not found' . PHP_EOL;
-        }
-    }
-    exit($exitsuccess);
-}
-
-// Allowed values for the stop flag enabled are 1 and on, for disabled are 0 and off.
-$validvalues = ['0', '1', 'off', 'on'];
-$stopflag = strtolower($options['stop']);
-if (!in_array($stopflag, $validvalues)) {
-    if ($verbose) {
-        cli_error('Value for the emailstop flag must be one of: ' . implode(', ', $validvalues) . '.', $exitinvalidstopflag);
-    }
-    exit($exitinvalidstopflag);
-}
-
-foreach ($validvalues as $value) {
-    if ($value === $stopflag) {
-        $stopflag = ($value === '1' || $value === 'on') ? 1 : 0;
-        break;
-    }
-}
-// Update each user with the stop flag to be set if it is necessary.
-foreach ($users as $user) {
-    $line = 'Update user ' . $user->{$argname} . ($argname !== 'id' ? ' (' . $user->id . ')' : '') . ' - ';
-    if ((int)$user->emailstop !== $stopflag) {
-        $DB->set_field('user', 'emailstop', $stopflag, ['id' => $user->id]);
-        $line .= 'ok';
-    } else {
-        $line .= 'already done';
-    }
-    if ($verbose) {
-        echo $line . PHP_EOL;
-        unset($searchargs[$user->{$argname}]);
-    }
-
-}
-if ($verbose) {
-    foreach (array_keys($searchargs) as $arg) {
-        echo 'user=' . $arg . ' - not found' . PHP_EOL;
-    }
-}
-exit($exitsuccess);
-

admin/cli/fix_course_sequence.php

@@ -1,125 +0,0 @@
-<?php
-// This file is part of Moodle - http://moodle.org/
-//
-// Moodle is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-// (at your option) any later version.
-//
-// Moodle is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-// GNU General Public License for more details.
-//
-// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-// along with Moodle.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-
-/**
- * This script fixed incorrectly deleted users.
- *
- * @package    core
- * @subpackage cli
- * @copyright  2013 Marina Glancy
- * @license    http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
- */
-
-define('CLI_SCRIPT', true);
-
-require(__DIR__.'/../../config.php');
-require_once($CFG->libdir.'/clilib.php');
-
-// Get cli options.
-list($options, $unrecognized) = cli_get_params(
-    array(
-        'courses'           => false,
-        'fix'               => false,
-        'help'              => false
-    ),
-    array(
-        'h' => 'help',
-        'c' => 'courses',
-        'f' => 'fix'
-    )
-);
-
-if ($options['help'] || empty($options['courses'])) {
-    $help =
-"Checks and fixes that course modules and sections reference each other correctly.
-
-Compares DB fields course_sections.sequence and course_modules.section
-checking that:
-- course_sections.sequence contains each module id not more than once in the course
-- for each moduleid from course_sections.sequence the field course_modules.section
-  refers to the same section id (this means course_sections.sequence is more
-  important if they are different)
-- each module in the course is present in one of course_sections.sequence
-- section sequences do not contain non-existing course modules
-
-If there are any mismatches, the message is displayed. If --fix is specified,
-the records in DB are corrected.
-
-This script may run for a long time on big systems if called for all courses.
-
-Avoid executing the script when another user may simultaneously edit any of the
-courses being checked (recommended to run in mainenance mode).
-
-Options:
--c, --courses         List courses that need to be checked (comma-separated
-                      values or * for all). Required
--f, --fix             Fix the mismatches in DB. If not specified check only and
-                      report problems to STDERR
--h, --help            Print out this help
-
-Example:
-\$sudo -u www-data /usr/bin/php admin/cli/fix_course_sequence.php --courses=*
-\$sudo -u www-data /usr/bin/php admin/cli/fix_course_sequence.php --courses=2,3,4 --fix
-";
-
-    echo $help;
-    die;
-}
-
-$courseslist = preg_split('/\s*,\s*/', $options['courses'], -1, PREG_SPLIT_NO_EMPTY);
-if (in_array('*', $courseslist)) {
-    $where = '';
-    $params = array();
-} else {
-    list($sql, $params) = $DB->get_in_or_equal($courseslist, SQL_PARAMS_NAMED, 'id');
-    $where = 'WHERE id '. $sql;
-}
-$coursescount = $DB->get_field_sql('SELECT count(id) FROM {course} '. $where, $params);
-
-if (!$coursescount) {
-    cli_error('No courses found');
-}
-echo "Checking $coursescount courses...\n\n";
-
-require_once($CFG->dirroot. '/course/lib.php');
-
-$problems = array();
-$courses = $DB->get_fieldset_sql('SELECT id FROM {course} '. $where, $params);
-foreach ($courses as $courseid) {
-    $errors = course_integrity_check($courseid, null, null, true, empty($options['fix']));
-    if ($errors) {
-        if (!empty($options['fix'])) {
-            // Reset the course cache to make sure cache is recalculated next time the course is viewed.
-            rebuild_course_cache($courseid, true);
-        }
-        foreach ($errors as $error) {
-            cli_problem($error);
-        }
-        $problems[] = $courseid;
-    } else {
-        echo "Course [$courseid] is OK\n";
-    }
-}
-if (!count($problems)) {
-    echo "\n...All courses are OK\n";
-} else {
-    if (!empty($options['fix'])) {
-        echo "\n...Found and fixed ".count($problems)." courses with problems". "\n";
-    } else {
-        echo "\n...Found ".count($problems)." courses with problems. To fix run:\n";
-        echo "\$sudo -u www-data /usr/bin/php admin/cli/fix_course_sequence.php --courses=".join(',', $problems)." --fix". "\n";
-    }
-}

admin/cli/fix_deleted_users.php

@@ -1,92 +0,0 @@
-<?php
-// This file is part of Moodle - http://moodle.org/
-//
-// Moodle is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-// (at your option) any later version.
-//
-// Moodle is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-// GNU General Public License for more details.
-//
-// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-// along with Moodle.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-
-/**
- * This script fixed incorrectly deleted users.
- *
- * @package    core
- * @subpackage cli
- * @copyright  2013 Petr Skoda (http://skodak.org)
- * @license    http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
- */
-
-define('CLI_SCRIPT', true);
-
-require(__DIR__.'/../../config.php');
-require_once($CFG->libdir.'/clilib.php');
-
-
-// Now get cli options.
-list($options, $unrecognized) = cli_get_params(array('help'=>false),
-    array('h'=>'help'));
-
-if ($unrecognized) {
-    $unrecognized = implode("\n  ", $unrecognized);
-    cli_error(get_string('cliunknowoption', 'admin', $unrecognized));
-}
-
-if ($options['help']) {
-    $help =
-        "Fix incorrectly deleted users.
-
-        This scripts detects users that are marked as deleted instead
-        of calling delete_user().
-
-        Deleted users do not have original username, idnumber or email,
-        we must also delete all roles, enrolments, group memberships, etc.
-
-        Please note this script does not delete any public information
-        such as forum posts.
-
-        Options:
-        -h, --help            Print out this help
-
-        Example:
-        \$sudo -u www-data /usr/bin/php admin/cli/fix_deleted_users.php
-        ";
-
-    echo $help;
-    die;
-}
-
-cli_heading('Looking for sloppy user deletes');
-
-// Look for sloppy deleted users where somebody only flipped the deleted flag.
-$sql = "SELECT *
-          FROM {user}
-         WHERE deleted = 1 AND email LIKE '%@%' AND username NOT LIKE '%@%'";
-$rs = $DB->get_recordset_sql($sql);
-foreach ($rs as $user) {
-    echo "Redeleting user $user->id: $user->username ($user->email)\n";
-    delete_user($user);
-}
-$rs->close();
-
-cli_heading('Deleting all leftovers');
-
-$DB->set_field('user', 'idnumber', '', array('deleted'=>1));
-
-$DB->delete_records_select('role_assignments', "userid IN (SELECT id FROM {user} WHERE deleted = 1)");
-$DB->delete_records_select('cohort_members', "userid IN (SELECT id FROM {user} WHERE deleted = 1)");
-$DB->delete_records_select('groups_members', "userid IN (SELECT id FROM {user} WHERE deleted = 1)");
-$DB->delete_records_select('user_enrolments', "userid IN (SELECT id FROM {user} WHERE deleted = 1)");
-$DB->delete_records_select('user_preferences', "userid IN (SELECT id FROM {user} WHERE deleted = 1)");
-$DB->delete_records_select('user_info_data', "userid IN (SELECT id FROM {user} WHERE deleted = 1)");
-$DB->delete_records_select('user_lastaccess', "userid IN (SELECT id FROM {user} WHERE deleted = 1)");
-$DB->delete_records_select('external_tokens', "userid IN (SELECT id FROM {user} WHERE deleted = 1)");
-$DB->delete_records_select('external_services_users', "userid IN (SELECT id FROM {user} WHERE deleted = 1)");
-
-exit(0);

admin/cli/fix_orphaned_calendar_events.php

@@ -1,138 +0,0 @@
-<?php
-// This file is part of Moodle - http://moodle.org/
-//
-// Moodle is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-// (at your option) any later version.
-//
-// Moodle is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-// GNU General Public License for more details.
-//
-// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-// along with Moodle.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-
-/**
- * Fix orphaned calendar events that were broken by MDL-67494.
- *
- * This script will look for all the calendar events which userids
- * where broken by a wrong upgrade step, affecting to Moodle 3.9.5
- * and up.
- *
- * It performs checks to both:
- *    a) Detect if the site was affected (ran the wrong upgrade step).
- *    b) Look for orphaned calendar events, categorising them as:
- *       - standard: site / category / course / group / user events
- *       - subscription: events created via subscriptions.
- *       - action: normal action events, created to show common important dates.
- *       - override: user and group override events, particular, that some activities support.
- *       - custom: other events, not being any of the above, common or particular.
- * By specifying it (--fix) try to recover as many broken events (missing userid) as
- * possible. Standard, subscription, action, override events in core are fully supported but
- * override or custom events should be fixed by each plugin as far as there isn't any standard
- * API (plugin-wise) to launch a rebuild of the calendar events.
- *
- * @package core
- * @copyright 2021 onwards Simey Lameze <simey@moodle.com>
- * @license    https://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
- */
-
-define('CLI_SCRIPT', true);
-
-require_once(__DIR__ . '/../../config.php');
-require_once($CFG->libdir . "/clilib.php");
-require_once($CFG->libdir . '/db/upgradelib.php');
-
-// Supported options.
-$long = ['fix'  => false, 'help' => false];
-$short = ['f' => 'fix', 'h' => 'help'];
-
-// CLI options.
-[$options, $unrecognized] = cli_get_params($long, $short);
-
-if ($unrecognized) {
-    $unrecognized = implode("\n  ", $unrecognized);
-    cli_error(get_string('cliunknowoption', 'admin', $unrecognized));
-}
-
-if ($options['help']) {
-    $help = <<<EOT
-Fix orphaned calendar events.
-
-  This script detects calendar events that have had their
-  userid lost. By default it will perform various checks
-  and report them, showing the site status in an easy way.
-
-  Also, optionally (--fix), it wil try to recover as many
-  lost userids as possible from different sources. Note that
-  this script aims to process well-know events in core,
-  leaving custom events in 3rd part plugins mostly unmodified
-  because there isn't any consistent way to regenerate them.
-
-  For more details:  https://tracker.moodle.org/browse/MDL-71156
-
-Options:
-  -h, --help    Print out this help.
-  -f, --fix     Fix the orphaned calendar events in the DB.
-                If not specified only check and report problems to STDERR.
-
-Usage:
-  - Only report:    \$ sudo -u www-data /usr/bin/php admin/cli/fix_orphaned_calendar_events.php
-  - Report and fix: \$ sudo -u www-data /usr/bin/php admin/cli/fix_orphaned_calendar_events.php -f
-EOT;
-
-    cli_writeln($help);
-    die;
-}
-
-// Check various usual pre-requisites.
-if (empty($CFG->version)) {
-    cli_error('Database is not yet installed.');
-}
-
-$admin = get_admin();
-if (!$admin) {
-    cli_error('Error: No admin account was found.');
-}
-
-if (moodle_needs_upgrading()) {
-    cli_error('Moodle upgrade pending, script execution suspended.');
-}
-
-// Do everything as admin by default.
-\core\session\manager::set_user($admin);
-
-// Report current site status.
-cli_heading('Checking the site status');
-$needsfix = upgrade_calendar_site_status();
-
-// Report current calendar events status.
-cli_heading('Checking the calendar events status');
-$info = upgrade_calendar_events_status();
-$hasbadevents = $info['total']->bad > 0 || $info['total']->bad != $info['other']->bad;
-$needsfix = $needsfix || $hasbadevents;
-
-// If, selected, fix as many calendar events as possible.
-if ($options['fix']) {
-
-    // If the report has told us that the fix was not needed... ask for confirmation!
-    if (!$needsfix) {
-        cli_writeln("This site DOES NOT NEED to run the calendar events fix.");
-        $input = cli_input('Are you completely sure that you want to run the fix? (y/N)', 'N', ['y', 'Y', 'n', 'N']);
-        if (strtolower($input) != 'y') {
-            exit(0);
-        }
-        cli_writeln("");
-    }
-    cli_heading('Fixing as many as possible calendar events');
-    upgrade_calendar_events_fix_remaining($info);
-    // Report current (after fix) calendar events status.
-    cli_heading('Checking the calendar events status (after fix)');
-    upgrade_calendar_events_status();
-} else if ($needsfix) {
-    // Fix option was not provided but problem events have been found. Notify the user and provide info how to fix these events.
-    cli_writeln("This site NEEDS to run the calendar events fix!");
-    cli_writeln("To fix the calendar events, re-run this script with the --fix option.");
-}

admin/cli/fix_orphaned_question_categories.php

@@ -1,103 +0,0 @@
-<?php
-// This file is part of Moodle - http://moodle.org/
-//
-// Moodle is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-// (at your option) any later version.
-//
-// Moodle is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-// GNU General Public License for more details.
-//
-// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-// along with Moodle.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-
-/**
- * This script fixes orphaned question categories.
- *
- * Orphaned question categories have had their associated context deleted
- * but the category itself remains in the database with an invalid context.
- *
- * @package    core
- * @subpackage cli
- * @copyright  2013 Tyler Bannister (tyler.bannister@remote-learner.net)
- * @license    http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
- */
-
-define('CLI_SCRIPT', true);
-
-require(__DIR__.'/../../config.php');
-require_once($CFG->libdir.'/clilib.php');
-require_once($CFG->libdir.'/questionlib.php');
-
-$long = array('fix'  => false, 'help' => false);
-$short = array('f' => 'fix', 'h' => 'help');
-
-// Now get cli options.
-list($options, $unrecognized) = cli_get_params($long, $short);
-
-if ($unrecognized) {
-    $unrecognized = implode("\n  ", $unrecognized);
-    cli_error(get_string('cliunknowoption', 'admin', $unrecognized));
-}
-
-if ($options['help']) {
-    $help =
-        "Fix orphaned question categories.
-
-        This scripts detects question categories that have had their
-        context deleted, thus severing them from their original purpose.
-
-        This script will find the orphaned categories and delete the unused
-        questions in each category found.  Used questions will not be
-        deleted, instead they will be moved to a rescue question category.
-
-        Options:
-        -h, --help            Print out this help
-        -f, --fix             Fix the orphaned question categories in the DB.
-                              If not specified only check and report problems to STDERR.
-        Example:
-        \$sudo -u www-data /usr/bin/php admin/cli/fix_orphaned_question_categories.php
-        \$sudo -u www-data /usr/bin/php admin/cli/fix_orphaned_question_categories.php -f
-        ";
-
-    echo $help;
-    die;
-}
-
-cli_heading('Checking for orphaned categories');
-
-
-$sql = 'SELECT qc.id, qc.contextid, qc.name
-          FROM {question_categories} qc
-     LEFT JOIN {context} c ON qc.contextid = c.id
-         WHERE c.id IS NULL';
-$categories = $DB->get_recordset_sql($sql);
-
-$i = 0;
-foreach ($categories as $category) {
-    $i += 1;
-    echo "Found orphaned category: {$category->name}\n";
-    if (!empty($options['fix'])) {
-        echo "Cleaning...";
-        // One transaction per category.
-        $transaction = $DB->start_delegated_transaction();
-        question_category_delete_safe($category);
-        $transaction->allow_commit();
-        echo "  Done!\n";
-    }
-}
-
-if (($i > 0) && !empty($options['fix'])) {
-    echo "Found and removed {$i} orphaned question categories\n";
-} else if ($i > 0) {
-    echo "Found {$i} orphaned question categories. To fix, run:\n";
-    echo "\$sudo -u www-data /usr/bin/php admin/cli/fix_orphaned_question_categories.php --fix\n";
-} else {
-    echo "No orphaned question categories found.\n";
-}
-
-
-$categories->close();

admin/cli/generate_key.php

@@ -1,75 +0,0 @@
-<?php
-// This file is part of Moodle - http://moodle.org/
-//
-// Moodle is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-// (at your option) any later version.
-//
-// Moodle is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-// GNU General Public License for more details.
-//
-// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-// along with Moodle.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-
-/**
- * Generates a secure key for the current server (presuming it does not already exist).
- *
- * @package core_admin
- * @copyright 2020 The Open University
- * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
- */
-
-use \core\encryption;
-
-define('CLI_SCRIPT', true);
-
-require(__DIR__ . '/../../config.php');
-require_once($CFG->libdir . '/clilib.php');
-
-// Get cli options.
-[$options, $unrecognized] = cli_get_params(
-        ['help' => false, 'method' => null],
-        ['h' => 'help']);
-
-if ($unrecognized) {
-    $unrecognized = implode("\n  ", $unrecognized);
-    cli_error(get_string('cliunknowoption', 'admin', $unrecognized));
-}
-
-if ($options['help']) {
-    echo "Generate secure key
-
-This script manually creates a secure key within the secret data root folder (configured in
-config.php as \$CFG->secretdataroot). You must run it using an account with access to write
-to that folder.
-
-In normal use Moodle automatically creates the key; this script is intended when setting up
-a new Moodle system, for cases where the secure folder is not on shared storage and the key
-may be manually installed on multiple servers.
-
-Options:
--h, --help         Print out this help
---method <method>  Generate key for specified encryption method instead of default (sodium)
-
-Example:
-php admin/cli/generate_key.php
-";
-    exit;
-}
-
-$method = $options['method'];
-
-if (encryption::key_exists($method)) {
-    echo 'Key already exists: ' . encryption::get_key_file($method) . "\n";
-    exit;
-}
-
-// Creates key with default permissions (no chmod).
-echo "Generating key...\n";
-encryption::create_key($method, false);
-
-echo "\nKey created: " . encryption::get_key_file($method) . "\n\n";
-echo "If the key folder is not shared storage, then key files should be copied to all servers.\n";

admin/cli/import.php

@@ -1,132 +0,0 @@
-<?php
-// This file is part of Moodle - http://moodle.org/
-//
-// Moodle is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-// (at your option) any later version.
-//
-// Moodle is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-// GNU General Public License for more details.
-//
-// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-// along with Moodle.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-
-/**
- * This script allows to import a course from CLI.
- *
- * @package    core
- * @subpackage cli
- * @author     Tomo Tsuyuki <tomotsuyuki@catalyst-au.net>
- * @copyright  2023 Catalyst IT
- * @license    http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
- */
-
-define('CLI_SCRIPT', 1);
-
-require(__DIR__ . '/../../config.php');
-require_once($CFG->libdir . '/clilib.php');
-require_once($CFG->dirroot . '/backup/util/includes/backup_includes.php');
-require_once($CFG->dirroot . "/backup/util/includes/restore_includes.php");
-
-list($options, $unrecognized) = cli_get_params([
-    'srccourseid' => '',
-    'srccmid' => '',
-    'dstcourseid' => '',
-    'showdebugging' => false,
-    'help' => false,
-], [
-    's' => 'showdebugging',
-    'h' => 'help',
-]);
-
-if ($unrecognized) {
-    $unrecognized = implode("\n  ", $unrecognized);
-    cli_error(get_string('cliunknowoption', 'admin', $unrecognized));
-}
-
-if ($options['help'] ||
-    !(($options['srccourseid'] && $options['dstcourseid'])
-        || ($options['srccmid'] && $options['dstcourseid']))) {
-    $help = <<<EOL
-Import course or course module into provided course.
-
-Options:
-    --srccourseid=INT   Source course ID to backup.
-    --srccmid=INT       Source course module ID to backup.
-    --dstcourseid=INT   Destination course ID to restore.
--s, --showdebugging     Show developer level debugging information
--h, --help              Print out this help.
-
-Example1: (Import from a course into another course)
-\$sudo -u www-data /usr/bin/php admin/cli/import.php --srccourseid=12 --dstcourseid=13\n
-
-Example2: (Import from a course module into a course)
-\$sudo -u www-data /usr/bin/php admin/cli/import.php --srccmid=21 --dstcourseid=11\n
-EOL;
-
-    echo $help;
-    exit(0);
-}
-
-if ($options['showdebugging']) {
-    set_debugging(DEBUG_DEVELOPER, true);
-}
-
-if (!$admin = get_admin()) {
-    throw new \moodle_exception('noadmins');
-}
-
-if (!empty($options['srccourseid']) && !empty($options['dstcourseid'])) {
-    // Import from course into course.
-    if (!$srccourse = $DB->get_record('course', ['id' => $options['srccourseid']], 'id')) {
-        throw new \moodle_exception('invalidcourseid');
-    }
-    if (!$dstcourse = $DB->get_record('course', ['id' => $options['dstcourseid']], 'id')) {
-        throw new \moodle_exception('invalidcourseid');
-    }
-
-    cli_heading(get_string('importfromcoursetocourse', 'backup', (object)$options));
-    $bc = new backup_controller(backup::TYPE_1COURSE, $srccourse->id, backup::FORMAT_MOODLE,
-        backup::INTERACTIVE_NO, backup::MODE_IMPORT, $admin->id);
-    $backupid = $bc->get_backupid();
-    $bc->execute_plan();
-    $bc->destroy();
-    cli_heading(get_string('backupthenrestore', 'backup'));
-
-    $rc = new restore_controller($backupid, $dstcourse->id, backup::INTERACTIVE_NO,
-        backup::MODE_SAMESITE, $admin->id, backup::TARGET_EXISTING_ADDING);
-    $rc->execute_precheck();
-    $rc->execute_plan();
-    $rc->destroy();
-    cli_heading(get_string('restoredcourseid', 'backup', $dstcourse->id));
-} else if (!empty($options['srccmid']) && !empty($options['dstcourseid'])) {
-    // Import from course module into course.
-    if (!$cm = $DB->get_record('course_modules', ['id' => $options['srccmid']], 'id')) {
-        throw new \moodle_exception('invalidcoursemoduleid', 'error', '', $options['srccmid']);
-    }
-    if (!$course = $DB->get_record('course', ['id' => $options['dstcourseid']], 'id')) {
-        throw new \moodle_exception('invalidcourseid');
-    }
-
-    cli_heading(get_string('importfromccmidtocourse', 'backup', (object)$options));
-    $bc = new backup_controller(backup::TYPE_1ACTIVITY, $cm->id, backup::FORMAT_MOODLE,
-        backup::INTERACTIVE_NO, backup::MODE_IMPORT, $admin->id);
-    $backupid = $bc->get_backupid();
-    $bc->execute_plan();
-    $bc->destroy();
-    cli_heading(get_string('backupthenrestore', 'backup'));
-
-    $rc = new restore_controller($backupid, $course->id, backup::INTERACTIVE_NO,
-        backup::MODE_SAMESITE, $admin->id, backup::TARGET_EXISTING_ADDING);
-    $rc->execute_precheck();
-    $rc->execute_plan();
-    $rc->destroy();
-    cli_heading(get_string('restoredcourseid', 'backup', $course->id));
-} else {
-    throw new \moodle_exception('invalidoption');
-}
-
-exit(0);

admin/cli/install.php

@@ -1,855 +0,0 @@
-<?php
-
-// This file is part of Moodle - http://moodle.org/
-//
-// Moodle is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-// (at your option) any later version.
-//
-// Moodle is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-// GNU General Public License for more details.
-//
-// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-// along with Moodle.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-
-/**
- * This script creates config.php file and prepares database.
- *
- * This script is not intended for beginners!
- * Potential problems:
- * - su to apache account or sudo before execution
- * - not compatible with Windows platform
- *
- * @package    core
- * @subpackage cli
- * @copyright  2009 Petr Skoda (http://skodak.org)
- * @license    http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
- */
-
-define('CLI_SCRIPT', true);
-define('NO_DEBUG_DISPLAY', false);
-
-// extra execution prevention - we can not just require config.php here
-if (isset($_SERVER['REMOTE_ADDR'])) {
-    exit(1);
-}
-
-// Force OPcache reset if used, we do not want any stale caches
-// when preparing test environment.
-if (function_exists('opcache_reset')) {
-    opcache_reset();
-}
-
-$help =
-"Command line Moodle installer, creates config.php and initializes database.
-Please note you must execute this script with the same uid as apache
-or use chmod/chown after installation.
-
-Site defaults may be changed via local/defaults.php.
-
-Options:
---chmod=OCTAL-MODE    Permissions of new directories created within dataroot.
-                      Default is 2777. You may want to change it to 2770
-                      or 2750 or 750. See chmod man page for details.
---lang=CODE           Installation and default site language.
---wwwroot=URL         Web address for the Moodle site,
-                      required in non-interactive mode.
---dataroot=DIR        Location of the moodle data folder,
-                      must not be web accessible. Default is moodledata
-                      in the parent directory.
---dbtype=TYPE         Database type. Default is mysqli
---dbhost=HOST         Database host. Default is localhost
---dbname=NAME         Database name. Default is moodle
---dbuser=USERNAME     Database user. Default is root
---dbpass=PASSWORD     Database password. Default is blank
---dbport=NUMBER       Use database port.
---dbsocket=PATH       Use database socket, 1 means default. Available for some databases only.
---prefix=STRING       Table prefix for above database tables. Default is mdl_
---fullname=STRING     The fullname of the site
---shortname=STRING    The shortname of the site
---summary=STRING      The summary to be displayed on the front page
---adminuser=USERNAME  Username for the moodle admin account. Default is admin
---adminpass=PASSWORD  Password for the moodle admin account,
-                      required in non-interactive mode.
---adminemail=STRING   Email address for the moodle admin account.
---sitepreset=STRING   Admin site preset to be applied during the installation process.
---supportemail=STRING Email address for support and help.
---upgradekey=STRING   The upgrade key to be set in the config.php, leave empty to not set it.
---non-interactive     No interactive questions, installation fails if any
-                      problem encountered.
---agree-license       Indicates agreement with software license,
-                      required in non-interactive mode.
---allow-unstable      Install even if the version is not marked as stable yet,
-                      required in non-interactive mode.
---skip-database       Stop the installation before installing the database.
--h, --help            Print out this help
-
-Example:
-\$sudo -u www-data /usr/bin/php admin/cli/install.php --lang=cs
-"; //TODO: localize, mark as needed in install - to be translated later when everything is finished
-
-
-// distro specific customisation
-$distrolibfile = __DIR__.'/../../install/distrolib.php';
-$distro = null;
-if (file_exists($distrolibfile)) {
-    require_once($distrolibfile);
-    if (function_exists('distro_get_config')) {
-        $distro = distro_get_config();
-    }
-}
-
-// Nothing to do if config.php exists
-$configfile = dirname(__DIR__, 2).'/config.php';
-if (file_exists($configfile)) {
-    require($configfile);
-    require_once($CFG->libdir.'/clilib.php');
-    list($options, $unrecognized) = cli_get_params(array('help'=>false), array('h'=>'help'));
-
-    if ($options['help']) {
-        echo $help;
-        echo "\n\n";
-    }
-
-    if ($DB->get_manager()->table_exists('config')) {
-        cli_error(get_string('clialreadyinstalled', 'install'));
-    } else {
-        cli_error(get_string('clialreadyconfigured', 'install'));
-    }
-}
-
-$olddir = getcwd();
-
-// change directory so that includes below work properly
-chdir(dirname($_SERVER['argv'][0]));
-
-// Servers should define a default timezone in php.ini, but if they don't then make sure something is defined.
-if (!function_exists('date_default_timezone_set') or !function_exists('date_default_timezone_get')) {
-    fwrite(STDERR, "Timezone functions are not available.\n");
-    exit(1);
-}
-date_default_timezone_set(@date_default_timezone_get());
-
-// make sure PHP errors are displayed - helps with diagnosing of problems
-@error_reporting(E_ALL);
-@ini_set('display_errors', '1');
-// we need a lot of memory
-@ini_set('memory_limit', '128M');
-
-/** Used by library scripts to check they are being called by Moodle */
-define('MOODLE_INTERNAL', true);
-
-// Disables all caching.
-define('CACHE_DISABLE_ALL', true);
-
-define('PHPUNIT_TEST', false);
-
-define('IGNORE_COMPONENT_CACHE', true);
-
-// Check that PHP is of a sufficient version as soon as possible.
-require_once(dirname(__DIR__, 2) . '/public/lib/phpminimumversionlib.php');
-moodle_require_minimum_php_version();
-
-// set up configuration
-global $CFG;
-$CFG = new stdClass();
-$CFG->lang                 = 'en';
-$CFG->root                 = dirname(__DIR__, 2);
-$CFG->dirroot              = $CFG->root . '/public';
-$CFG->libdir               = "$CFG->dirroot/lib";
-$CFG->wwwroot              = "http://localhost";
-$CFG->httpswwwroot         = $CFG->wwwroot;
-$CFG->docroot              = 'http://docs.moodle.org';
-$CFG->running_installer    = true;
-$CFG->early_install_lang   = true;
-$CFG->ostype               = (stristr(PHP_OS, 'win') && !stristr(PHP_OS, 'darwin')) ? 'WINDOWS' : 'UNIX';
-$CFG->dboptions            = array();
-$CFG->debug                = (E_ALL);
-$CFG->debugdisplay         = true;
-$CFG->debugdeveloper       = true;
-
-$parts = explode('/', str_replace('\\', '/', dirname(__DIR__)));
-$CFG->admin                = array_pop($parts);
-
-// Point pear include path to moodles lib/pear so that includes and requires will search there for files before anywhere else
-// the problem is that we need specific version of quickforms and hacked excel files :-(.
-ini_set('include_path', $CFG->libdir.'/pear' . PATH_SEPARATOR . ini_get('include_path'));
-
-// The core_component class can be used in any scripts, it does not need anything else.
-require_once($CFG->libdir.'/classes/component.php');
-
-// Register our classloader.
-\core\component::register_autoloader();
-
-require_once($CFG->libdir.'/classes/text.php');
-require_once($CFG->libdir.'/classes/string_manager.php');
-require_once($CFG->libdir.'/classes/string_manager_install.php');
-require_once($CFG->libdir.'/classes/string_manager_standard.php');
-require_once($CFG->libdir.'/installlib.php');
-require_once($CFG->libdir.'/clilib.php');
-require_once($CFG->libdir.'/setuplib.php');
-require_once($CFG->libdir.'/weblib.php');
-require_once($CFG->libdir.'/dmllib.php');
-require_once($CFG->libdir.'/moodlelib.php');
-require_once($CFG->libdir.'/deprecatedlib.php');
-require_once($CFG->libdir.'/adminlib.php');
-require_once($CFG->libdir.'/componentlib.class.php');
-
-require($CFG->dirroot.'/version.php');
-$CFG->target_release = $release;
-
-\core\session\manager::init_empty_session();
-global $SESSION;
-global $USER;
-
-global $COURSE;
-$COURSE = new stdClass();
-$COURSE->id = 1;
-
-global $SITE;
-$SITE = $COURSE;
-define('SITEID', 1);
-
-//Database types
-$databases = array('mysqli' => moodle_database::get_driver_instance('mysqli', 'native'),
-                   'auroramysql' => moodle_database::get_driver_instance('auroramysql', 'native'),
-                   'mariadb'=> moodle_database::get_driver_instance('mariadb', 'native'),
-                   'pgsql'  => moodle_database::get_driver_instance('pgsql',  'native'),
-                   'sqlsrv' => moodle_database::get_driver_instance('sqlsrv', 'native'), // MS SQL*Server PHP driver
-                  );
-foreach ($databases as $type=>$database) {
-    if ($database->driver_installed() !== true) {
-        unset($databases[$type]);
-    }
-}
-if (empty($databases)) {
-    $defaultdb = '';
-} else {
-    reset($databases);
-    $defaultdb = key($databases);
-}
-
-// now get cli options
-list($options, $unrecognized) = cli_get_params(
-    array(
-        'chmod'             => isset($distro->directorypermissions) ? sprintf('%04o',$distro->directorypermissions) : '2777', // let distros set dir permissions
-        'lang'              => $CFG->lang,
-        'wwwroot'           => '',
-        'dataroot'          => empty($distro->dataroot) ? str_replace('\\', '/', dirname(dirname(dirname(__DIR__))).'/moodledata'): $distro->dataroot, // initialised later after including libs or by distro
-        'dbtype'            => empty($distro->dbtype) ? $defaultdb : $distro->dbtype, // let distro skip dbtype selection
-        'dbhost'            => empty($distro->dbhost) ? 'localhost' : $distro->dbhost, // let distros set dbhost
-        'dbname'            => 'moodle',
-        'dbuser'            => empty($distro->dbuser) ? 'root' : $distro->dbuser, // let distros set dbuser
-        'dbpass'            => '',
-        'dbport'            => '',
-        'dbsocket'          => '',
-        'prefix'            => 'mdl_',
-        'fullname'          => '',
-        'shortname'         => '',
-        'summary'           => '',
-        'adminuser'         => 'admin',
-        'adminpass'         => '',
-        'adminemail'        => '',
-        'sitepreset'        => '',
-        'supportemail'      => '',
-        'upgradekey'        => '',
-        'non-interactive'   => false,
-        'agree-license'     => false,
-        'allow-unstable'    => false,
-        'skip-database'     => false,
-        'help'              => false
-    ),
-    array(
-        'h' => 'help'
-    )
-);
-
-$interactive = empty($options['non-interactive']);
-$skipdatabase = $options['skip-database'];
-
-// set up language
-$lang = clean_param($options['lang'], PARAM_SAFEDIR);
-$languages = get_string_manager()->get_list_of_translations();
-if (array_key_exists($lang, $languages)) {
-    $CFG->lang = $lang;
-}
-
-// Set up site admin preset.
-$sitepreset = clean_param($options['sitepreset'], PARAM_RAW);
-if (!empty($sitepreset)) {
-    $CFG->setsitepresetduringinstall = $sitepreset;
-}
-
-if ($unrecognized) {
-    $unrecognized = implode("\n  ", $unrecognized);
-    cli_error(get_string('cliunknowoption', 'admin', $unrecognized));
-}
-
-if ($options['help']) {
-    echo $help;
-    die;
-}
-
-//Print header
-cli_logo();
-echo PHP_EOL;
-echo get_string('cliinstallheader', 'install', $CFG->target_release)."\n";
-
-//Fist select language
-if ($interactive) {
-    cli_separator();
-    // Do not put the langs into columns because it is not compatible with RTL.
-    $default = $CFG->lang;
-    cli_heading(get_string('chooselanguagehead', 'install'));
-    if (array_key_exists($default, $languages)) {
-        echo $default.' - '.$languages[$default]."\n";
-    }
-    if ($default !== 'en') {
-        echo 'en - English (en)'."\n";
-    }
-    echo '? - '.get_string('availablelangs', 'install')."\n";
-    $prompt = get_string('clitypevaluedefault', 'admin', $CFG->lang);
-    $error = '';
-    do {
-        echo $error;
-        $input = cli_input($prompt, $default);
-
-        if ($input === '?') {
-            echo implode("\n", $languages)."\n";
-            $error = "\n";
-
-        } else {
-            $input = clean_param($input, PARAM_SAFEDIR);
-
-            if (!array_key_exists($input, $languages)) {
-                $error = get_string('cliincorrectvalueretry', 'admin')."\n";
-            } else {
-                $error = '';
-            }
-        }
-    } while ($error !== '');
-    $CFG->lang = $input;
-} else {
-    // already selected and verified
-}
-
-// Set directorypermissions first
-$chmod = octdec(clean_param($options['chmod'], PARAM_INT));
-if ($interactive) {
-    cli_separator();
-    cli_heading(get_string('datarootpermission', 'install'));
-    $prompt = get_string('clitypevaluedefault', 'admin', decoct($chmod));
-    $error = '';
-    do {
-        echo $error;
-        $input = cli_input($prompt, decoct($chmod));
-        $input = octdec(clean_param($input, PARAM_INT));
-        if (empty($input)) {
-            $error = get_string('cliincorrectvalueretry', 'admin')."\n";
-        } else {
-            $error = '';
-        }
-    } while ($error !== '');
-    $chmod = $input;
-
-} else {
-    if (empty($chmod)) {
-        $a = (object)array('option' => 'chmod', 'value' => decoct($chmod));
-        cli_error(get_string('cliincorrectvalueerror', 'admin', $a));
-    }
-}
-$CFG->directorypermissions = $chmod;
-$CFG->filepermissions      = ($CFG->directorypermissions & 0666);
-$CFG->umaskpermissions     = (($CFG->directorypermissions & 0777) ^ 0777);
-
-//We need wwwroot before we test dataroot
-$wwwroot = clean_param($options['wwwroot'], PARAM_URL);
-$wwwroot = trim($wwwroot, '/');
-if ($interactive) {
-    cli_separator();
-    cli_heading(get_string('wwwroot', 'install'));
-    if (strpos($wwwroot, 'http') === 0) {
-        $prompt = get_string('clitypevaluedefault', 'admin', $wwwroot);
-    } else {
-        $wwwroot = null;
-        $prompt = get_string('clitypevalue', 'admin');
-    }
-    $error = '';
-    do {
-        echo $error;
-        $input = cli_input($prompt, $wwwroot);
-        $input = clean_param($input, PARAM_URL);
-        $input = trim($input, '/');
-        if (strpos($input, 'http') !== 0) {
-            $error = get_string('cliincorrectvalueretry', 'admin')."\n";
-        } else {
-            $error = '';
-        }
-    } while ($error !== '');
-    $wwwroot = $input;
-
-} else {
-    if (strpos($wwwroot, 'http') !== 0) {
-        $a = (object)array('option'=>'wwwroot', 'value'=>$wwwroot);
-        cli_error(get_string('cliincorrectvalueerror', 'admin', $a));
-    }
-}
-$CFG->wwwroot       = $wwwroot;
-$CFG->httpswwwroot  = $CFG->wwwroot;
-
-//We need dataroot before lang download
-$CFG->dataroot = $options['dataroot'];
-if ($interactive) {
-    cli_separator();
-    $i=0;
-    while(is_dataroot_insecure()) {
-        $parrent = dirname($CFG->dataroot);
-        $i++;
-        if ($parrent == '/' or $parrent == '.' or preg_match('/^[a-z]:\\\?$/i', $parrent) or ($i > 100)) {
-            $CFG->dataroot = ''; //can not find secure location for dataroot
-            break;
-        }
-        $CFG->dataroot = dirname($parrent).'/moodledata';
-    }
-    cli_heading(get_string('dataroot', 'install'));
-    $error = '';
-    do {
-        if ($CFG->dataroot !== '') {
-            $prompt = get_string('clitypevaluedefault', 'admin', $CFG->dataroot);
-        } else {
-            $prompt = get_string('clitypevalue', 'admin');
-        }
-        echo $error;
-        $CFG->dataroot = cli_input($prompt, $CFG->dataroot);
-        if ($CFG->dataroot === '') {
-            $error = get_string('cliincorrectvalueretry', 'admin')."\n";
-        } else if (is_dataroot_insecure()) {
-            $CFG->dataroot = '';
-            $error = get_string('pathsunsecuredataroot', 'install')."\n";
-        } else {
-            if (install_init_dataroot($CFG->dataroot, $CFG->directorypermissions)) {
-                $error = '';
-            } else {
-                $a = (object)array('dataroot' => $CFG->dataroot);
-                $error = get_string('pathserrcreatedataroot', 'install', $a)."\n";
-            }
-        }
-
-    } while ($error !== '');
-
-} else {
-    if (is_dataroot_insecure()) {
-        cli_error(get_string('pathsunsecuredataroot', 'install'));
-    }
-    if (!install_init_dataroot($CFG->dataroot, $CFG->directorypermissions)) {
-        $a = (object)array('dataroot' => $CFG->dataroot);
-        cli_error(get_string('pathserrcreatedataroot', 'install', $a));
-    }
-}
-$CFG->tempdir       = $CFG->dataroot.'/temp';
-$CFG->backuptempdir = $CFG->tempdir.'/backup';
-$CFG->cachedir      = $CFG->dataroot.'/cache';
-$CFG->localcachedir = $CFG->dataroot.'/localcache';
-
-// download required lang packs
-if ($CFG->lang !== 'en') {
-    $installer = new lang_installer($CFG->lang);
-    $results = $installer->run();
-    foreach ($results as $langcode => $langstatus) {
-        if ($langstatus === lang_installer::RESULT_DOWNLOADERROR) {
-            $a       = new stdClass();
-            $a->url  = $installer->lang_pack_url($langcode);
-            $a->dest = $CFG->dataroot.'/lang';
-            cli_problem(get_string('remotedownloaderror', 'error', $a));
-        }
-    }
-}
-
-// switch the string_manager instance to stop using install/lang/
-$CFG->early_install_lang = false;
-$CFG->langotherroot      = $CFG->dataroot.'/lang';
-$CFG->langlocalroot      = $CFG->dataroot.'/lang';
-get_string_manager(true);
-
-// make sure we are installing stable release or require a confirmation
-if (isset($maturity)) {
-    if (($maturity < MATURITY_STABLE) and !$options['allow-unstable']) {
-        $maturitylevel = get_string('maturity'.$maturity, 'admin');
-
-        if ($interactive) {
-            cli_separator();
-            cli_heading(get_string('notice'));
-            echo get_string('maturitycorewarning', 'admin', $maturitylevel) . PHP_EOL;
-            echo get_string('morehelp') . ': ' . get_docs_url('admin/versions') . PHP_EOL;
-            echo get_string('continue') . PHP_EOL;
-            $prompt = get_string('cliyesnoprompt', 'admin');
-            $input = cli_input($prompt, '', array(get_string('clianswerno', 'admin'), get_string('cliansweryes', 'admin')));
-            if ($input == get_string('clianswerno', 'admin')) {
-                exit(1);
-            }
-        } else {
-            cli_problem(get_string('maturitycorewarning', 'admin', $maturitylevel));
-            cli_error(get_string('maturityallowunstable', 'admin'));
-        }
-    }
-}
-
-// ask for db type - show only drivers available
-if ($interactive) {
-    $options['dbtype'] = strtolower($options['dbtype']);
-    cli_separator();
-    cli_heading(get_string('databasetypehead', 'install'));
-    foreach ($databases as $type=>$database) {
-        echo " $type \n";
-    }
-    if (!empty($databases[$options['dbtype']])) {
-        $prompt = get_string('clitypevaluedefault', 'admin', $options['dbtype']);
-    } else {
-        $prompt = get_string('clitypevalue', 'admin');
-    }
-    $CFG->dbtype = cli_input($prompt, $options['dbtype'], array_keys($databases));
-
-} else {
-    if (empty($databases[$options['dbtype']])) {
-        $a = (object)array('option'=>'dbtype', 'value'=>$options['dbtype']);
-        cli_error(get_string('cliincorrectvalueerror', 'admin', $a));
-    }
-    $CFG->dbtype = $options['dbtype'];
-}
-$database = $databases[$CFG->dbtype];
-
-
-// We cannot do any validation until all DB connection data is provided.
-$hintdatabase = '';
-do {
-    echo $hintdatabase;
-
-    // Ask for db host.
-    if ($interactive) {
-        cli_separator();
-        cli_heading(get_string('databasehost', 'install'));
-        if ($options['dbhost'] !== '') {
-            $prompt = get_string('clitypevaluedefault', 'admin', $options['dbhost']);
-        } else {
-            $prompt = get_string('clitypevalue', 'admin');
-        }
-        $CFG->dbhost = cli_input($prompt, $options['dbhost']);
-
-    } else {
-        $CFG->dbhost = $options['dbhost'];
-    }
-
-    // Ask for db name.
-    if ($interactive) {
-        cli_separator();
-        cli_heading(get_string('databasename', 'install'));
-        if ($options['dbname'] !== '') {
-            $prompt = get_string('clitypevaluedefault', 'admin', $options['dbname']);
-        } else {
-            $prompt = get_string('clitypevalue', 'admin');
-        }
-        $CFG->dbname = cli_input($prompt, $options['dbname']);
-
-    } else {
-        $CFG->dbname = $options['dbname'];
-    }
-
-    // Ask for db prefix.
-    if ($interactive) {
-        cli_separator();
-        cli_heading(get_string('dbprefix', 'install'));
-        if ($options['prefix'] !== '') {
-            $prompt = get_string('clitypevaluedefault', 'admin', $options['prefix']);
-        } else {
-            $prompt = get_string('clitypevalue', 'admin');
-        }
-        $CFG->prefix = cli_input($prompt, $options['prefix']);
-
-    } else {
-        $CFG->prefix = $options['prefix'];
-    }
-
-    // Ask for db port.
-    if ($interactive) {
-        cli_separator();
-        cli_heading(get_string('databaseport', 'install'));
-        $prompt = get_string('clitypevaluedefault', 'admin', $options['dbport']);
-        $CFG->dboptions['dbport'] = (int) cli_input($prompt, $options['dbport']);
-
-    } else {
-        $CFG->dboptions['dbport'] = (int) $options['dbport'];
-    }
-    if ($CFG->dboptions['dbport'] <= 0) {
-        $CFG->dboptions['dbport'] = '';
-    }
-
-    // Ask for db socket.
-    if ($CFG->ostype === 'WINDOWS') {
-        $CFG->dboptions['dbsocket'] = '';
-
-    } else if ($interactive and empty($CFG->dboptions['dbport'])) {
-        cli_separator();
-        cli_heading(get_string('databasesocket', 'install'));
-        $prompt = get_string('clitypevaluedefault', 'admin', $options['dbsocket']);
-        $CFG->dboptions['dbsocket'] = cli_input($prompt, $options['dbsocket']);
-
-    } else {
-        $CFG->dboptions['dbsocket'] = $options['dbsocket'];
-    }
-
-    // Ask for db user.
-    if ($interactive) {
-        cli_separator();
-        cli_heading(get_string('databaseuser', 'install'));
-        if ($options['dbuser'] !== '') {
-            $prompt = get_string('clitypevaluedefault', 'admin', $options['dbuser']);
-        } else {
-            $prompt = get_string('clitypevalue', 'admin');
-        }
-        $CFG->dbuser = cli_input($prompt, $options['dbuser']);
-
-    } else {
-        $CFG->dbuser = $options['dbuser'];
-    }
-
-    // Ask for db password.
-    if ($interactive) {
-        cli_separator();
-        cli_heading(get_string('databasepass', 'install'));
-
-        if ($options['dbpass'] !== '') {
-            $prompt = get_string('clitypevaluedefault', 'admin', $options['dbpass']);
-        } else {
-            $prompt = get_string('clitypevalue', 'admin');
-        }
-
-        $CFG->dbpass = cli_input($prompt, $options['dbpass']);
-        if (function_exists('distro_pre_create_db')) { // Hook for distros needing to do something before DB creation.
-            $distro = distro_pre_create_db($database, $CFG->dbhost, $CFG->dbuser, $CFG->dbpass, $CFG->dbname, $CFG->prefix,
-                    array('dbpersist' => 0, 'dbport' => $CFG->dboptions['dbport'], 'dbsocket' => $CFG->dboptions['dbsocket']),
-                    $distro);
-        }
-        $hintdatabase = install_db_validate($database, $CFG->dbhost, $CFG->dbuser, $CFG->dbpass, $CFG->dbname, $CFG->prefix,
-                array('dbpersist' => 0, 'dbport' => $CFG->dboptions['dbport'], 'dbsocket' => $CFG->dboptions['dbsocket']));
-
-    } else {
-        $CFG->dbpass = $options['dbpass'];
-        $hintdatabase = install_db_validate($database, $CFG->dbhost, $CFG->dbuser, $CFG->dbpass, $CFG->dbname, $CFG->prefix,
-                array('dbpersist' => 0, 'dbport' => $CFG->dboptions['dbport'], 'dbsocket' => $CFG->dboptions['dbsocket']));
-        if ($hintdatabase !== '') {
-            cli_error(get_string('dbconnectionerror', 'install'));
-        }
-    }
-} while ($hintdatabase !== '');
-
-// If --skip-database option is provided, we do not need to ask for site fullname, shortname, adminuser, adminpass, adminemail.
-// These fields will be requested during the database install part.
-if (!$skipdatabase) {
-    // Ask for fullname.
-    if ($interactive) {
-        cli_separator();
-        cli_heading(get_string('fullsitename', 'moodle'));
-
-        if ($options['fullname'] !== '') {
-            $prompt = get_string('clitypevaluedefault', 'admin', $options['fullname']);
-        } else {
-            $prompt = get_string('clitypevalue', 'admin');
-        }
-
-        do {
-            $options['fullname'] = cli_input($prompt, $options['fullname']);
-        } while (empty($options['fullname']));
-    } else {
-        if (empty($options['fullname'])) {
-            $a = (object)['option' => 'fullname', 'value' => $options['fullname']];
-            cli_error(get_string('cliincorrectvalueerror', 'admin', $a));
-        }
-    }
-
-    // Ask for shortname.
-    if ($interactive) {
-        cli_separator();
-        cli_heading(get_string('shortsitename', 'moodle'));
-
-        if ($options['shortname'] !== '') {
-            $prompt = get_string('clitypevaluedefault', 'admin', $options['shortname']);
-        } else {
-            $prompt = get_string('clitypevalue', 'admin');
-        }
-
-        do {
-            $options['shortname'] = cli_input($prompt, $options['shortname']);
-        } while (empty($options['shortname']));
-    } else {
-        if (empty($options['shortname'])) {
-            $a = (object)['option' => 'shortname', 'value' => $options['shortname']];
-            cli_error(get_string('cliincorrectvalueerror', 'admin', $a));
-        }
-    }
-
-    // Ask for admin user name.
-    if ($interactive) {
-        cli_separator();
-        cli_heading(get_string('cliadminusername', 'install'));
-        if (!empty($options['adminuser'])) {
-            $prompt = get_string('clitypevaluedefault', 'admin', $options['adminuser']);
-        } else {
-            $prompt = get_string('clitypevalue', 'admin');
-        }
-        do {
-            $options['adminuser'] = cli_input($prompt, $options['adminuser']);
-        } while (empty($options['adminuser']) or $options['adminuser'] === 'guest');
-    } else {
-        if ((empty($options['adminuser']) || $options['adminuser'] === 'guest')) {
-            $a = (object)['option' => 'adminuser', 'value' => $options['adminuser']];
-            cli_error(get_string('cliincorrectvalueerror', 'admin', $a));
-        }
-    }
-
-    // Ask for admin user password.
-    if ($interactive) {
-        cli_separator();
-        cli_heading(get_string('cliadminpassword', 'install'));
-        $prompt = get_string('clitypevalue', 'admin');
-        do {
-            $options['adminpass'] = cli_input($prompt);
-        } while (empty($options['adminpass']) or $options['adminpass'] === 'admin');
-    } else {
-        if ((empty($options['adminpass']) or $options['adminpass'] === 'admin')) {
-            $a = (object)['option' => 'adminpass', 'value' => $options['adminpass']];
-            cli_error(get_string('cliincorrectvalueerror', 'admin', $a));
-        }
-    }
-
-    // Ask for the admin email address.
-    if ($interactive) {
-        cli_separator();
-        cli_heading(get_string('cliadminemail', 'install'));
-        $prompt = get_string('clitypevaluedefault', 'admin', $options['adminemail']);
-        $options['adminemail'] = cli_input($prompt, $options['adminemail']);
-    }
-
-    // Validate that the address provided was an e-mail address.
-    if (!empty($options['adminemail']) && !validate_email($options['adminemail'])) {
-        $a = (object)['option' => 'adminemail', 'value' => $options['adminemail']];
-        cli_error(get_string('cliincorrectvalueerror', 'admin', $a));
-    }
-
-    // Ask for the support email address.
-    if ($interactive) {
-        cli_separator();
-        cli_heading(get_string('clisupportemail', 'install'));
-        $prompt = get_string('clitypevaluedefault', 'admin', $options['supportemail']);
-        $options['supportemail'] = cli_input($prompt, $options['supportemail']);
-    }
-
-    // Validate that the support email address provided is valid.
-    if (!empty($options['supportemail']) && !validate_email($options['supportemail'])) {
-        $a = (object)['option' => 'supportemail', 'value' => $options['supportemail']];
-        cli_error(get_string('cliincorrectvalueerror', 'admin', $a));
-    }
-}
-
-// Ask for the upgrade key.
-if ($interactive) {
-    cli_separator();
-    cli_heading(get_string('upgradekeyset', 'admin'));
-    if ($options['upgradekey'] !== '') {
-        $prompt = get_string('clitypevaluedefault', 'admin', $options['upgradekey']);
-        $options['upgradekey'] = cli_input($prompt, $options['upgradekey']);
-    } else {
-        $prompt = get_string('clitypevalue', 'admin');
-        $options['upgradekey'] = cli_input($prompt);
-    }
-}
-
-// Set the upgrade key if it was provided.
-if ($options['upgradekey'] !== '') {
-    $CFG->upgradekey = $options['upgradekey'];
-}
-
-// The user does not also need to pass agree-license when --skip-database is provided as the user will need to accept
-// the license again in the database install part.
-if (!$skipdatabase) {
-    if ($interactive) {
-        if (!$options['agree-license']) {
-            cli_separator();
-            cli_heading(get_string('copyrightnotice'));
-            echo "Moodle  - Modular Object-Oriented Dynamic Learning Environment\n";
-            echo get_string('gpl3')."\n\n";
-            echo get_string('doyouagree')."\n";
-            $prompt = get_string('cliyesnoprompt', 'admin');
-            $input = cli_input($prompt, '', array(get_string('clianswerno', 'admin'), get_string('cliansweryes', 'admin')));
-            if ($input == get_string('clianswerno', 'admin')) {
-                exit(1);
-            }
-        }
-    } else {
-        if (!$options['agree-license'] && !$skipdatabase) {
-            cli_error(get_string('climustagreelicense', 'install'));
-        }
-    }
-}
-
-// Finally we have all info needed for config.php
-$configphp = install_generate_configphp($database, $CFG);
-umask(0137);
-if (($fh = fopen($configfile, 'w')) !== false) {
-    fwrite($fh, $configphp);
-    fclose($fh);
-}
-
-if (!file_exists($configfile)) {
-    cli_error('Can not create config file.');
-}
-
-// remember selected language
-$installlang = $CFG->lang;
-// return back to original dir before executing setup.php which changes the dir again
-chdir($olddir);
-// We have config.php, it is a real php script from now on :-)
-require($configfile);
-
-// use selected language
-$CFG->lang = $installlang;
-$SESSION->lang = $CFG->lang;
-
-require("$CFG->dirroot/version.php");
-
-// Test environment first.
-require_once($CFG->libdir . '/environmentlib.php');
-list($envstatus, $environment_results) = check_moodle_environment(normalize_version($release), ENV_SELECT_RELEASE);
-if (!$envstatus) {
-    $errors = environment_get_errors($environment_results);
-    cli_heading(get_string('environment', 'admin'));
-    foreach ($errors as $error) {
-        list($info, $report) = $error;
-        echo "!! $info !!\n$report\n\n";
-    }
-    exit(1);
-}
-
-// Test plugin dependencies.
-$failed = array();
-if (!core_plugin_manager::instance()->all_plugins_ok($version, $failed)) {
-    cli_problem(get_string('pluginscheckfailed', 'admin', array('pluginslist' => implode(', ', array_unique($failed)))));
-    cli_error(get_string('pluginschecktodo', 'admin'));
-}
-
-if (!$skipdatabase) {
-    install_cli_database($options, $interactive);
-    // This needs to happen at the end to ensure it occurs after all caches
-    // have been purged for the last time.
-    // This will build a cached version of the current theme for the user
-    // to immediately start browsing the site.
-    require_once($CFG->libdir.'/upgradelib.php');
-    upgrade_themes();
-} else {
-    echo get_string('cliskipdatabase', 'install')."\n";
-}
-
-echo get_string('cliinstallfinished', 'install')."\n";
-exit(0); // 0 means success

admin/cli/install_database.php

@@ -1,207 +0,0 @@
-<?php
-
-// This file is part of Moodle - http://moodle.org/
-//
-// Moodle is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-// (at your option) any later version.
-//
-// Moodle is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-// GNU General Public License for more details.
-//
-// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-// along with Moodle.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-
-/**
- * This installs Moodle into empty database, config.php must already exist.
- *
- * This script is intended for advanced usage such as in Debian packages.
- * - sudo to www-data (apache account) before
- * - not compatible with Windows platform
- *
- * @package    core
- * @subpackage cli
- * @copyright  2010 Petr Skoda (http://skodak.org)
- * @license    http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
- */
-
-define('CLI_SCRIPT', true);
-define('CACHE_DISABLE_ALL', true);
-
-// extra execution prevention - we can not just require config.php here
-if (isset($_SERVER['REMOTE_ADDR'])) {
-    exit(1);
-}
-
-// Force OPcache reset if used, we do not want any stale caches
-// when preparing test environment.
-if (function_exists('opcache_reset')) {
-    opcache_reset();
-}
-
-$help =
-"Advanced command line Moodle database installer.
-Please note you must execute this script with the same uid as apache.
-
-Site defaults may be changed via local/defaults.php.
-
-Options:
---lang=CODE           Installation and default site language. Default is en.
---adminuser=USERNAME  Username for the moodle admin account. Default is admin.
---adminpass=PASSWORD  Password for the moodle admin account.
---adminemail=STRING   Email address for the moodle admin account.
---agree-license       Indicates agreement with software license.
---fullname=STRING     Name of the site
---shortname=STRING    Name of the site
---summary=STRING      The summary to be displayed on the front page
---supportemail=STRING Email address for support and help.
--h, --help            Print out this help
-
-Example:
-\$sudo -u www-data /usr/bin/php admin/cli/install_database.php --lang=cs --adminpass=soMePass123 --agree-license
-";
-
-// Check that PHP is of a sufficient version as soon as possible.
-require_once(dirname(__DIR__, 2) . '/public/lib/phpminimumversionlib.php');
-moodle_require_minimum_php_version();
-
-// Nothing to do if config.php does not exist
-$configfile = __DIR__.'/../../config.php';
-if (!file_exists($configfile)) {
-    fwrite(STDERR, 'config.php does not exist, can not continue'); // do not localize
-    fwrite(STDERR, "\n");
-    exit(1);
-}
-
-// Include necessary libs
-require($configfile);
-
-require_once($CFG->libdir.'/clilib.php');
-require_once($CFG->libdir.'/installlib.php');
-require_once($CFG->libdir.'/adminlib.php');
-require_once($CFG->libdir.'/componentlib.class.php');
-
-$CFG->early_install_lang = true;
-get_string_manager(true);
-
-raise_memory_limit(MEMORY_EXTRA);
-
-// now get cli options
-list($options, $unrecognized) = cli_get_params(
-    array(
-        'lang'              => 'en',
-        'adminuser'         => 'admin',
-        'adminpass'         => '',
-        'adminemail'        => '',
-        'fullname'          => '',
-        'shortname'         => '',
-        'summary'           => '',
-        'supportemail'      => '',
-        'agree-license'     => false,
-        'help'              => false
-    ),
-    array(
-        'h' => 'help'
-    )
-);
-
-if ($unrecognized) {
-    $unrecognized = implode("\n  ", $unrecognized);
-    cli_error(get_string('cliunknowoption', 'admin', $unrecognized));
-}
-
-// We show help text even if tables are installed.
-if ($options['help']) {
-    echo $help;
-    die;
-}
-
-// Make sure no tables are installed yet.
-if ($DB->get_tables() ) {
-    cli_error(get_string('clitablesexist', 'install'));
-}
-
-if (!$options['agree-license']) {
-    cli_error('You have to agree to the license. --help prints out the help'); // TODO: localize
-}
-
-if ($options['adminpass'] === true or $options['adminpass'] === '') {
-    cli_error('You have to specify admin password. --help prints out the help'); // TODO: localize
-}
-
-// Validate that the address provided was an e-mail address.
-if (!empty($options['adminemail']) && !validate_email($options['adminemail'])) {
-    $a = (object) array('option' => 'adminemail', 'value' => $options['adminemail']);
-    cli_error(get_string('cliincorrectvalueerror', 'admin', $a));
-}
-
-// Validate that the supportemail provided was an e-mail address.
-if (!empty($options['supportemail']) && !validate_email($options['supportemail'])) {
-    $a = (object) [
-        'option' => 'supportemail',
-        'value' => $options['supportemail']
-    ];
-    cli_error(get_string('cliincorrectvalueerror', 'admin', $a));
-}
-
-$options['lang'] = clean_param($options['lang'], PARAM_SAFEDIR);
-if (!file_exists($CFG->dirroot.'/install/lang/'.$options['lang'])) {
-    $options['lang'] = 'en';
-}
-$CFG->lang = $options['lang'];
-
-// download required lang packs
-if ($CFG->lang !== 'en') {
-    make_upload_directory('lang');
-    $installer = new lang_installer($CFG->lang);
-    $results = $installer->run();
-    foreach ($results as $langcode => $langstatus) {
-        if ($langstatus === lang_installer::RESULT_DOWNLOADERROR) {
-            $a       = new stdClass();
-            $a->url  = $installer->lang_pack_url($langcode);
-            $a->dest = $CFG->dataroot.'/lang';
-            cli_problem(get_string('remotedownloaderror', 'error', $a));
-        }
-    }
-}
-
-// switch the string_manager instance to stop using install/lang/
-$CFG->early_install_lang = false;
-get_string_manager(true);
-
-require("$CFG->dirroot/version.php");
-
-// Test environment first.
-require_once($CFG->libdir . '/environmentlib.php');
-list($envstatus, $environment_results) = check_moodle_environment(normalize_version($release), ENV_SELECT_RELEASE);
-if (!$envstatus) {
-    $errors = environment_get_errors($environment_results);
-    cli_heading(get_string('environment', 'admin'));
-    foreach ($errors as $error) {
-        list($info, $report) = $error;
-        echo "!! $info !!\n$report\n\n";
-    }
-    exit(1);
-}
-
-// Test plugin dependencies.
-$failed = array();
-if (!core_plugin_manager::instance()->all_plugins_ok($version, $failed)) {
-    cli_problem(get_string('pluginscheckfailed', 'admin', array('pluginslist' => implode(', ', array_unique($failed)))));
-    cli_error(get_string('pluginschecktodo', 'admin'));
-}
-
-install_cli_database($options, true);
-
-// This needs to happen at the end to ensure it occurs after all caches
-// have been purged for the last time.
-// This will build a cached version of the current theme for the user
-// to immediately start browsing the site.
-require_once($CFG->libdir.'/upgradelib.php');
-upgrade_themes();
-
-echo get_string('cliinstallfinished', 'install')."\n";
-exit(0); // 0 means success

admin/cli/kill_all_sessions.php

@@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
-<?php
-// This file is part of Moodle - http://moodle.org/
-//
-// Moodle is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-// (at your option) any later version.
-//
-// Moodle is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-// GNU General Public License for more details.
-//
-// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-// along with Moodle.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-
-/**
- * CLI script to kill all user sessions without asking for confirmation.
- *
- * @package    core
- * @subpackage cli
- * @copyright  2017 Alexander Bias <alexander.bias@uni-ulm.de>
- * @license    http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
- */
-
-define('CLI_SCRIPT', true);
-
-require(__DIR__.'/../../config.php');
-require_once($CFG->libdir.'/clilib.php');
-
-list($options, $unrecognized) = cli_get_params(array('help' => false), array('h' => 'help'));
-
-if ($unrecognized) {
-    $unrecognized = implode("\n  ", $unrecognized);
-    cli_error(get_string('cliunknowoption', 'admin', $unrecognized), 2);
-}
-
-if ($options['help']) {
-    $help =
-"Kill all Moodle sessions
-
-Options:
--h, --help            Print out this help
-
-Example:
-\$sudo -u www-data /usr/bin/php admin/cli/kill_all_sessions.php
-";
-
-    echo $help;
-    exit(0);
-}
-
-\core\session\manager::destroy_all();
-
-exit(0);

admin/cli/maintenance.php

@@ -1,121 +0,0 @@
-<?php
-// This file is part of Moodle - http://moodle.org/
-//
-// Moodle is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-// (at your option) any later version.
-//
-// Moodle is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-// GNU General Public License for more details.
-//
-// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-// along with Moodle.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-
-/**
- * Enable or disable maintenance mode.
- *
- * @package    core
- * @subpackage cli
- * @copyright  2009 Petr Skoda (http://skodak.org)
- * @license    http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
- */
-
-define('CLI_SCRIPT', true);
-
-require(__DIR__.'/../../config.php');
-require_once("$CFG->libdir/clilib.php");
-require_once("$CFG->libdir/adminlib.php");
-
-
-// Now get cli options.
-list($options, $unrecognized) = cli_get_params(array('enable'=>false, 'enablelater'=>0, 'enableold'=>false, 'disable'=>false, 'help'=>false),
-                                               array('h'=>'help'));
-
-if ($unrecognized) {
-    $unrecognized = implode("\n  ", $unrecognized);
-    cli_error(get_string('cliunknowoption', 'admin', $unrecognized));
-}
-
-if ($options['help']) {
-    $help =
-"Maintenance mode settings.
-Current status displayed if not option specified.
-
-Options:
---enable              Enable CLI maintenance mode
---enablelater=MINUTES Number of minutes before entering CLI maintenance mode
---enableold           Enable legacy half-maintenance mode
---disable             Disable maintenance mode
--h, --help            Print out this help
-
-Example:
-\$ sudo -u www-data /usr/bin/php admin/cli/maintenance.php
-"; //TODO: localize - to be translated later when everything is finished
-
-    echo $help;
-    die;
-}
-
-cli_heading(get_string('sitemaintenancemode', 'admin')." ($CFG->wwwroot)");
-
-if ($options['enablelater']) {
-    if (file_exists("$CFG->dataroot/climaintenance.html")) {
-        // Already enabled, sorry.
-        echo get_string('clistatusenabled', 'admin')."\n";
-        return 1;
-    }
-
-    $time = time() + ($options['enablelater']*60);
-    set_config('maintenance_later', $time, null, true);
-
-    echo get_string('clistatusenabledlater', 'admin', userdate($time))."\n";
-    return 0;
-
-} else if ($options['enable']) {
-    if (file_exists("$CFG->dataroot/climaintenance.html")) {
-        // The maintenance is already enabled, nothing to do.
-        exit(0);
-    }
-    enable_cli_maintenance_mode();
-    set_config('maintenance_enabled', 'cli mode', null, true);
-
-    if (isset($CFG->maintenance_later)) {
-        unset_config('maintenance_later', null, true);
-    }
-    echo get_string('sitemaintenanceoncli', 'admin')."\n";
-    exit(0);
-
-} else if ($options['enableold']) {
-    set_config('maintenance_enabled', 1, null, true);
-    if (isset($CFG->maintenance_later)) {
-        unset_config('maintenance_later', null, true);
-    }
-    echo get_string('sitemaintenanceon', 'admin')."\n";
-    exit(0);
-
-} else if ($options['disable']) {
-    if ($CFG->maintenance_enabled !== '0') {
-        set_config('maintenance_enabled', 0, null, true);
-    }
-    if (isset($CFG->maintenance_later)) {
-        unset_config('maintenance_later', null, true);
-    }
-    if (file_exists("$CFG->dataroot/climaintenance.html")) {
-        unlink("$CFG->dataroot/climaintenance.html");
-    }
-    echo get_string('sitemaintenanceoff', 'admin')."\n";
-    exit(0);
-}
-
-if (!empty($CFG->maintenance_enabled) or file_exists("$CFG->dataroot/climaintenance.html")) {
-    echo get_string('clistatusenabled', 'admin')."\n";
-
-} else if (isset($CFG->maintenance_later)) {
-    echo get_string('clistatusenabledlater', 'admin', userdate($CFG->maintenance_later))."\n";
-
-} else {
-    echo get_string('clistatusdisabled', 'admin')."\n";
-}

admin/cli/mysql_collation.php

@@ -1,328 +0,0 @@
-<?php
-// This file is part of Moodle - http://moodle.org/
-//
-// Moodle is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-// (at your option) any later version.
-//
-// Moodle is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-// GNU General Public License for more details.
-//
-// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-// along with Moodle.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-
-/**
- * MySQL collation conversion tool.
- *
- * @package    core
- * @copyright  2012 Petr Skoda (http://skodak.org)
- * @license    http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
- */
-
-define('CLI_SCRIPT', true);
-
-require(__DIR__.'/../../config.php');
-require_once($CFG->libdir.'/clilib.php');      // cli only functions
-
-if ($DB->get_dbfamily() !== 'mysql') {
-    cli_error('This function is designed for MySQL databases only!');
-}
-
-// now get cli options
-list($options, $unrecognized) = cli_get_params(array('help'=>false, 'list'=>false, 'collation'=>false, 'available'=>false),
-    array('h'=>'help', 'l'=>'list', 'a'=>'available'));
-
-if ($unrecognized) {
-    $unrecognized = implode("\n  ", $unrecognized);
-    cli_error(get_string('cliunknowoption', 'admin', $unrecognized));
-}
-
-$help =
-    "MySQL collation conversions script.
-
-It is strongly recommended to stop the web server before the conversion.
-This script may be executed before the main upgrade - 1.9.x data for example.
-
-Options:
---collation=COLLATION Convert MySQL tables to different collation
--l, --list            Show table and column information
--a, --available       Show list of available collations
--h, --help            Print out this help
-
-Example:
-\$ sudo -u www-data /usr/bin/php admin/cli/mysql_collation.php --collation=utf8mb4_unicode_ci
-";
-
-if (!empty($options['collation'])) {
-    $collations = mysql_get_collations();
-    $collation = clean_param($options['collation'], PARAM_ALPHANUMEXT);
-    $collation = strtolower($collation);
-    if (!isset($collations[$collation])) {
-        cli_error("Error: collation '$collation' is not available on this server!");
-    }
-
-    $collationinfo = explode('_', $collation);
-    $charset = reset($collationinfo);
-
-    $engine = strtolower($DB->get_dbengine());
-
-    // Do checks for utf8mb4.
-    if (strpos($collation, 'utf8mb4') === 0) {
-        // Do we have the right engine?
-        if ($engine !== 'innodb' && $engine !== 'xtradb') {
-            cli_error("Error: '$collation' requires InnoDB or XtraDB set as the engine.");
-        }
-        // Are we using Barracuda?
-        if ($DB->get_row_format() != 'Barracuda') {
-            // Try setting it here.
-            try {
-                $DB->execute("SET GLOBAL innodb_file_format=Barracuda");
-            } catch (dml_exception $e) {
-                cli_error("Error: '$collation' requires the file format to be set to Barracuda.
-                        An attempt was made to change the format, but it failed. Please try doing this manually.");
-            }
-            echo "GLOBAL SETTING: innodb_file_format changed to Barracuda\n";
-        }
-        // Is one file per table being used?
-        if (!$DB->is_file_per_table_enabled()) {
-            try {
-                $DB->execute("SET GLOBAL innodb_file_per_table=1");
-            } catch (dml_exception $e) {
-                cli_error("Error: '$collation' requires the setting 'innodb_file_per_table' be set to 'ON'.
-                        An attempt was made to change the format, but it failed. Please try doing this manually.");
-            }
-            echo "GLOBAL SETTING: innodb_file_per_table changed to 1\n";
-        }
-        // Is large prefix set?
-        if (!$DB->is_large_prefix_enabled()) {
-            try {
-                $DB->execute("SET GLOBAL innodb_large_prefix=1");
-            } catch (dml_exception $e) {
-                cli_error("Error: '$collation' requires the setting 'innodb_large_prefix' be set to 'ON'.
-                        An attempt was made to change the format, but it failed. Please try doing this manually.");
-            }
-            echo "GLOBAL SETTING: innodb_large_prefix changed to 1\n";
-        }
-    }
-
-    $sql = "SHOW VARIABLES LIKE 'collation_database'";
-    if (!$dbcollation = $DB->get_record_sql($sql)) {
-        cli_error("Error: Could not access collation information on the database.");
-    }
-    $sql = "SHOW VARIABLES LIKE 'character_set_database'";
-    if (!$dbcharset = $DB->get_record_sql($sql)) {
-        cli_error("Error: Could not access character set information on the database.");
-    }
-    if ($dbcollation->value !== $collation || $dbcharset->value !== $charset) {
-        // Try to convert the DB.
-        echo "Converting database to '$collation' for $CFG->wwwroot:\n";
-        $sql = "ALTER DATABASE `$CFG->dbname` DEFAULT CHARACTER SET $charset DEFAULT COLLATE = $collation";
-        try {
-            $DB->change_database_structure($sql);
-        } catch (exception $e) {
-            cli_error("Error: Tried to alter the database with no success. Please try manually changing the database
-                    to the new collation and character set and then run this script again.");
-        }
-        echo "DATABASE CONVERTED\n";
-    }
-
-    echo "Converting tables and columns to '$collation' for $CFG->wwwroot:\n";
-    $prefix = $DB->get_prefix();
-    $prefix = str_replace('_', '\\_', $prefix);
-    $sql = "SHOW TABLE STATUS WHERE Name LIKE BINARY '$prefix%'";
-    $rs = $DB->get_recordset_sql($sql);
-    $converted = 0;
-    $skipped   = 0;
-    $errors    = 0;
-    foreach ($rs as $table) {
-        echo str_pad($table->name, 40). " - ";
-
-        if ($table->collation === $collation) {
-            echo "NO CHANGE\n";
-            $skipped++;
-
-        } else {
-            try {
-                $DB->change_database_structure("ALTER TABLE `$table->name` CONVERT TO CHARACTER SET $charset COLLATE $collation");
-                echo "CONVERTED\n";
-                $converted++;
-            } catch (ddl_exception $e) {
-                $result = mysql_set_row_format($table->name, $charset, $collation, $engine);
-                if ($result) {
-                    echo "CONVERTED\n";
-                    $converted++;
-                } else {
-                    // We don't know what the problem is. Stop the conversion.
-                    cli_error("Error: Tried to convert $table->name, but there was a problem. Please check the details of this
-                            table and try again.");
-                    die();
-                }
-            }
-        }
-
-        $sql = "SHOW FULL COLUMNS FROM `$table->name` WHERE collation IS NOT NULL";
-        $rs2 = $DB->get_recordset_sql($sql);
-        foreach ($rs2 as $column) {
-            $column = (object)array_change_key_case((array)$column, CASE_LOWER);
-            echo '    '.str_pad($column->field, 36). " - ";
-            if ($column->collation === $collation) {
-                echo "NO CHANGE\n";
-                $skipped++;
-                continue;
-            }
-
-            // Check for utf8mb4 collation.
-            $rowformat = $DB->get_row_format_sql($engine, $collation);
-
-            if ($column->type === 'tinytext' or $column->type === 'mediumtext' or $column->type === 'text' or $column->type === 'longtext') {
-                $notnull = ($column->null === 'NO') ? 'NOT NULL' : 'NULL';
-                $default = (!is_null($column->default) and $column->default !== '') ? "DEFAULT '$column->default'" : '';
-                // primary, unique and inc are not supported for texts
-                $sql = "ALTER TABLE `$table->name`
-                        MODIFY COLUMN $column->field $column->type
-                        CHARACTER SET $charset
-                        COLLATE $collation $notnull $default";
-                $DB->change_database_structure($sql);
-
-            } else if (strpos($column->type, 'varchar') === 0) {
-                $notnull = ($column->null === 'NO') ? 'NOT NULL' : 'NULL';
-                $default = !is_null($column->default) ? "DEFAULT '$column->default'" : '';
-
-                if ($rowformat != '') {
-                    $sql = "ALTER TABLE `$table->name` $rowformat";
-                    $DB->change_database_structure($sql);
-                }
-
-                $sql = "ALTER TABLE `$table->name`
-                        MODIFY COLUMN $column->field $column->type
-                        CHARACTER SET $charset
-                        COLLATE $collation $notnull $default";
-                $DB->change_database_structure($sql);
-            } else {
-                echo "ERROR (unknown column type: $column->type)\n";
-                $errors++;
-                continue;
-            }
-            echo "CONVERTED\n";
-            $converted++;
-        }
-        $rs2->close();
-    }
-    $rs->close();
-    echo "Converted: $converted, skipped: $skipped, errors: $errors\n";
-    exit(0); // success
-
-} else if (!empty($options['list'])) {
-    echo "List of tables for $CFG->wwwroot:\n";
-    $prefix = $DB->get_prefix();
-    $prefix = str_replace('_', '\\_', $prefix);
-    $sql = "SHOW TABLE STATUS WHERE Name LIKE BINARY '$prefix%'";
-    $rs = $DB->get_recordset_sql($sql);
-    $counts = array();
-    foreach ($rs as $table) {
-        if (isset($counts[$table->collation])) {
-            $counts[$table->collation]++;
-        } else {
-            $counts[$table->collation] = 1;
-        }
-        echo str_pad($table->name, 40);
-        echo $table->collation.  "\n";
-        $collations = mysql_get_column_collations($table->name);
-        foreach ($collations as $columname=>$collation) {
-            if (isset($counts[$collation])) {
-                $counts[$collation]++;
-            } else {
-                $counts[$collation] = 1;
-            }
-            echo '    ';
-            echo str_pad($columname, 36);
-            echo $collation.  "\n";
-        }
-    }
-    $rs->close();
-
-    echo "\n";
-    echo "Table collations summary for $CFG->wwwroot:\n";
-    foreach ($counts as $collation => $count) {
-        echo "$collation: $count\n";
-    }
-    exit(0); // success
-
-} else if (!empty($options['available'])) {
-    echo "List of available MySQL collations for $CFG->wwwroot:\n";
-    $collations = mysql_get_collations();
-    foreach ($collations as $collation) {
-        echo " $collation\n";
-    }
-    die;
-
-} else {
-    echo $help;
-    die;
-}
-
-
-
-// ========== Some functions ==============
-
-function mysql_get_collations() {
-    global $DB;
-
-    $collations = array();
-    $sql = "SHOW COLLATION
-            WHERE Collation LIKE 'utf8\_%' AND Charset = 'utf8'
-               OR Collation LIKE 'utf8mb4\_%' AND Charset = 'utf8mb4'";
-    $rs = $DB->get_recordset_sql($sql);
-    foreach ($rs as $collation) {
-        $collations[$collation->collation] = $collation->collation;
-    }
-    $rs->close();
-
-    $collation = $DB->get_dbcollation();
-    if (isset($collations[$collation])) {
-        $collations[$collation] .= ' (default)';
-    }
-
-    return $collations;
-}
-
-function mysql_get_column_collations($tablename) {
-    global $DB;
-
-    $collations = array();
-    $sql = "SELECT column_name, collation_name
-              FROM INFORMATION_SCHEMA.COLUMNS
-             WHERE table_schema = DATABASE() AND table_name = ? AND collation_name IS NOT NULL";
-    $rs = $DB->get_recordset_sql($sql, array($tablename));
-    foreach($rs as $record) {
-        $collations[$record->column_name] = $record->collation_name;
-    }
-    $rs->close();
-    return $collations;
-}
-
-function mysql_set_row_format($tablename, $charset, $collation, $engine) {
-    global $DB;
-
-    $sql = "SELECT row_format
-              FROM INFORMATION_SCHEMA.TABLES
-             WHERE table_schema = DATABASE() AND table_name = ?";
-    $rs = $DB->get_record_sql($sql, array($tablename));
-    if ($rs) {
-        if ($rs->row_format == 'Compact' || $rs->row_format == 'Redundant') {
-            $rowformat = $DB->get_row_format_sql($engine, $collation);
-            // Try to convert to compressed format and then try updating the collation again.
-            $DB->change_database_structure("ALTER TABLE `$tablename` $rowformat");
-            $DB->change_database_structure("ALTER TABLE `$tablename` CONVERT TO CHARACTER SET $charset COLLATE $collation");
-        } else {
-            // Row format may not be the problem. Can not diagnose problem. Send fail reply.
-            return false;
-        }
-    } else {
-        return false;
-    }
-    return true;
-}

admin/cli/mysql_compressed_rows.php

@@ -1,202 +0,0 @@
-<?php
-// This file is part of Moodle - http://moodle.org/
-//
-// Moodle is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-// (at your option) any later version.
-//
-// Moodle is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-// GNU General Public License for more details.
-//
-// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-// along with Moodle.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-
-/**
- * MySQL table row compression tool tool.
- *
- * @package   core
- * @copyright 2014 Totara Learning Solutions Ltd {@link http://www.totaralms.com/}
- * @license   http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
- * @author    Petr Skoda <petr.skoda@totaralms.com>
- */
-
-define('CLI_SCRIPT', true);
-
-require(__DIR__.'/../../config.php');
-require_once($CFG->libdir . '/clilib.php');
-
-if ($DB->get_dbfamily() !== 'mysql') {
-    cli_error('This script is used for MySQL databases only.');
-}
-
-$engine = strtolower($DB->get_dbengine());
-if ($engine !== 'innodb' and $engine !== 'xtradb') {
-    cli_error('This script is for MySQL servers using InnoDB or XtraDB engines only.');
-}
-
-list($options, $unrecognized) = cli_get_params(
-    array('help' => false, 'info' => false, 'list' => false, 'fix' => false, 'showsql' => false),
-    array('h' => 'help', 'i' => 'info', 'l' => 'list', 'f' => 'fix', 's' => 'showsql')
-);
-
-if ($unrecognized) {
-    $unrecognized = implode("\n  ", $unrecognized);
-    cli_error(get_string('cliunknowoption', 'admin', $unrecognized));
-}
-
-$help =
-    "Script for detection of row size problems in MySQL InnoDB tables.
-
-By default InnoDB storage table is using legacy Antelope file format
-which has major restriction on database row size.
-Use this script to detect and fix database tables with potential data
-overflow problems.
-
-Options:
--i, --info            Show database information
--l, --list            List problematic tables
--f, --fix             Attempt to fix all tables (requires SUPER privilege)
--s, --showsql         Print SQL statements for fixing of tables
--h, --help            Print out this help
-
-Example:
-\$ sudo -u www-data /usr/bin/php admin/cli/mysql_compressed_rows.php -l
-";
-
-/** @var mysql_sql_generator $generator */
-$generator = $DB->get_manager()->generator;
-
-$info = $DB->get_server_info();
-$filepertable = $DB->get_record_sql("SHOW VARIABLES LIKE 'innodb_file_per_table'");
-$filepertable = $filepertable ? $filepertable->value : '';
-$fileformat = $DB->get_record_sql("SHOW VARIABLES LIKE 'innodb_file_format'");
-$fileformat = $fileformat ? $fileformat->value : '';
-$prefix = $DB->get_prefix();
-$database = $CFG->dbname;
-
-if (!empty($options['info'])) {
-    echo "Database version:      " . $info['description'] . "\n";
-    echo "Database name:         $database\n";
-    echo "Database engine:       " . $DB->get_dbengine() . "\n";
-    echo "innodb_file_per_table: $filepertable\n";
-    echo "innodb_file_format:    $fileformat\n";
-
-    exit(0);
-
-} else if (!empty($options['list'])) {
-    $problem = false;
-    foreach ($DB->get_tables(false) as $table) {
-        $columns = $DB->get_columns($table, false);
-        $size = $generator->guess_antelope_row_size($columns);
-        $format = $DB->get_row_format($table);
-        if ($size <= $generator::ANTELOPE_MAX_ROW_SIZE) {
-            continue;
-        }
-
-        echo str_pad($prefix . $table, 32, ' ', STR_PAD_RIGHT);
-        echo str_pad($format, 11, ' ', STR_PAD_RIGHT);
-
-        if ($format === 'Compact' or $format === 'Redundant') {
-            $problem = true;
-            echo " (needs fixing)\n";
-
-        } else if ($format !== 'Compressed' and $format !== 'Dynamic') {
-            echo " (unknown)\n";
-
-        } else {
-            echo "\n";
-        }
-    }
-
-    if ($problem) {
-        exit(1);
-    }
-    exit(0);
-
-} else if (!empty($options['fix'])) {
-    $fixtables = array();
-    foreach ($DB->get_tables(false) as $table) {
-        $columns = $DB->get_columns($table, false);
-        $size = $generator->guess_antelope_row_size($columns);
-        $format = $DB->get_row_format($table);
-        if ($size <= $generator::ANTELOPE_MAX_ROW_SIZE) {
-            continue;
-        }
-        if ($format === 'Compact' or $format === 'Redundant') {
-            $fixtables[$table] = $table;
-        }
-    }
-
-    if (!$fixtables) {
-        echo "No changes necessary\n";
-        exit(0);
-    }
-
-    if ($filepertable !== 'ON') {
-        try {
-            $DB->execute("SET GLOBAL innodb_file_per_table=1");
-        } catch (dml_exception $e) {
-            echo "Cannot enable GLOBAL innodb_file_per_table setting, use --showsql option and execute the statements manually.";
-            throw $e;
-        }
-    }
-    if ($fileformat !== 'Barracuda') {
-        try {
-            $DB->execute("SET GLOBAL innodb_file_format=Barracuda");
-        } catch (dml_exception $e) {
-            echo "Cannot change GLOBAL innodb_file_format setting, use --showsql option and execute the statements manually.";
-            throw $e;
-        }
-    }
-
-    if (!$DB->is_compressed_row_format_supported(false)) {
-        echo "MySQL server is not compatible with compressed row format.";
-        exit(1);
-    }
-
-    foreach ($fixtables as $table) {
-        $DB->change_database_structure("ALTER TABLE `{$prefix}$table` ROW_FORMAT=Compressed");
-        echo str_pad($prefix . $table, 32, ' ', STR_PAD_RIGHT) . " ... Compressed\n";
-    }
-
-    exit(0);
-
-} else if (!empty($options['showsql'])) {
-    $fixtables = array();
-
-    foreach ($DB->get_tables(false) as $table) {
-        $columns = $DB->get_columns($table, false);
-        $size = $generator->guess_antelope_row_size($columns);
-        $format = $DB->get_row_format($table);
-        if ($size <= $generator::ANTELOPE_MAX_ROW_SIZE) {
-            continue;
-        }
-        if ($format === 'Compact' or $format === 'Redundant') {
-            $fixtables[$table] = $table;
-        }
-    }
-    if (!$fixtables) {
-        echo "No changes necessary\n";
-        exit(0);
-    }
-
-    echo "Copy the following SQL statements and execute them using account with SUPER privilege:\n\n";
-    echo "USE $database;\n";
-    echo "SET SESSION sql_mode=STRICT_ALL_TABLES;\n";
-    echo "SET GLOBAL innodb_file_per_table=1;\n";
-    echo "SET GLOBAL innodb_file_format=Barracuda;\n";
-    foreach ($fixtables as $table) {
-        echo "ALTER TABLE `{$prefix}$table` ROW_FORMAT=Compressed;\n";
-    }
-    echo "\n";
-    exit(0);
-
-} else {
-    echo $help;
-    die;
-}
-
-

admin/cli/purge_caches.php

@@ -1,80 +0,0 @@
-<?php
-// This file is part of Moodle - http://moodle.org/
-//
-// Moodle is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-// (at your option) any later version.
-//
-// Moodle is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-// GNU General Public License for more details.
-//
-// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-// along with Moodle.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-
-/**
- * CLI script to purge caches without asking for confirmation.
- *
- * @package    core
- * @subpackage cli
- * @copyright  2011 David Mudrak <david@moodle.com>
- * @license    http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
- */
-
-define('CLI_SCRIPT', true);
-define('IGNORE_COMPONENT_CACHE', true);
-
-require(__DIR__.'/../../config.php');
-require_once($CFG->libdir.'/clilib.php');
-
-$longoptions = [
-    'help' => false,
-    'muc' => false,
-    'courses' => false,
-    'theme' => false,
-    'lang' => false,
-    'js' => false,
-    'filter' => false,
-    'other' => false
-];
-list($options, $unrecognized) = cli_get_params($longoptions, ['h' => 'help']);
-
-if ($unrecognized) {
-    $unrecognized = implode("\n  ", $unrecognized);
-    cli_error(get_string('cliunknowoption', 'admin', $unrecognized), 2);
-}
-
-if ($options['help']) {
-    // The indentation of this string is "wrong" but this is to avoid a extra whitespace in console output.
-    $help = <<<EOF
-Invalidates Moodle internal caches
-
-Specific caches can be defined (alone or in combination) using arguments. If none are specified,
-all caches will be purged.
-
-Options:
--h, --help            Print out this help
-    --muc             Purge all MUC caches (includes lang cache)
-    --courses         Purge all course caches (or only those specified by a comma-separated list).
-                      e.g. --courses=4,67,145
-    --theme           Purge theme cache
-    --lang            Purge language string cache
-    --js              Purge JavaScript cache
-    --filter          Purge text filter cache
-    --other           Purge all file caches and other miscellaneous caches (may include MUC
-                      if using cachestore_file).
-
-Example:
-\$ sudo -u www-data /usr/bin/php admin/cli/purge_caches.php
-
-EOF;
-
-    echo $help;
-    exit(0);
-}
-
-purge_caches(array_filter($options));
-
-exit(0);

admin/cli/reset_password.php

@@ -1,108 +0,0 @@
-<?php
-
-// This file is part of Moodle - http://moodle.org/
-//
-// Moodle is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-// (at your option) any later version.
-//
-// Moodle is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-// GNU General Public License for more details.
-//
-// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-// along with Moodle.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-
-/**
- * This script allows you to reset any local user password.
- *
- * @package    core
- * @subpackage cli
- * @copyright  2009 Petr Skoda (http://skodak.org)
- * @license    http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
- */
-
-define('CLI_SCRIPT', true);
-
-require(__DIR__.'/../../config.php');
-require_once($CFG->libdir.'/clilib.php');      // cli only functions
-
-// Define the input options.
-$longparams = array(
-        'help' => false,
-        'username' => '',
-        'password' => '',
-        'ignore-password-policy' => false
-);
-
-$shortparams = array(
-        'h' => 'help',
-        'u' => 'username',
-        'p' => 'password',
-        'i' => 'ignore-password-policy'
-);
-
-// now get cli options
-list($options, $unrecognized) = cli_get_params($longparams, $shortparams);
-
-if ($unrecognized) {
-    $unrecognized = implode("\n  ", $unrecognized);
-    cli_error(get_string('cliunknowoption', 'admin', $unrecognized));
-}
-
-if ($options['help']) {
-    $help =
-"Reset local user passwords, useful especially for admin acounts.
-
-There are no security checks here because anybody who is able to
-execute this file may execute any PHP too.
-
-Options:
--h, --help                    Print out this help
--u, --username=username       Specify username to change
--p, --password=newpassword    Specify new password
---ignore-password-policy      Ignore password policy when setting password
-
-Example:
-\$sudo -u www-data /usr/bin/php admin/cli/reset_password.php
-\$sudo -u www-data /usr/bin/php admin/cli/reset_password.php --username=rosaura --password=jiu3jiu --ignore-password-policy
-";
-
-    echo $help;
-    die;
-}
-if ($options['username'] == '' ) {
-    cli_heading('Password reset');
-    $prompt = "Enter username (manual authentication only)";
-    $username = cli_input($prompt);
-} else {
-    $username = $options['username'];
-}
-
-if (!$user = $DB->get_record('user', array('auth'=>'manual', 'username'=>$username, 'mnethostid'=>$CFG->mnet_localhost_id))) {
-    cli_error("Can not find user '$username'");
-}
-
-if ($options['password'] == '' ) {
-    $prompt = "Enter new password";
-    $password = cli_input($prompt);
-} else {
-    $password = $options['password'];
-}
-
-$errmsg = '';//prevent eclipse warning
-if (!$options['ignore-password-policy'] ) {
-    if (!check_password_policy($password, $errmsg, $user)) {
-        cli_error(html_to_text($errmsg, 0));
-    }
-}
-
-$hashedpassword = hash_internal_user_password($password);
-
-$DB->set_field('user', 'password', $hashedpassword, array('id'=>$user->id));
-
-echo "Password changed\n";
-
-exit(0); // 0 means success.

admin/cli/restore_backup.php

@@ -1,160 +0,0 @@
-<?php
-// This file is part of Moodle - http://moodle.org/
-//
-// Moodle is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-// (at your option) any later version.
-//
-// Moodle is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-// GNU General Public License for more details.
-//
-// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-// along with Moodle.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-
-/**
- * This script allows to restore a course from CLI.
- *
- * @package    core
- * @subpackage cli
- * @copyright  2020 Catalyst IT
- * @license    http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
- */
-
-define('CLI_SCRIPT', 1);
-
-require(__DIR__ . '/../../config.php');
-require_once($CFG->libdir . '/clilib.php');
-require_once($CFG->dirroot . "/backup/util/includes/restore_includes.php");
-
-list($options, $unrecognized) = cli_get_params([
-    'file' => '',
-    'categoryid' => '',
-    'courseid' => '',
-    'showdebugging' => false,
-    'help' => false,
-], [
-    'f' => 'file',
-    'c' => 'categoryid',
-    'C' => 'courseid',
-    's' => 'showdebugging',
-    'h' => 'help',
-]);
-
-if ($unrecognized) {
-    $unrecognized = implode("\n  ", $unrecognized);
-    cli_error(get_string('cliunknowoption', 'admin', $unrecognized));
-}
-
-if ($options['help'] || !($options['file']) || !($options['categoryid'] || $options['courseid'])) {
-    $help = <<<EOL
-Restore backup into provided category or course.
-If courseid is set, course module/s will be added into the course.
-
-Options:
--f, --file=STRING       Path to the backup file.
--c, --categoryid=INT    ID of the course category to restore to. This option is ignored when restoring an activity and courseid is set.
--C, --courseid=INT      ID of the course to restore to. This option is ignored when restoring a course and the categoryid is set.
--s, --showdebugging     Show developer level debugging information
--h, --help              Print out this help.
-
-Example:
-\$sudo -u www-data /usr/bin/php admin/cli/restore_backup.php --file=/path/to/backup/coursebackup.mbz --categoryid=1\n
-\$sudo -u www-data /usr/bin/php admin/cli/restore_backup.php --file=/path/to/backup/activitybackup.mbz --courseid=1\n
-EOL;
-
-    echo $help;
-    exit(0);
-}
-
-if ($options['showdebugging']) {
-    set_debugging(DEBUG_DEVELOPER, true);
-}
-
-if (!$admin = get_admin()) {
-    throw new \moodle_exception('noadmins');
-}
-
-if (!file_exists($options['file'])) {
-    throw new \moodle_exception('filenotfound');
-}
-
-if ($options['categoryid']) {
-    if (!$category = $DB->get_record('course_categories', ['id' => $options['categoryid']], 'id')) {
-        throw new \moodle_exception('invalidcategoryid');
-    }
-}
-
-if ($options['courseid']) {
-    if (!$course = $DB->get_record('course', ['id' => $options['courseid']], 'id')) {
-        throw new \moodle_exception('invalidcourseid');
-    }
-}
-
-if (empty($category) && empty($course)) {
-    throw new \moodle_exception('invalidoption');
-}
-
-$backupdir = restore_controller::get_tempdir_name(SITEID, $USER->id);
-$path = make_backup_temp_directory($backupdir);
-
-cli_heading(get_string('extractingbackupfileto', 'backup', $path));
-$fp = get_file_packer('application/vnd.moodle.backup');
-$fp->extract_to_pathname($options['file'], $path);
-
-cli_heading(get_string('preprocessingbackupfile'));
-
-try {
-    // Create a temporary restore controller to determine the restore type.
-    $tmprc = new restore_controller($backupdir, SITEID, backup::INTERACTIVE_NO,
-        backup::MODE_GENERAL, $admin->id, backup::TARGET_EXISTING_ADDING);
-    // Restore the backup into a new course if:
-    // - It is a course backup and the category is set.
-    // - It is an activity backup and the course is not set.
-    $restoreasnewcourse = ($tmprc->get_type() === backup::TYPE_1COURSE && !empty($category)) ||
-        ($tmprc->get_type() !== backup::TYPE_1COURSE && empty($course));
-    // Make sure to clean up the temporary restore controller.
-    $tmprc->destroy();
-
-    if ($restoreasnewcourse) {
-        list($fullname, $shortname) = restore_dbops::calculate_course_names(0, get_string('restoringcourse', 'backup'),
-            get_string('restoringcourseshortname', 'backup'));
-        $courseid = restore_dbops::create_new_course($fullname, $shortname, $category->id);
-        $rc = new restore_controller($backupdir, $courseid, backup::INTERACTIVE_NO,
-            backup::MODE_GENERAL, $admin->id, backup::TARGET_NEW_COURSE);
-    } else {
-        $courseid = $course->id;
-        $rc = new restore_controller($backupdir, $courseid, backup::INTERACTIVE_NO,
-            backup::MODE_GENERAL, $admin->id, backup::TARGET_EXISTING_ADDING);
-    }
-    $rc->execute_precheck();
-    $rc->execute_plan();
-    $rc->destroy();
-
-    // Rename the course's full and short names with the backup file's original names if the backup file is an activity backup
-    // that is restored to a new course.
-    if ($restoreasnewcourse && $rc->get_type() !== backup::TYPE_1COURSE) {
-        $course = get_course($courseid);
-        $backupinfo = $rc->get_info();
-        $tmpfullname = $backupinfo->original_course_fullname ?? get_string('restoretonewcourse', 'backup');
-        $tmpshortname = $backupinfo->original_course_shortname ?? get_string('newcourse');
-        list($fullname, $shortname) = restore_dbops::calculate_course_names(
-            courseid: 0,
-            fullname: $tmpfullname,
-            shortname: $tmpshortname,
-        );
-        $course->fullname = $fullname;
-        $course->shortname = $shortname;
-        $course->visible = 1;
-        $DB->update_record('course', $course);
-    }
-} catch (Exception $e) {
-    cli_heading(get_string('cleaningtempdata'));
-    fulldelete($path);
-    throw new \moodle_exception('generalexceptionmessage', 'error', '', $e->getMessage());
-}
-
-cli_heading(get_string('restoredcourseid', 'backup', $courseid));
-exit(0);

admin/cli/scheduled_task.php

@@ -1,195 +0,0 @@
-<?php
-// This file is part of Moodle - http://moodle.org/
-//
-// Moodle is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-// (at your option) any later version.
-//
-// Moodle is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-// GNU General Public License for more details.
-//
-// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-// along with Moodle.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-
-/**
- * CLI task execution.
- *
- * @package    core
- * @subpackage cli
- * @copyright  2014 Petr Skoda
- * @license    http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
- */
-
-define('CLI_SCRIPT', true);
-
-require(__DIR__ . '/../../config.php');
-require_once("$CFG->libdir/clilib.php");
-
-list($options, $unrecognized) = cli_get_params(
-    [
-        'help' => false,
-        'list' => false,
-        'execute' => false,
-        'showsql' => false,
-        'showdebugging' => false,
-        'force' => false,
-        'disable' => false,
-        'enable' => false,
-    ], [
-        'h' => 'help',
-        'f' => 'force',
-    ]
-);
-
-if ($unrecognized) {
-    $unrecognized = implode("\n  ", $unrecognized);
-    cli_error(get_string('cliunknowoption', 'admin', $unrecognized));
-}
-
-$commands = ['list', 'execute', 'disable', 'enable'];
-$hascommand = count(array_filter($commands, fn($command) => $options[$command])) > 0;
-if ($options['help'] || !$hascommand) {
-    $help =
-    "Scheduled cron tasks.
-
-    Options:
-    --disable=\\some\\task  Disable scheduled task
-    --enable=\\some\\task  Enable scheduled task
-    --execute=\\some\\task  Execute scheduled task manually
-    --list                List all scheduled tasks
-    --showsql             Show sql queries before they are executed
-    --showdebugging       Show developer level debugging information
-    -h, --help            Print out this help
-    -f, --force           Execute task even if cron is disabled
-
-    Example:
-    \$sudo -u www-data /usr/bin/php admin/cli/scheduled_task.php --execute=\\core\\task\\session_cleanup_task
-
-    ";
-
-    echo $help;
-    die;
-}
-
-if ($options['showdebugging'] || !empty($CFG->showcrondebugging)) {
-    set_debugging(DEBUG_DEVELOPER, true);
-}
-
-if ($options['showsql'] || !empty($CFG->showcronsql)) {
-    $DB->set_debug(true);
-}
-if ($options['list']) {
-    cli_heading("List of scheduled tasks ($CFG->wwwroot)");
-
-    $shorttime = get_string('strftimedatetimeshort');
-
-    $tasks = \core\task\manager::get_all_scheduled_tasks();
-    echo str_pad(get_string('scheduledtasks', 'tool_task'), 50, ' ') . ' ' . str_pad(get_string('runpattern', 'tool_task'), 17, ' ')
-        . ' ' . str_pad(get_string('lastruntime', 'tool_task'), 40, ' ') . get_string('nextruntime', 'tool_task') . "\n";
-    foreach ($tasks as $task) {
-        $class = '\\' . get_class($task);
-        $schedule = $task->get_minute() . ' '
-            . $task->get_hour() . ' '
-            . $task->get_day() . ' '
-            . $task->get_day_of_week() . ' '
-            . $task->get_month() . ' '
-            . $task->get_day_of_week();
-        $nextrun = $task->get_next_run_time();
-        $lastrun = $task->get_last_run_time();
-
-        $plugininfo = core_plugin_manager::instance()->get_plugin_info($task->get_component());
-        $plugindisabled = $plugininfo && $plugininfo->is_enabled() === false && !$task->get_run_if_component_disabled();
-
-        if ($plugindisabled) {
-            $nextrun = get_string('plugindisabled', 'tool_task');
-        } else if ($task->get_disabled()) {
-            $nextrun = get_string('taskdisabled', 'tool_task');
-        } else if ($nextrun > time()) {
-            $nextrun = userdate($nextrun);
-        } else {
-            $nextrun = get_string('asap', 'tool_task');
-        }
-
-        if ($lastrun) {
-            $lastrun = userdate($lastrun);
-        } else {
-            $lastrun = get_string('never');
-        }
-
-        echo str_pad($class, 50, ' ') . ' ' . str_pad($schedule, 17, ' ') .
-            ' ' . str_pad($lastrun, 40, ' ') . ' ' . $nextrun . "\n";
-    }
-    exit(0);
-}
-
-if (moodle_needs_upgrading()) {
-    mtrace("Moodle upgrade pending, cannot manage tasks.");
-    exit(1);
-}
-
-if ($disable = $options['disable']) {
-    if (!$task = \core\task\manager::get_scheduled_task($disable)) {
-        mtrace("Task '$disable' not found");
-        exit(1);
-    }
-
-    try {
-        $task->disable();
-        mtrace("Disabled '$disable'");
-    } catch (Exception $e) {
-        mtrace("$e->getMessage()");
-        exit(1);
-    }
-} else if ($enable = $options['enable']) {
-    if (!$task = \core\task\manager::get_scheduled_task($enable)) {
-        mtrace("Task '$enable' not found");
-        exit(1);
-    }
-
-    try {
-        $task->enable();
-        mtrace("Enabled '$enable'");
-    } catch (Exception $e) {
-        mtrace("$e->getMessage()");
-        exit(1);
-    }
-} else if ($execute = $options['execute']) {
-    if (!$task = \core\task\manager::get_scheduled_task($execute)) {
-        mtrace("Task '$execute' not found");
-        exit(1);
-    }
-
-    if (!get_config('core', 'cron_enabled') && !$options['force']) {
-        mtrace('Cron is disabled. Use --force to override.');
-        exit(1);
-    }
-
-    \core\task\manager::scheduled_task_starting($task);
-
-    // Increase memory limit.
-    raise_memory_limit(MEMORY_EXTRA);
-
-    // Emulate normal session - we use admin account by default.
-    \core\cron::setup_user();
-
-    // Execute the task.
-    \core\local\cli\shutdown::script_supports_graceful_exit();
-    $cronlockfactory = \core\lock\lock_config::get_lock_factory('cron');
-    if (!$cronlock = $cronlockfactory->get_lock('core_cron', 10)) {
-        mtrace('Cannot obtain cron lock');
-        exit(129);
-    }
-    if (!$lock = $cronlockfactory->get_lock('\\' . get_class($task), 10)) {
-        $cronlock->release();
-        mtrace('Cannot obtain task lock');
-        exit(130);
-    }
-
-    $task->set_lock($lock);
-    $cronlock->release();
-
-    \core\cron::run_inner_scheduled_task($task);
-}

admin/cli/svgtool.php

@@ -1,182 +0,0 @@
-<?php
-// This file is part of Moodle - http://moodle.org/
-//
-// Moodle is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-// (at your option) any later version.
-//
-// Moodle is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-// GNU General Public License for more details.
-//
-// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-// along with Moodle.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-
-/**
- * This script implements some useful svg manipulation tricks.
- *
- * @package    core_admin
- * @subpackage cli
- * @copyright  2012 Petr Skoda {@link http://skodak.org}
- * @license    http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
- */
-
-define('CLI_SCRIPT', true);
-
-require(__DIR__.'/../../config.php');
-require_once($CFG->libdir.'/clilib.php');
-
-// Now get cli options.
-list($options, $unrecognized) = cli_get_params(array('help'=>false, 'ie9fix'=>false, 'noaspectratio'=>false, 'path'=>$CFG->dirroot),
-    array('h'=>'help'));
-
-if ($unrecognized) {
-    $unrecognized = implode("\n  ", $unrecognized);
-    cli_error(get_string('cliunknowoption', 'admin', $unrecognized));
-}
-
-// If necessary add files that should be ignored - such as in 3rd party plugins.
-$ignorelist = array();
-$path = $options['path'];
-if (!file_exists($path)) {
-    cli_error("Invalid path $path");
-}
-
-if ($options['ie9fix']) {
-    core_admin_recurse_svgs($path, '', 'core_admin_svgtool_ie9fix', $ignorelist);
-
-} else if ($options['noaspectratio']) {
-    core_admin_recurse_svgs($path, '', 'core_admin_svgtool_noaspectratio', $ignorelist);
-
-} else {
-    $help =
-        "Some svg image tweaks for icon designers.
-
-Options:
-
--h, --help            Print out this help
---ie9fix              Adds preserveAspectRatio=\"xMinYMid meet\" to every svg image
---noaspectratio       Removes preserveAspectRatio from svg files
---path=PATH           Path to directory or file to be converted, by default \$CFG->dirroot
-
-Examples:
-\$ php svgtool.php --ie9fix
-\$ php svgtool.php --ie9fix --path=../../../pix
-\$ php svgtool.php --noaspectratio
-";
-
-    echo $help;
-    die;
-}
-
-exit(0);
-
-/**
- * Fixes SVG images for IE9.
- *
- * @param string $file
- */
-function core_admin_svgtool_ie9fix($file) {
-    global $CFG;
-
-    if (strpos($file, $CFG->dirroot.DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR) === 0) {
-        $relfile = substr($file, strlen($CFG->dirroot));
-    } else {
-        $relfile = $file;
-    }
-
-    $content = file_get_contents($file);
-
-    if (!preg_match('/<svg\s[^>]*>/', $content, $matches)) {
-        echo "  skipping $relfile (invalid format)\n";
-        return;
-    }
-    $svg = $matches[0];
-    if (strpos($svg, 'preserveAspectRatio') !== false) {
-        return;
-    }
-
-    if (!is_writable($file)) {
-        echo "  skipping $relfile (can not modify file)\n";
-        return;
-    }
-
-    $newsvg = rtrim($svg, '>').' preserveAspectRatio="xMinYMid meet">';
-
-    $content = str_replace($svg, $newsvg, $content);
-    echo "converting $relfile\n";
-    file_put_contents($file, $content);
-}
-
-/**
- * Removes preserveAspectRatio attributes from SVG images.
- *
- * @param string $file
- */
-function core_admin_svgtool_noaspectratio($file) {
-    global $CFG;
-
-    if (strpos($file, $CFG->dirroot.DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR) === 0) {
-        $relfile = substr($file, strlen($CFG->dirroot));
-    } else {
-        $relfile = $file;
-    }
-
-    $content = file_get_contents($file);
-
-    if (!preg_match('/<svg\s[^>]*>/', $content, $matches)) {
-        echo "  skipping $relfile (invalid format)\n";
-        return;
-    }
-    $svg = $matches[0];
-    if (strpos($svg, 'preserveAspectRatio="xMinYMid meet"') === false) {
-        return;
-    }
-
-    if (!is_writable($file)) {
-        echo "  skipping $relfile (can not modify file)\n";
-        return;
-    }
-
-    $newsvg = preg_replace('/ ?preserveAspectRatio="xMinYMid meet"/', '', $svg);
-
-    $content = str_replace($svg, $newsvg, $content);
-    echo "resetting $relfile\n";
-    file_put_contents($file, $content);
-}
-
-/**
- * Recursively works through directories of this theme, finding and fixing SVG images.
- *
- * @param string $base
- * @param string $sub
- * @param string $filecallback
- * @param array $ignorelist List of files to be ignored and skipped.
- */
-function core_admin_recurse_svgs($base, $sub, $filecallback, $ignorelist) {
-    if (is_dir("$base/$sub")) {
-        $items = new DirectoryIterator("$base/$sub");
-        foreach ($items as $item) {
-            if ($item->isDot()) {
-                continue;
-            }
-            $file = $item->getFilename();
-            core_admin_recurse_svgs("$base/$sub", $file, $filecallback, $ignorelist);
-        }
-        unset($item);
-        unset($items);
-        return;
-
-    } else if (is_file("$base/$sub")) {
-        if (substr($sub, -4) !== '.svg') {
-            return;
-        }
-        $file = realpath("$base/$sub");
-        if (in_array($file, $ignorelist)) {
-            return;
-        }
-        $filecallback($file);
-    }
-}

admin/cli/uninstall_plugins.php

@@ -1,183 +0,0 @@
-<?php
-// This file is part of Moodle - http://moodle.org/
-//
-// Moodle is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-// (at your option) any later version.
-//
-// Moodle is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-// GNU General Public License for more details.
-//
-// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-// along with Moodle.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-
-/**
- * CLI script to uninstall plugins.
- *
- * @package    core
- * @subpackage cli
- * @copyright  2018 Dmitrii Metelkin <dmitriim@catalyst-au.net>
- * @license    http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
- */
-
-define('CLI_SCRIPT', true);
-
-require(__DIR__ . '/../../config.php');
-require_once($CFG->libdir . '/clilib.php');
-require_once($CFG->libdir . '/adminlib.php');
-
-$help = "Command line tool to uninstall plugins.
-
-Options:
-    -h --help                   Print this help.
-    --show-all                  Displays a list of all installed plugins.
-    --show-contrib              Displays a list of all third-party installed plugins.
-    --show-missing              Displays a list of plugins missing from disk.
-    --purge-missing             Uninstall all missing from disk plugins.
-    --plugins=<plugin name>     A comma separated list of plugins to be uninstalled. E.g. mod_assign,mod_forum
-    --run                       Execute uninstall. If this option is not set, then the script will be run in a dry mode.
-    --showsql                   Show sql queries before they are executed.
-    --showdebugging             Show developer level debugging information.
-
-Examples:
-
-    # php uninstall_plugins.php  --show-all
-        Prints tab-separated list of all installed plugins.
-
-    # php uninstall_plugins.php  --show-contrib
-        Prints tab-separated list of all third-party installed plugins.
-
-    # php uninstall_plugins.php  --show-missing
-        Prints tab-separated list of all missing from disk plugins.
-
-    # php uninstall_plugins.php  --purge-missing
-        A dry run of uninstalling all missing plugins.
-
-    # php uninstall_plugins.php  --purge-missing --run
-        Run uninstall of all missing plugins.
-
-    # php uninstall_plugins.php  --plugins=mod_assign,mod_forum
-        A dry run of uninstalling mod_assign and mod_forum plugins.
-
-    # php uninstall_plugins.php  --plugins=mod_assign,mod_forum --run
-        Run uninstall for mod_assign and mod_forum plugins.
-";
-
-list($options, $unrecognised) = cli_get_params([
-    'help' => false,
-    'show-all' => false,
-    'show-contrib' => false,
-    'show-missing' => false,
-    'purge-missing' => false,
-    'plugins' => false,
-    'run' => false,
-    'showsql' => false,
-    'showdebugging' => false,
-], [
-    'h' => 'help'
-]);
-
-if ($unrecognised) {
-    $unrecognised = implode(PHP_EOL.'  ', $unrecognised);
-    cli_error(get_string('cliunknowoption', 'core_admin', $unrecognised));
-}
-
-if ($options['help']) {
-    cli_writeln($help);
-    exit(0);
-}
-
-if ($options['showdebugging']) {
-    set_debugging(DEBUG_DEVELOPER, true);
-}
-
-if ($options['showsql']) {
-    $DB->set_debug(true);
-}
-
-$pluginman = core_plugin_manager::instance();
-$plugininfo = $pluginman->get_plugins();
-
-if ($options['show-all'] || $options['show-missing'] || $options['show-contrib']) {
-    foreach ($plugininfo as $type => $plugins) {
-        foreach ($plugins as $name => $plugin) {
-            if ($options['show-contrib'] && $plugin->is_standard()) {
-                continue;
-            }
-            $pluginstring = $plugin->component . "\t" . $plugin->displayname;
-
-            if ($options['show-all'] || $options['show-contrib']) {
-                cli_writeln($pluginstring);
-            } else {
-                if ($plugin->get_status() === core_plugin_manager::PLUGIN_STATUS_MISSING) {
-                    cli_writeln($pluginstring);
-                }
-            }
-        }
-    }
-
-    exit(0);
-}
-
-if ($options['purge-missing']) {
-    foreach ($plugininfo as $type => $plugins) {
-        foreach ($plugins as $name => $plugin) {
-            if ($plugin->get_status() === core_plugin_manager::PLUGIN_STATUS_MISSING) {
-
-                $pluginstring = $plugin->component . "\t" . $plugin->displayname;
-
-                if ($pluginman->can_uninstall_plugin($plugin->component)) {
-                    if ($options['run']) {
-                        cli_writeln('Uninstalling: ' . $pluginstring);
-
-                        $progress = new progress_trace_buffer(new text_progress_trace(), true);
-                        $pluginman->uninstall_plugin($plugin->component, $progress);
-                        $progress->finished();
-                        cli_write($progress->get_buffer());
-                    } else {
-                        cli_writeln('Will be uninstalled: ' . $pluginstring);
-                    }
-                } else {
-                    cli_writeln('Can not be uninstalled: ' . $pluginstring);
-                }
-            }
-        }
-    }
-
-    exit(0);
-}
-
-if ($options['plugins']) {
-    $components = explode(',', $options['plugins']);
-    foreach ($components as $component) {
-        $plugin = $pluginman->get_plugin_info($component);
-
-        if (is_null($plugin)) {
-            cli_writeln('Unknown plugin: ' . $component);
-        } else {
-            $pluginstring = $component . "\t" . $plugin->displayname;
-
-            if ($pluginman->can_uninstall_plugin($component)) {
-                if ($options['run']) {
-                    cli_writeln('Uninstalling: ' . $pluginstring);
-                    $progress = new progress_trace_buffer(new text_progress_trace(), true);
-                    $pluginman->uninstall_plugin($component, $progress);
-                    $progress->finished();
-                    cli_write($progress->get_buffer());
-                } else {
-                    cli_writeln('Will be uninstalled: ' . $pluginstring);
-                }
-            } else {
-                cli_writeln('Can not be uninstalled: ' . $pluginstring);
-            }
-        }
-    }
-
-    exit(0);
-}
-
-cli_writeln($help);
-exit(0);

admin/cli/upgrade.php

@@ -1,319 +0,0 @@
-<?php
-
-// This file is part of Moodle - http://moodle.org/
-//
-// Moodle is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
-// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
-// (at your option) any later version.
-//
-// Moodle is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-// GNU General Public License for more details.
-//
-// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-// along with Moodle.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-
-/**
- * This script creates config.php file and prepares database.
- *
- * This script is not intended for beginners!
- * Potential problems:
- * - su to apache account or sudo before execution
- * - not compatible with Windows platform
- *
- * @package    core
- * @subpackage cli
- * @copyright  2009 Petr Skoda (http://skodak.org)
- * @license    http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
- */
-
-// Force OPcache reset if used, we do not want any stale caches
-// when detecting if upgrade necessary or when running upgrade.
-if (function_exists('opcache_reset') and !isset($_SERVER['REMOTE_ADDR'])) {
-    opcache_reset();
-}
-
-define('CLI_SCRIPT', true);
-define('CACHE_DISABLE_ALL', true);
-
-require(__DIR__.'/../../config.php');
-require_once($CFG->libdir.'/adminlib.php');       // various admin-only functions
-require_once($CFG->libdir.'/upgradelib.php');     // general upgrade/install related functions
-require_once($CFG->libdir.'/clilib.php');         // cli only functions
-require_once($CFG->libdir.'/environmentlib.php');
-
-// now get cli options
-$lang = isset($SESSION->lang) ? $SESSION->lang : $CFG->lang;
-list($options, $unrecognized) = cli_get_params(
-    array(
-        'allow-unstable'            => false,
-        'help'                      => false,
-        'is-maintenance-required'   => false,
-        'is-pending'                => false,
-        'lang'                      => $lang,
-        'maintenance'               => true,
-        'non-interactive'           => false,
-        'set-ui-upgrade-lock'       => false,
-        'unset-ui-upgrade-lock'     => false,
-        'verbose-settings'          => false,
-    ),
-    array(
-        'h' => 'help'
-    )
-);
-
-if ($options['lang']) {
-    $SESSION->lang = $options['lang'];
-}
-
-$interactive = empty($options['non-interactive']);
-
-if ($unrecognized) {
-    $unrecognized = implode("\n  ", $unrecognized);
-    cli_error(get_string('cliunknowoption', 'admin', $unrecognized));
-}
-
-if ($options['help']) {
-    $help =
-"Command line Moodle upgrade.
-Please note you must execute this script with the same uid as apache!
-
-Site defaults may be changed via local/defaults.php.
-
-Options:
---allow-unstable            Upgrade even if the version is not marked as stable yet,
-                            required in non-interactive mode.
--h, --help                  Print out this help.
---is-maintenance-required   Returns exit code 2 if the upgrade requires maintenance mode.
-                            Returns exit code 3 if no maintenance is required for the upgrade.
---is-pending                Exit with error code 2 if an upgrade is required.
---lang=CODE                 Set preferred language for CLI output. Defaults to the
-                            site language if not set. Defaults to 'en' if the lang
-                            parameter is invalid or if the language pack is not
-                            installed.
---maintenance               Sets whether this upgrade will use maintenance mode.
-                            If not possible, the upgrade will not happen and the script will exit.
-                            WARNING: Caches (except theme) will be STALE and MUST be purged after upgrading.
-                            DO NOT USE if the upgrade contains known breaking changes to the way data
-                            and the database interact.
-                            RECOMMENDED for lightweight deployments, to allow for a graceful purge and
-                            rebuild of the cache.
---non-interactive           No interactive questions or confirmations.
---set-ui-upgrade-lock       Sets the upgrade to CLI only and unable to be triggered from the frontend.
-                            If called with --maintenance=false, the lock WILL NOT be released when the
-                            upgrade finishes, and MUST be manually removed.
-                            If called with --is-maintenance-required before an upgrade,
-                            The lock WILL be released when the upgrade finishes.
---unset-ui-upgrade-lock     Removes the frontend upgrade lock, if the lock exists.
-                            Useful when an error during the upgrade leaves the upgrade locked,
-                            or there is need to control the time where the unlock happens.
---verbose-settings          Show new settings values. By default only the name of
-                            new core or plugin settings are displayed. This option
-                            outputs the new values as well as the setting name.
-
-Example:
-\$sudo -u www-data /usr/bin/php admin/cli/upgrade.php
-"; //TODO: localize - to be translated later when everything is finished
-
-    echo $help;
-    die;
-}
-
-if (empty($CFG->version)) {
-    cli_error(get_string('missingconfigversion', 'debug'));
-}
-
-require("$CFG->dirroot/version.php");       // defines $version, $release, $branch and $maturity
-$CFG->target_release = $release;            // used during installation and upgrades
-
-if ($version < $CFG->version) {
-    cli_error(get_string('downgradedcore', 'error'));
-}
-
-$oldversion = "$CFG->release ($CFG->version)";
-$newversion = "$release ($version)";
-
-if ($options['unset-ui-upgrade-lock']) {
-    // Unconditionally unset this config if requested.
-    set_config('outagelessupgrade', false);
-    cli_writeln(get_string('cliupgradeunsetlock', 'admin'));
-}
-
-$allhash = core_component::get_all_component_hash();
-
-// Initialise allcomponent hash if not set. It will be correctly set after upgrade.
-$CFG->allcomponenthash = $CFG->allcomponenthash ?? '';
-if (!$options['maintenance']) {
-    if ($allhash !== $CFG->allcomponenthash) {
-        // Throw an error here, we can't proceed, this needs to set maintenance.
-        cli_error(get_string('cliupgrademaintenancerequired', 'core_admin'), 2);
-    }
-
-    // Set a constant to stop any upgrade var from being set during processing.
-    // This protects against the upgrade setting timeouts and maintenance during the upgrade.
-    define('CLI_UPGRADE_RUNNING', true);
-
-    // This database control is the control to block the GUI from doing upgrade related actions.
-    set_config('outagelessupgrade', true);
-}
-
-// We should ignore all upgrade locks here.
-if (!moodle_needs_upgrading(false)) {
-    cli_error(get_string('cliupgradenoneed', 'core_admin', $newversion), 0);
-}
-
-// Handle exit based options for outputting upgrade state.
-if ($options['is-pending'] || $options['is-maintenance-required']) {
-    // If we aren't doing a maintenance check, plain pending check.
-    if (!$options['is-maintenance-required']) {
-        cli_error(get_string('cliupgradepending', 'core_admin'), 2);
-    }
-
-    // Can we do this safely with no maintenance/outage? Detect if there is a schema or other application state change.
-    if ($allhash !== $CFG->allcomponenthash) {
-        // State change here, we need to do this in maintenance.
-        cli_writeln(get_string('cliupgradepending', 'core_admin'));
-        cli_error(get_string('cliupgrademaintenancerequired', 'core_admin'), 2);
-    }
-
-    // If requested, we should always set the upgrade lock here, so this cannot be run from frontend.
-    if ($options['set-ui-upgrade-lock']) {
-        set_config('outagelessupgrade', true);
-        cli_writeln(get_string('cliupgradesetlock', 'admin'));
-    }
-
-    // We can do an upgrade without maintenance!
-    cli_writeln(get_string('cliupgradepending', 'core_admin'));
-    cli_error(get_string('cliupgrademaintenancenotrequired', 'core_admin'), 3);
-}
-
-// Test environment first.
-list($envstatus, $environment_results) = check_moodle_environment(normalize_version($release), ENV_SELECT_RELEASE);
-if (!$envstatus) {
-    $errors = environment_get_errors($environment_results);
-    cli_heading(get_string('environment', 'admin'));
-    foreach ($errors as $error) {
-        list($info, $report) = $error;
-        echo "!! $info !!\n$report\n\n";
-    }
-    exit(1);
-}
-
-// Make sure there are no files left over from previous versions.
-if (upgrade_stale_php_files_present()) {
-    cli_problem(get_string('upgradestalefiles', 'admin'));
-
-    // Stale file info contains HTML elements which aren't suitable for CLI.
-    $upgradestalefilesinfo = get_string('upgradestalefilesinfo', 'admin', get_docs_url('Upgrading'));
-    cli_error(strip_tags($upgradestalefilesinfo));
-}
-
-// Test plugin dependencies.
-$failed = array();
-if (!core_plugin_manager::instance()->all_plugins_ok($version, $failed, $CFG->branch)) {
-    cli_problem(get_string('pluginscheckfailed', 'admin', array('pluginslist' => implode(', ', array_unique($failed)))));
-    cli_error(get_string('pluginschecktodo', 'admin'));
-}
-
-$a = new stdClass();
-$a->oldversion = $oldversion;
-$a->newversion = $newversion;
-
-if ($interactive) {
-    echo cli_heading(get_string('databasechecking', '', $a)) . PHP_EOL;
-}
-
-// make sure we are upgrading to a stable release or display a warning
-if (isset($maturity)) {
-    if (($maturity < MATURITY_STABLE) and !$options['allow-unstable']) {
-        $maturitylevel = get_string('maturity'.$maturity, 'admin');
-
-        if ($interactive) {
-            cli_separator();
-            cli_heading(get_string('notice'));
-            echo get_string('maturitycorewarning', 'admin', $maturitylevel) . PHP_EOL;
-            echo get_string('morehelp') . ': ' . get_docs_url('admin/versions') . PHP_EOL;
-            cli_separator();
-        } else {
-            cli_problem(get_string('maturitycorewarning', 'admin', $maturitylevel));
-            cli_error(get_string('maturityallowunstable', 'admin'));
-        }
-    }
-}
-
-if ($interactive) {
-    echo html_to_text(get_string('upgradesure', 'admin', $newversion))."\n";
-    $prompt = get_string('cliyesnoprompt', 'admin');
-    $input = cli_input($prompt, '', array(get_string('clianswerno', 'admin'), get_string('cliansweryes', 'admin')));
-    if ($input == get_string('clianswerno', 'admin')) {
-        exit(1);
-    }
-}
-
-if ($version > $CFG->version) {
-
-    // Only purge caches if this is a plain upgrade.
-    // In the case of a no-outage upgrade, we will gracefully roll caches after upgrade.
-    if ($options['maintenance']) {
-        // We purge all of MUC's caches here.
-        // Caches are disabled for upgrade by CACHE_DISABLE_ALL so we must set the first arg to true.
-        // This ensures a real config object is loaded and the stores will be purged.
-        // This is the only way we can purge custom caches such as memcache or APC.
-        // Note: all other calls to caches will still used the disabled API.
-        cache_helper::purge_all(true);
-    }
-
-    upgrade_core($version, true);
-}
-set_config('release', $release);
-set_config('branch', $branch);
-
-// unconditionally upgrade
-upgrade_noncore(true);
-
-// log in as admin - we need doanything permission when applying defaults
-\core\session\manager::set_user(get_admin());
-
-// Apply default settings and output those that have changed.
-cli_heading(get_string('cliupgradedefaultheading', 'admin'));
-$settingsoutput = admin_apply_default_settings(null, false);
-
-foreach ($settingsoutput as $setting => $value) {
-
-    if ($options['verbose-settings']) {
-        $stringvlaues = array(
-                'name' => $setting,
-                'defaultsetting' => var_export($value, true) // Expand objects.
-        );
-        echo get_string('cliupgradedefaultverbose', 'admin', $stringvlaues) . PHP_EOL;
-
-    } else {
-        echo get_string('cliupgradedefault', 'admin', $setting) . PHP_EOL;
-
-    }
-}
-
-// This needs to happen at the end to ensure it occurs after all caches
-// have been purged for the last time.
-// This will build a cached version of the current theme for the user
-// to immediately start browsing the site.
-upgrade_themes();
-
-echo get_string('cliupgradefinished', 'admin', $a)."\n";
-
-if (!$options['maintenance']) {
-    cli_writeln(get_string('cliupgradecompletenomaintenanceupgrade', 'admin'));
-
-    // Here we check if upgrade lock has not been specifically set during this upgrade run.
-    // This supports wider server orchestration actions happening, which should call with no-maintenance AND set-ui-upgrade-lock,
-    // such as a new docker container deployment, of which the moodle upgrade is only a component.
-    if (!$options['set-ui-upgrade-lock']) {
-        // In this case we should release the lock now, as the upgrade is finished.
-        // We weren't told to keep the lock with set-ui-upgrade-lock, so release.
-        set_config('outagelessupgrade', false);
-    }
-}
-
-exit(0); // 0 means success

admin/config.html

@@ -0,0 +1,618 @@
+<form method="post" action="config.php" name="form">
+
+<table cellpadding=9 cellspacing=0 >
+<tr valign=top>
+    <td align=right><p>lang:</td>
+    <td>
+    <?php choose_from_menu (get_list_of_languages(), "lang", $config->lang, "", "", ""); ?>
+    </td>
+    <td>
+    <?php print_string("configlang") ?>
+    </td>
+</tr>
+<tr valign=top>
+    <td align=right><p>langmenu:</td>
+    <td>
+    <?php
+       unset($options);
+       $options[0] = get_string("no");
+       $options[1] = get_string("yes");
+
+       choose_from_menu ($options, "langmenu", $config->langmenu, "", "", "");
+    ?>
+    </td>
+    <td>
+    <?php print_string("configlangmenu") ?>
+    </td>
+</tr>
+<tr valign=top>
+    <td align=right><p>langlist:</td>
+    <td>
+    <input name=langlist type=text size=40 value="<?php p($config->langlist) ?>">
+    </td>
+    <td>
+    <?php print_string("configlanglist") ?>
+    </td>
+</tr>
+<tr valign=top>
+    <td align=right><p>locale:</td>
+    <td>
+    <input name=locale type=text size=10 value="<?php p($config->locale) ?>">
+    </td>
+    <td>
+    <?php print_string("configlocale") ?>
+    </td>
+</tr>
+<tr valign=top>
+    <td align=right><p>timezone:</td>
+    <td><?php
+       if (abs($config->timezone) > 13) {
+           $config->timezone = 99;
+       }
+       $timenow = time();
+       $timeformat = get_string('strftimedaytime');
+
+       for ($tz = -26; $tz <= 26; $tz++) {
+           $zone = (float)$tz/2.0;
+           $usertime = $timenow + ($tz * 1800);
+           if ($tz == 0) {
+               $timezones["$zone"] = gmstrftime($timeformat, $usertime)." (GMT)";
+           } else if ($tz < 0) {
+               $timezones["$zone"] = gmstrftime($timeformat, $usertime)." (GMT$zone)";
+           } else {
+               $timezones["$zone"] = gmstrftime($timeformat, $usertime)." (GMT+$zone)";
+           }
+       }
+
+       choose_from_menu ($timezones, "timezone", $config->timezone, get_string("serverlocaltime"), "", "99");
+    ?>
+    </td>
+    <td>
+    <?php print_string("configtimezone") ?>
+    </td>
+</tr>
+<tr valign=top>
+    <td align=right><p>country:</td>
+    <td><?php choose_from_menu (get_list_of_countries(), "country", $config->country, get_string("selectacountry"), "") ?>
+    </td>
+    <td>
+    <?php print_string("configcountry") ?>
+    </td>
+</tr>
+<tr valign=top>
+    <td align=right><p>smtphosts:</td>
+    <td>
+    <input name=smtphosts type=text size=30 value="<?php p($config->smtphosts)?>">
+    </td>
+    <td>
+    <?php print_string("configsmtphosts") ?>
+    </td>
+</tr>
+<tr valign=top>
+    <td align=right><p>smtpuser:</td>
+    <td>
+    <input name=smtpuser type=text size=10 value="<?php p($config->smtpuser)?>">
+    </td>
+    <td rowspan=2>
+    <?php print_string("configsmtpuser") ?>
+    </td>
+</tr>
+<tr valign=top>
+    <td align=right><p>smtppass:</td>
+    <td>
+    <input name=smtppass type=text size=10 value="<?php p($config->smtppass)?>">
+    </td>
+</tr>
+<tr valign=top>
+    <td align=right><p>noreplyaddress:</td>
+    <td>
+    <input name=noreplyaddress type=text size=30 value="<?php p($config->noreplyaddress)?>">
+    </td>
+    <td>
+    <?php print_string("confignoreplyaddress") ?>
+    </td>
+</tr>
+<tr valign=top>
+    <td align=right><p>gdversion:</td>
+    <td>
+    <?php
+       unset($options);
+       $options[0] = get_string("gdnot");
+       $options[1] = get_string("gd1");
+       $options[2] = get_string("gd2");
+
+       $installed  = check_gd_version();
+
+       choose_from_menu ($options, "gdversion", $installed, "", "", "");
+    ?>
+    </td>
+    <td>
+    <?php print_string("configgdversion") ?>
+    </td>
+</tr>
+<tr valign=top>
+    <td align=right><p>maxeditingtime:</td>
+    <td>
+    <?php
+       unset($options);
+       $options[3600] = get_string("numminutes", "", 60);
+       $options[2700] = get_string("numminutes", "", 45);
+       $options[1800] = get_string("numminutes", "", 30);
+       $options[900]  = get_string("numminutes", "", 15);
+       $options[300]  = get_string("numminutes", "", 5);
+       $options[60]   = get_string("numminutes", "", 1);
+
+       choose_from_menu ($options, "maxeditingtime", $config->maxeditingtime, "", "", "");
+    ?>
+    </td>
+    <td>
+    <?php print_string("configmaxeditingtime") ?>
+    </td>
+</tr>
+<tr valign=top>
+    <td align=right><p>longtimenosee:</td>
+    <td>
+    <?php
+       unset($options);
+       $options[1000] = get_string("numdays", "", 1000);
+       $options[365]  = get_string("numdays", "", 365);
+       $options[180]  = get_string("numdays", "", 180);
+       $options[150]  = get_string("numdays", "", 150);
+       $options[120]  = get_string("numdays", "", 120);
+       $options[90]   = get_string("numdays", "", 90);
+       $options[60]   = get_string("numdays", "", 60);
+       $options[30]   = get_string("numdays", "", 30);
+       $options[21]   = get_string("numdays", "", 21);
+       $options[14]   = get_string("numdays", "", 14);
+       $options[7]   = get_string("numdays", "", 7);
+
+       choose_from_menu ($options, "longtimenosee", $config->longtimenosee, "", "", "");
+    ?>
+    </td>
+    <td>
+    <?php print_string("configlongtimenosee") ?>
+    </td>
+</tr>
+<tr valign=top>
+    <td align=right><p>deleteunconfirmed:</td>
+    <td>
+    <?php
+       unset($options);
+       $options[0]    = get_string("never");
+       $options[168]  = get_string("numdays", "", 7);
+       $options[144]  = get_string("numdays", "", 6);
+       $options[120]  = get_string("numdays", "", 5);
+       $options[96]   = get_string("numdays", "", 4);
+       $options[72]   = get_string("numdays", "", 3);
+       $options[48]   = get_string("numdays", "", 2);
+       $options[24]   = get_string("numdays", "", 1);
+       $options[12]   = get_string("numhours", "", 12);
+       $options[6]    = get_string("numhours", "", 6);
+       $options[1]    = get_string("numhours", "", 1);
+
+       choose_from_menu ($options, "deleteunconfirmed", $config->deleteunconfirmed, "", "", "");
+    ?>
+    </td>
+    <td>
+    <?php print_string("configdeleteunconfirmed") ?>
+    </td>
+</tr>
+<tr valign=top>
+    <td align=right><p>loglifetime:</td>
+    <td>
+    <?php
+       unset($options);
+       $options[0]    = get_string("neverdeletelogs");
+       $options[1000] = get_string("numdays", "", 1000);
+       $options[365]  = get_string("numdays", "", 365);
+       $options[180]  = get_string("numdays", "", 180);
+       $options[150]  = get_string("numdays", "", 150);
+       $options[120]  = get_string("numdays", "", 120);
+       $options[90]   = get_string("numdays", "", 90);
+       $options[60]   = get_string("numdays", "", 60);
+       $options[30]   = get_string("numdays", "", 30);
+
+       choose_from_menu ($options, "loglifetime", $config->loglifetime, "", "", "");
+    ?>
+    </td>
+    <td>
+    <?php print_string("configloglifetime") ?>
+    </td>
+</tr>
+<tr valign="top">
+    <td align="right"><p>displayloginfailures:</p></td>
+    <td>
+    <?php
+       unset($options);
+       $options[''] = get_string('nobody');
+       $options['admin'] = get_string('administrators');
+       $options['teacher'] = get_string('administratorsandteachers');
+       $options['everybody'] = get_string('everybody');
+       choose_from_menu($options, "displayloginfailures",$config->displayloginfailures,"","","");
+    ?>
+    </td>
+    <td>
+    <?php print_string("configdisplayloginfailures") ?>
+    </td>
+</tr>
+<tr valign="top">
+    <td align="right"><p>notifyloginfailures:</p></td>
+    <td>
+    <?php
+       unset($options);
+       $options[''] = get_string('nobody');
+       $options['mainadmin'] = get_string('administrator');
+       $options['alladmins'] = get_string('administratorsall');
+       choose_from_menu($options,"notifyloginfailures",$config->notifyloginfailures,"","","");
+    ?>
+    </td>
+    <td>
+    <?php print_string('confignotifyloginfailures') ?>
+    </td>
+</tr>
+<tr valign="top">
+    <td align="right"><p>notifyloginthreshold:</p></td>
+    <td>
+    <?php
+       unset($options);
+       for ($i=1; $i<=100; $i++) {
+           $options[$i] = "$i";
+       }
+       choose_from_menu($options,"notifyloginthreshold",$config->notifyloginthreshold,"","","");
+    ?>
+    </td>
+    <td>
+    <?php print_string('confignotifyloginthreshold') ?>
+    </td>
+</tr>
+<tr valign=top>
+    <td align=right><p>sessiontimeout:</td>
+    <td>
+    <?php
+       unset($options);
+       $options[14400] = get_string("numhours", "", 4);
+       $options[10800] = get_string("numhours", "", 3);
+       $options[7200]  = get_string("numhours", "", 2);
+       $options[5400]  = get_string("numhours", "", "1.5");
+       $options[3600]  = get_string("numminutes", "", 60);
+       $options[2700]  = get_string("numminutes", "", 45);
+       $options[1800]  = get_string("numminutes", "", 30);
+       $options[900]   = get_string("numminutes", "", 15);
+       $options[300]   = get_string("numminutes", "", 5);
+
+       choose_from_menu ($options, "sessiontimeout", $config->sessiontimeout, "", "", "");
+    ?>
+    </td>
+    <td>
+    <?php print_string("configsessiontimeout") ?>
+    </td>
+</tr>
+<tr valign=top>
+    <td align=right><p>sessioncookie:</td>
+    <td>
+    <input name=sessioncookie type=text size=10 value="<?php p($config->sessioncookie)?>">
+    </td>
+    <td>
+    <?php print_string("configsessioncookie") ?>
+    </td>
+</tr>
+<tr valign=top>
+    <td align=right><p>zip:</td>
+    <td>
+    <input name=zip type=text size=30 value="<?php p($config->zip) ?>">
+    </td>
+    <td>
+    <?php print_string("configzip") ?>
+    </td>
+</tr>
+<tr valign=top>
+    <td align=right><p>unzip:</td>
+    <td>
+    <input name=unzip type=text size=30 value="<?php p($config->unzip) ?>">
+    </td>
+    <td>
+    <?php print_string("configunzip") ?>
+    </td>
+</tr>
+<tr valign=top>
+    <td align=right><p>slasharguments:</td>
+    <td>
+    <?php unset($options);
+       $options[0] = "file.php?file=/pic.jpg";
+       $options[1] = "file.php/pic.jpg";
+
+       choose_from_menu ($options, "slasharguments", $config->slasharguments, "", "", "");
+    ?>
+    </td>
+    <td>
+    <?php print_string("configslasharguments") ?>
+    </td>
+</tr>
+<tr valign=top>
+    <td align=right><p>proxyhost:</td>
+    <td>
+    <input name=proxyhost type=text size=30 value="<?php p($config->proxyhost) ?>">
+    </td>
+    <td rowspan=2>
+    <?php print_string("configproxyhost") ?>
+    </td>
+</TR>
+<tr valign=top>
+    <td align=right><p>proxyport:</td>
+    <td>
+    <input name=proxyport type=text size=5 value="<?php p($config->proxyport) ?>">
+    </td>
+</tr>
+<tr valign=top>
+    <td align=right><p>debug:</td>
+    <td>
+    <?php
+       unset($options);
+       $options[7]  = get_string("no");
+       $options[15] = get_string("yes");
+
+       choose_from_menu ($options, "debug", $config->debug, "", "", "");
+    ?>
+    </td>
+    <td>
+    <?php print_string("configdebug") ?>
+    </td>
+</tr>
+<tr valign=top>
+    <td align=right><p>framename:</td>
+    <td>
+    <?php
+       if (empty($config->framename)) {
+           $config->framename = "_top";
+       }
+    ?>
+    <input name=framename type=text size=15 value="<?php p($config->framename)?>">
+    </td>
+    <td>
+    <?php print_string("configframename") ?>
+    </td>
+</tr>
+<tr valign=top>
+    <td align=right><p>secureforms:</td>
+    <td>
+    <?php
+       unset($options);
+       $options[0]  = get_string("no");
+       $options[1]  = get_string("yes");
+
+       choose_from_menu ($options, "secureforms", $config->secureforms, "", "", "");
+    ?>
+    </td>
+    <td>
+    <?php print_string("configsecureforms") ?>
+    </td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr valign=top>
+    <td align=right><p>loginhttps:</td>
+    <td>
+    <?php
+       unset($options);
+       $options[0] = get_string("no");
+       $options[1] = get_string("yes");
+
+       choose_from_menu ($options, "loginhttps", $config->loginhttps, "", "", "");
+    ?>
+    </td>
+    <td>
+    <?php print_string("configloginhttps") ?>
+    </td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr valign=top>
+    <td align=right><p>teacherassignteachers:</td>
+    <td>
+    <?php
+       unset($options);
+       $options[0]  = get_string("no");
+       $options[1]  = get_string("yes");
+
+       choose_from_menu ($options, "teacherassignteachers", $config->teacherassignteachers, "", "", "");
+    ?>
+    </td>
+    <td>
+    <?php print_string("configteacherassignteachers") ?>
+    </td>
+</tr>
+<tr valign=top>
+    <td align=right><p>allusersaresitestudents:</td>
+    <td>
+    <?php
+       unset($options);
+       $options[0]  = get_string("no");
+       $options[1]  = get_string("yes");
+
+       choose_from_menu ($options, "allusersaresitestudents", $config->allusersaresitestudents, "", "", "");
+    ?>
+    </td>
+    <td>
+    <?php print_string("configallusersaresitestudents") ?>
+    </td>
+</tr>
+<tr valign=top>
+    <td align=right><p>showsiteparticipantslist:</td>
+    <td>
+    <?php
+       unset($options);
+       $options[0]  = get_string("siteteachers");
+       $options[1]  = get_string("allteachers");
+       $options[2]  = get_string("studentsandteachers");
+       choose_from_menu ($options, "showsiteparticipantslist", $config->showsiteparticipantslist, "", "", "");
+    ?>
+    </td>
+    <td>
+    <?php print_string("configshowsiteparticipantslist") ?>
+    </td>
+</tr>
+<tr valign=top>
+    <td align=right><p>allowunenroll:</td>
+    <td>
+    <?php
+       unset($options);
+       $options[0]  = get_string("no");
+       $options[1]  = get_string("yes");
+
+       choose_from_menu ($options, "allowunenroll", $config->allowunenroll, "", "", "");
+    ?>
+    </td>
+    <td>
+    <?php print_string("configallowunenroll") ?>
+    </td>
+</tr>
+<tr valign=top>
+    <td align=right><p>maxbytes:</td>
+    <td>
+    <?php
+       $options = get_max_upload_sizes();
+       choose_from_menu ($options, "maxbytes", $config->maxbytes, "");
+    ?>
+    </td>
+    <td>
+    <?php print_string("configmaxbytes") ?>
+    </td>
+</tr>
+<tr valign=top>
+    <td align=right><p>fullnamedisplay:</td>
+    <td>
+    <?php
+       unset($options);
+       $options['language']  = get_string('language');
+       $options['firstname lastname']  = get_string('firstname') . ' + ' . get_string('lastname');
+       $options['lastname firstname']  = get_string('lastname') . ' + ' . get_string('firstname');
+       $options['firstname']  = get_string('firstname');
+
+       choose_from_menu ($options, "fullnamedisplay", $config->fullnamedisplay, "", "", "");
+    ?>
+    </td>
+    <td>
+    <?php print_string("configfullnamedisplay") ?>
+    </td>
+</tr>
+<tr valign=top>
+    <td align=right><p>extendedusernamechars:</td>
+    <td>
+    <?php
+       unset($options);
+       $options[0] = get_string("no");
+       $options[1] = get_string("yes");
+
+       choose_from_menu ($options, "extendedusernamechars", $config->extendedusernamechars, "", "", "");
+    ?>
+    </td>
+    <td>
+    <?php print_string("configextendedusernamechars") ?>
+    </td>
+</tr>
+<tr valign=top>
+    <td align=right><p>autologinguests:</td>
+    <td>
+    <?php
+       unset($options);
+       $options[0]  = get_string('no');
+       $options[1]  = get_string('yes');
+
+       choose_from_menu ($options, "autologinguests", $config->autologinguests, "", "", "");
+    ?>
+    </td>
+    <td>
+    <?php print_string("configautologinguests") ?>
+    </td>
+</tr>
+<tr valign=top>
+    <td align=right><p>forcelogin:</td>
+    <td>
+    <?php
+       unset($options);
+       $options[0]  = get_string('no');
+       $options[1]  = get_string('yes');
+
+       choose_from_menu ($options, "forcelogin", $config->forcelogin, "", "", "");
+    ?>
+    </td>
+    <td>
+    <?php print_string("configforcelogin") ?>
+    </td>
+</tr>
+<tr valign=top>
+    <td align=right><p>forceloginforprofiles:</td>
+    <td>
+    <?php
+       unset($options);
+       $options[0]  = get_string('no');
+       $options[1]  = get_string('yes');
+
+       choose_from_menu ($options, "forceloginforprofiles", $config->forceloginforprofiles, "", "", "");
+    ?>
+    </td>
+    <td>
+    <?php print_string("configforceloginforprofiles") ?>
+    </td>
+</tr>
+<tr valign=top>
+    <td align=right><p>opentogoogle:</td>
+    <td>
+    <?php
+       unset($options);
+       $options[0] = get_string("no");
+       $options[1] = get_string("yes");
+
+       choose_from_menu ($options, "opentogoogle", $config->opentogoogle, "", "", "");
+    ?>
+    </td>
+    <td>
+    <?php print_string("configopentogoogle") ?>
+    </td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr valign=top>
+        <td align=right><p>enablerssfeeds:</td>
+        <td>
+    <?php
+       unset($options);
+       $options[0] = get_string("no");
+       $options[1] = get_string("yes");
+
+       choose_from_menu ($options, "enablerssfeeds", $config->enablerssfeeds, "", "", "");
+    ?>
+    </td>
+    <td>
+    <?php
+        print_string("configenablerssfeeds");
+        //Check for required functions...
+        if(!function_exists('utf8_encode')) {
+            echo "<font color=\"red\"> You need to add XML support to your PHP installation.</font>";
+        }
+    ?>
+    </td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr valign=top>
+        <td align=right><p>digestmailtime:</td>
+        <td>
+    <?php
+        $hours = array();
+        for ($i=0; $i<=23; $i++) {
+            $hours[$i] = sprintf("%02d",$i);
+        }
+        choose_from_menu($hours, 'digestmailtime', $config->digestmailtime, "");
+    ?>
+    </td>
+    <td>
+    <?php
+        print_string('configdigestmailtime');
+    ?>
+    </td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+    <td colspan=3 align=center>
+    <input type="submit" value="<?php print_string("savechanges") ?>"></td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+
+</form>

admin/config.php

@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
+<?PHP  // $Id$
+       // config.php - allows admin to edit all configuration variables
+
+    require_once("../config.php");
+
+
+    if ($site = get_site()) {   // If false then this is a new installation
+        require_login();
+        if (!isadmin()) {
+            error("Only the admin can use this page");
+        }
+    }
+
+/// This is to overcome the "insecure forms paradox"
+    if (isset($secureforms) and $secureforms == 0) {
+        $match = "nomatch";
+    } else {
+        $match = "";
+    }
+
+/// If data submitted, then process and store.
+
+	if ($config = data_submitted($match)) {  
+
+        validate_form($config, $err);
+
+        if (count($err) == 0) {
+            print_header();
+            foreach ($config as $name => $value) {
+                if ($name == "sessioncookie") {
+                    $value = eregi_replace("[^a-zA-Z]", "", $value);
+                }
+                unset($conf);
+                $conf->name  = $name;
+                $conf->value = $value;
+                if ($current = get_record("config", "name", $name)) {
+                    $conf->id = $current->id;
+                    if (! update_record("config", $conf)) {
+                        notify("Could not update $name to $value");
+                    }
+                } else {
+                    if (! insert_record("config", $conf)) {
+                        notify("Error: could not add new variable $name !");
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+            redirect("index.php", get_string("changessaved"), 1);
+            exit;
+
+        } else {
+            foreach ($err as $key => $value) {
+                $focus = "form.$key";
+            }
+        }
+	}
+
+/// Otherwise fill and print the form.
+
+    if (empty($config)) {
+        $config = $CFG;
+        if (!$config->locale = get_field("config", "value", "name", "locale")) {
+            $config->locale = $CFG->lang;
+        }
+    }
+    if (empty($focus)) {
+        $focus = "";
+    }
+
+    $stradmin = get_string("administration");
+    $strconfiguration = get_string("configuration");
+    $strconfigvariables = get_string("configvariables");
+
+    if ($site) {
+        print_header("$site->shortname: $strconfigvariables", $site->fullname,
+                      "<a href=\"index.php\">$stradmin</a> -> ".
+                      "<a href=\"configure.php\">$strconfiguration</a> -> $strconfigvariables", $focus);
+        print_heading($strconfigvariables);
+    } else {
+        print_header();
+        print_heading($strconfigvariables);
+        print_simple_box(get_string("configintro"), "center", "50%");
+        echo "<br />";
+    }
+
+    print_simple_box_start("center", "", "$THEME->cellheading");
+	include("config.html");
+    print_simple_box_end();
+
+    /// Lock some options
+
+    $httpsurl = str_replace('http://', 'https://', $CFG->wwwroot);
+    if ($httpsurl != $CFG->wwwroot) {
+        if ((($fh = @fopen($httpsurl, 'r')) == false) and ($config->loginhttps == 0)) {
+            echo '<script>'."\n";
+            echo '<!--'."\n";
+            echo "eval('document.form.loginhttps.disabled=true');\n";
+            echo '-->'."\n";
+            echo '</script>'."\n";
+        }
+    }
+
+
+    if ($site) {
+        print_footer();
+    }
+
+    exit;
+
+/// Functions /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+function validate_form(&$form, &$err) {
+
+   // if (empty($form->fullname))
+   //     $err["fullname"] = get_string("missingsitename");
+
+    return;
+}
+
+
+?>

admin/configure.php

@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+<?PHP // $Id$
+
+    require_once("../config.php");
+
+    require_login();
+
+    if (!isadmin()) {
+        error("Only admins can access this page");
+    }
+
+    if (!$site = get_site()) {
+        redirect("index.php");
+    }
+
+    $stradministration   = get_string("administration");
+    $strconfiguration  = get_string("configuration");
+
+    print_header("$site->shortname: $stradministration: $strconfiguration", "$site->fullname", 
+                 "<a href=\"index.php\">$stradministration</a> -> $strconfiguration");
+
+    print_heading($strconfiguration);
+
+    $table->align = array ("right", "left");
+
+    $table->data[] = array("<b><a href=\"config.php\">".get_string("configvariables")."</a></b>",
+                           get_string("adminhelpconfigvariables"));
+    $table->data[] = array("<b><a href=\"site.php\">".get_string("sitesettings")."</a></b>",
+                           get_string("adminhelpsitesettings"));
+    $table->data[] = array("<b><a href=\"../theme/index.php\">".get_string("themes")."</a></b>",
+                           get_string("adminhelpthemes"));
+    $table->data[] = array("<b><a href=\"lang.php\">".get_string("language")."</a></b>",
+                           get_string("adminhelplanguage"));
+    $table->data[] = array("<b><a href=\"modules.php\">".get_string("managemodules")."</a></b>",
+                           get_string("adminhelpmanagemodules"));
+    $table->data[] = array("<b><a href=\"blocks.php\">".get_string("manageblocks")."</a></b>",
+                           get_string("adminhelpmanageblocks"));
+    $table->data[] = array("<b><a href=\"filters.php\">".get_string("managefilters")."</a></b>",
+                           get_string("adminhelpmanagefilters"));
+    if (!isset($CFG->disablescheduledbackups)) {
+        $table->data[] = array("<b><a href=\"backup.php\">".get_string("backup")."</a></b>",
+                               get_string("adminhelpbackup"));
+    }
+
+    $table->data[]= array("<b><a href=\"editor.php\">". get_string("editorsettings") ."</a></b>",
+                    get_string("adminhelpeditorsettings"));
+
+    print_table($table);
+    
+    print_footer($site);
+
+?>
+
+

admin/creators.html

@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+
+<form name="creatorsform" id="creatorsform" method="post" action="creators.php">
+<input type="hidden" name="previoussearch" value="<?php echo $previoussearch ?>">
+  <table align="center" border="0" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0">
+    <tr>
+      <td valign="top">
+          <?php echo count($creators) . " ". $strexistingcreators ?>
+      </td>
+      <td></td>
+      <td valign="top">
+          <?php echo $usercount . " " . $strpotentialcreators ?>
+      </td>
+    </tr>
+    <tr>
+      <td valign="top">
+          <select name="removeselect[]" size="20" id="removeselect" multiple
+                  onFocus="document.creatorsform.add.disabled=true;
+                           document.creatorsform.remove.disabled=false;
+                           document.creatorsform.addselect.selectedIndex=-1;">
+          <?php 
+              foreach ($creators as $creator) {
+                  $fullname = fullname($creator, true);
+                  echo "<option value=\"$creator->id\">".$fullname.", ".$creator->email."</option>\n";
+              }
+          ?>
+          
+          </select></td>
+      <td valign="top">
+        <br />
+        <input name="add" type="submit" id="add" value="&larr;" />
+        <br />
+        <input name="remove" type="submit" id="remove" value="&rarr;" />
+        <br />
+      </td>
+      <td valign="top">
+          <select name="addselect[]" size="20" id="addselect" multiple
+                  onFocus="document.creatorsform.add.disabled=false;
+                           document.creatorsform.remove.disabled=true;
+                           document.creatorsform.removeselect.selectedIndex=-1;">
+          <?php
+              if (!empty($searchusers)) {
+                  echo "<optgroup label=\"$strsearchresults (" . count($searchusers) . ")\">\n";
+                  foreach ($searchusers as $user) {
+                      $fullname = fullname($user, true);
+                      echo "<option value=\"$user->id\">".$fullname.", ".$user->email."</option>\n";
+                  }
+                  echo "</optgroup>\n";
+              }
+              if (!empty($users)) {
+                  foreach ($users as $user) {
+                      $fullname = fullname($user, true);
+                      echo "<option value=\"$user->id\">".$fullname.", ".$user->email."</option>\n";
+                  }
+              }
+          ?>
+         </select>
+         <br />
+         <script>
+            function
+         </script>
+         <input type="text" name="searchtext" size="30" value="<?php echo $searchtext ?>" 
+                  onFocus ="document.creatorsform.add.disabled=true;
+                            document.creatorsform.remove.disabled=true;
+                            document.creatorsform.removeselect.selectedIndex=-1;
+                            document.creatorsform.addselect.selectedIndex=-1;"
+                  onkeydown = "var keyCode = event.which ? event.which : event.keyCode;
+                               if (keyCode == 13) {
+                                    document.creatorsform.previoussearch.value=1;
+                                    document.creatorsform.submit();
+                               } " />
+         <input name="search" id="search" type="submit" value="<?php p($strsearch) ?>"/>
+         <?php
+              if (!empty($searchusers)) {
+                  echo '<input name="showall" id="showall" type="submit" value="'.$strshowall.'" />'."\n";
+              }
+         ?>
+       </td>
+    </tr>
+  </table>
+</form>
+
+

admin/creators.php

@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+<?PHP // $Id$
+      // Admin only script to assign course creator rights to users
+
+	require_once("../config.php");
+
+    define("MAX_USERS_PER_PAGE", 50);
+
+    optional_variable($search, "");
+    optional_variable($add, "");
+    optional_variable($remove, "");
+
+    if (! $site = get_site()) {
+        redirect("$CFG->wwwroot/$CFG->admin/index.php");
+    }
+
+    require_login();
+
+    if (!isadmin()) {
+        error("You must be an administrator to use this page.");
+    }
+
+    $primaryadmin = get_admin();
+
+/// assign all of the configurable language strings
+    $stringstoload = array (
+        "assigncreators",
+        "administration",
+        "existingcreators",
+        "potentialcreators",
+        "search",
+        "users",
+        "searchresults",
+        "showall"
+        );
+
+    foreach ($stringstoload as $stringtoload){
+        $strstringtoload = "str" . $stringtoload;
+        $$strstringtoload = get_string($stringtoload);
+    }
+
+	print_header("$site->shortname: $strassigncreators", 
+                 "$site->fullname", 
+                 "<a href=\"index.php\">$stradministration</a> -> <a href=\"users.php\">$strusers</a> ->
+                  $strassigncreators", "creatorsform.searchtext");
+
+
+    if (!$frm = data_submitted()) {
+        print_simple_box("<center>".get_string("adminhelpassigncreators")."</center>", "center", "50%");
+
+/// A form was submitted so process the input
+
+    } else {
+        if (!empty($frm->add) and !empty($frm->addselect)) {
+            foreach ($frm->addselect as $addcreator) {
+                if (! add_creator($addcreator)) {
+                    error("Could not add course creator with user id $addcreator!");
+                }
+            }
+        } else if (!empty($frm->remove) and !empty($frm->removeselect)) {
+            foreach ($frm->removeselect as $removecreator) {
+                if (! remove_creator($removecreator)) {
+                    error("Could not remove course creator with user id $removecreator!");
+                }
+            }
+        } else if (!empty($frm->showall)) {
+            unset($frm->searchtext);
+            $frm->previoussearch = 0;
+        }
+    }
+
+/// Is there a current search?
+    $previoussearch = (!empty($frm->search) or ($frm->previoussearch == 1)) ;
+
+
+/// Get all existing creators
+    if (! $creators = get_creators()) {
+        $creators = array();
+    }
+
+    $creatorsarray = array();
+    foreach ($creators as $creator) {
+        $creatorsarray[] = $creator->id;
+    }
+    $creatorlist = implode(',', $creatorsarray);
+
+    unset($creatorarray);
+
+
+/// Get search results excluding any current admins
+    if (!empty($frm->searchtext) and $previoussearch) {
+        $searchusers = get_users(true, $frm->searchtext, true, $creatorlist, 'firstname ASC, lastname ASC',
+                                      '', '', 0, 99999, 'id, firstname, lastname, email');
+        $usercount = get_users(false, '', true, $creatorlist);
+    }
+
+/// If no search results then get potential users excluding current creators
+    if (empty($searchusers)) {
+        if (!$users = get_users(true, '', true, $creatorlist, 'firstname ASC, lastname ASC', '', '',
+                                0, 99999, 'id, firstname, lastname, email') ) {
+            $users = array();
+        }
+        $usercount = count($users);
+    }
+
+    $searchtext = (isset($frm->searchtext)) ? $frm->searchtext : "";
+    $previoussearch = ($previoussearch) ? '1' : '0';
+
+    include('./creators.html');
+
+    print_footer();
+
+?>

admin/cron.php

@@ -0,0 +1,196 @@
+<?PHP // $Id$
+
+/// This script looks through all the module directories for cron.php files
+/// and runs them.  These files can contain cleanup functions, email functions
+/// or anything that needs to be run on a regular basis.
+///
+/// This file is best run from cron on the host system (ie outside PHP).
+/// The script can either be invoked via the web server or via a standalone
+/// version of PHP compiled for CGI.
+///
+/// eg   wget -q -O /dev/null 'http://moodle.somewhere.edu/admin/cron.php'
+/// or   php /web/moodle/admin/cron.php 
+
+    $FULLME = "cron";
+
+    $starttime = microtime();
+    
+/// The current directory in PHP version 4.3.0 and above isn't necessarily the
+/// directory of the script when run from the command line. The require_once()
+/// would fail, so we'll have to chdir()
+
+    if (!isset($_SERVER['REMOTE_ADDR']) && isset($_SERVER['argv'][0])) {
+        chdir(dirname($_SERVER['argv'][0]));
+    }
+
+    require_once("../config.php");
+
+    if (!$alreadyadmin = isadmin()) {
+        unset($_SESSION['USER']);
+        unset($USER);
+        unset($_SESSION['SESSION']);
+        unset($SESSION);
+        $USER = get_admin();      /// Temporarily, to provide environment for this script
+    }
+
+/// Start output log
+
+    $timenow  = time();
+
+    mtrace("<pre>");
+    mtrace("Server Time: ".date('r',$timenow)."\n\n");
+
+/// Run all cron jobs for each module
+
+    mtrace("Starting activity modules");
+    if ($mods = get_records_select("modules", "cron > 0 AND (($timenow - lastcron) > cron)")) {
+        foreach ($mods as $mod) {
+            $libfile = "$CFG->dirroot/mod/$mod->name/lib.php";
+            if (file_exists($libfile)) {
+                include_once($libfile);
+                $cron_function = $mod->name."_cron";
+                if (function_exists($cron_function)) {
+                    mtrace("Processing module function $cron_function ...", '');
+                    if ($cron_function()) {
+                        if (! set_field("modules", "lastcron", $timenow, "id", $mod->id)) {
+                            mtrace("Error: could not update timestamp for $mod->fullname");
+                        }
+                    }
+                    mtrace("done.");
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    mtrace("Finished activity modules");
+
+/// Run all core cron jobs, but not every time since they aren't too important.
+/// These don't have a timer to reduce load, so we'll use a random number 
+/// to randomly choose the percentage of times we should run these jobs.
+
+    srand ((double) microtime() * 10000000);
+    $random100 = rand(0,100);
+
+    if ($random100 < 20) {     // Approximately 20% of the time.
+        mtrace("Running clean-up tasks...");
+
+        /// Unenrol users who haven't logged in for $CFG->longtimenosee
+
+        if ($CFG->longtimenosee) { // value in days
+            $longtime = $timenow - ($CFG->longtimenosee * 3600 * 24);
+            if ($students = get_users_longtimenosee($longtime)) {
+                foreach ($students as $student) {
+                    if (unenrol_student($student->userid, $student->course)) {
+                        mtrace("Deleted student enrolment for user $student->userid from course $student->course");
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    
+    
+        /// Delete users who haven't confirmed within required period
+
+        $oneweek = $timenow - ($CFG->deleteunconfirmed * 3600);
+        if ($users = get_users_unconfirmed($oneweek)) {
+            foreach ($users as $user) {
+                if (delete_records("user", "id", $user->id)) {
+                    mtrace("Deleted unconfirmed user for ".fullname($user, true)." ($user->id)");
+                }
+            }
+        }
+        flush();
+    
+    
+        /// Delete duplicate enrolments (don't know what causes these yet - expired sessions?)
+    
+        if ($users = get_records_select("user_students", "userid > 0 GROUP BY course, userid ".
+                                        "HAVING count(*) > 1", "", "*,count(*)")) {
+            foreach ($users as $user) {
+               delete_records_select("user_students", "userid = '$user->userid' ".
+                                     "AND course = '$user->course' AND id <> '$user->id'");
+            }
+        }
+        flush();
+    
+    
+        /// Delete old logs to save space (this might need a timer to slow it down...)
+    
+        if (!empty($CFG->loglifetime)) {  // value in days
+            $loglifetime = $timenow - ($CFG->loglifetime * 3600 * 24);
+            delete_records_select("log", "time < '$loglifetime'");
+        }
+        flush();
+
+        /// Delete old cached texts
+
+        if (!empty($CFG->cachetext)) {   // Defined in config.php
+            $cachelifetime = time() - $CFG->cachetext;
+            delete_records_select("cache_text", "timemodified < '$cachelifetime'");
+        }
+        flush();
+
+        if (!empty($CFG->notifyloginfailures)) {
+            notify_login_failures();
+        }
+        flush();
+
+    } // End of occasional clean-up tasks
+
+    if (file_exists("$CFG->dataroot/cronextra.php")) {
+        mtrace("Running extra commands in $CFG->dataroot/cronextra.php ...");
+        include("$CFG->dataroot/cronextra.php");
+    }
+
+    if (!isset($CFG->disablescheduledbackups)) {   // Defined in config.php
+        //Execute backup's cron
+        //Perhaps a long time and memory could help in large sites
+        @set_time_limit(0);
+        ini_set("memory_limit","56M");
+        if (file_exists("$CFG->dirroot/backup/backup_scheduled.php") and
+            file_exists("$CFG->dirroot/backup/backuplib.php") and
+            file_exists("$CFG->dirroot/backup/lib.php") and
+            file_exists("$CFG->libdir/blocklib.php")) {
+            include_once("$CFG->dirroot/backup/backup_scheduled.php");
+            include_once("$CFG->dirroot/backup/backuplib.php");
+            include_once("$CFG->dirroot/backup/lib.php");
+            require_once ("$CFG->libdir/blocklib.php");
+            mtrace("Running backups if required...");
+    
+            if (! schedule_backup_cron()) {
+                mtrace("ERORR: Something went wrong while performing backup tasks!!!");
+            } else {
+                mtrace("Backup tasks finished.");
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (!empty($CFG->enablerssfeeds)) {  //Defined in admin/variables page
+        if (file_exists("$CFG->dirroot/rss/rsslib.php")) {
+            include_once("$CFG->dirroot/rss/rsslib.php");
+            mtrace("Running rssfeeds if required...");
+
+            if ( ! cron_rss_feeds()) {
+                mtrace("Something went wrong while generating rssfeeds!!!");
+            } else {
+                mtrace("Rssfeeds finished");
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+/// Run the enrolment cron, if any
+    require_once("$CFG->dirroot/enrol/$CFG->enrol/enrol.php");
+    $enrol = new enrolment_plugin();
+    $enrol->cron();
+    if (!empty($enrol->log)) {
+        mtrace($enrol->log);
+    }
+
+    //Unset session variables and destroy it
+    @session_unset();
+    @session_destroy();
+
+    mtrace("Cron script completed correctly");
+
+    $difftime = microtime_diff($starttime, microtime());
+    mtrace("Execution took ".$difftime." seconds"); 
+
+?>